Annual report
Page 1
Table of Contents UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 OR ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO Commission file number: 001-36461 FIRST FOUNDATION INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware 20-8639702 (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 5221 North O’Connor Boulevard, Suite 1375 Irving, Texas 75309 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) (469) 638-9636 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Trading Symbol(s) Name of each exchange on which registered Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share FFWM New York Stock Exchange Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒. Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒. Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports); and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☒ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company☐ Emerging growth company☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b) . ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ As of June 30, 2025, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the average high and low sales prices on the New York Stock Exchange as of the close of business on June 30, 2025, was approximately $305 million. As of March 4, 2026, there were 82,926,292 shares of registrant’s common stock outstanding. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Except as otherwise stated herein, Part III of the Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is expected to be filed with the Commission on or before April 30, 2026. If a Definitive Proxy Statement is not filed within such period, the Registrant will instead file such information on an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K on or before April 30, 2026.
Page 2
Table of Contents i FIRST FOUNDATION INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ii PART I Item 1 Business 3 Item 1A Risk Factors 23 Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments 43 Item 1C Cybersecurity 43 Item 2 Properties 44 Item 3 Legal Proceedings 44 Item 4 Mine Safety Disclosures 44 PART II Item 5 Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 45 Item 6 Reserved 47 Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 48 Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 77 Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 78 Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures 142 Item 9A Controls and Procedures 142 Item 9B Other Information 144 Item 9C Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections 144 PART III Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 144 Item 11 Executive Compensation 144 Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 144 Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 145 Item 14 Principal Accountant Fees and Services 145 PART IV Item 15 Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules 145 Item 16 Form 10-K Summary 145 Index to Exhibits E-1 Signatures S-1
Page 3
Table of Contents ii FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS In addition to historical information, this report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements are those that predict or describe future events or trends or that do not relate solely to historical matters. However, our actual results and financial performance in the future will be affected by known and currently unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results or financial performance in the future to differ materially from the results or financial performance that may be expressed, predicted or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such risks, uncertainties and other factors include, among others, those set forth below in Item 1A, Risk Factors, and readers of this report are urged to read the cautionary statements contained in that section of this report. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by words like “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “believes,” “intends,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “project” and “continue” and similar expressions. Readers of this report are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the respective dates on which such statements were made and which are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results and the timing of certain events to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. First Foundation Inc. expressly disclaims any intent or any obligation to release publicly any revisions or updates to any of the forward-looking statements contained in this report to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this report or the occurrence of currently unanticipated events or developments or to conform such forward-looking statements to actual results or to changes in its opinions or expectations, except as may be required by applicable law.
Page 4
Table of Contents PART I Item 1. Business Overview Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to First Foundation Inc., a Delaware corporation, (“FFI” or the “Company”) and its consolidated subsidiaries, First Foundation Advisors (“FFA”) and First Foundation Bank (“FFB” or “Bank”), and FFB’s wholly owned subsidiaries, First Foundation Public Finance (“FFPF”), and Blue Moon Management, LLC. We are a financial services company that provides a comprehensive platform of financial services to individuals, businesses and other organizations. We currently conduct our operations in California, Nevada, Florida, Texas, and Hawaii. Our integrated platform provides banking products and services, investment advisory and wealth management services and trust services to effectively and efficiently meet the financial needs of our clients. We provide business banking products and services to small to moderate-sized businesses and professional firms, and consumer banking products and services to individuals and families. As of December 31, 2025, we had $11.9 billion of total assets, $7.0 billion of loans, $9.3 billion of deposits, $5.1 billion of assets under management (“AUM”), and $1.2 billion of trust assets under advisement (“AUA”). Our investment advisory and wealth management and trust services provide us with a stable source of diversified, fee-based, recurring revenues. Our operating strategy is to build strong and stable long-term client relationships, one at a time, by delivering high-quality banking and trust products and services and investment advisory and wealth management services. The primary role of our bankers, relationship managers and loan officers, in addition to attracting new clients, is to develop and maintain a strong relationship with their clients and to coordinate the services we provide to their clients. We take a team approach to delivering our platform of services to our clients. Our bankers, relationship managers and loan officers work as a team to deliver our products and services, with each member of the team responsible for managing the delivery of products and services in their area of expertise. This allows us to provide more tailored solutions while operating in a safe and sound manner. We have created compensation structures that encourage and reward our bankers, relationship managers and loan officers to work together as a team to provide the client with the products and services they desire. We believe we will be able to maintain a client-focused approach by recruiting and retaining experienced and qualified staff. Our broad range of financial products, services, and digital delivery are more consistent with those offered by larger financial institutions, while our high level of personalized service, accessibility and responsiveness to our clients are more typical of the services offered by community banks and boutique investment advisory and wealth management firms. We believe this combination of an integrated platform of comprehensive financial services and products and personalized and responsive service, coupled with our continual enhancements of our digital platform, differentiates us from many of our competitors and has contributed to the growth of our client base and our business. FFI is a bank holding company incorporated in Delaware. As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board” or “FRB”) and the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas under delegated authority from the FRB. FFB is a California state-chartered bank and is subject to regulation and examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation (“DFPI”) and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”). FFB also is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”), which provides it with a source of funds in the form of short-term and long-term borrowings. FFA is a California corporation that began operating as a fee-based registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Investment Advisers Act”) in 1990 and is subject to regulation by the Securities and Exchange Commission, (“SEC”), under that Act. Agreement and Plan of Merger On October 27, 2025, FFI and FirstSun Capital Bancorp (“FirstSun”) issued a joint press release announcing the execution of an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 27, 2025 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and between FFI and FirstSun, pursuant to which, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, FFI will merge with and into FirstSun, with FirstSun continuing as the surviving entity (the “Merger”). Immediately following the Merger,
Page 5
3
Page 6
Table of Contents 4 First Foundation Bank will merge with and into Sunflower Bank, National Association (“Sunflower Bank”), with Sunflower Bank continuing as the surviving bank. The transaction is expected to close on April 1, 2026, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the remaining closing conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement. Overview of Our Banking Business Through FFB, we offer a wide range of loan products, deposit products, treasury management products and services, and trust services. The yields we realize on our loans and other interest-earning assets and the interest rates we pay to attract and retain deposits, along with the balances on those products, are the principal determinants of our banking revenues. We also provide trust services to clients using our California, Hawaii, Nevada, Florida, and Texas trust powers. Those services, which consist primarily of the management of trust assets, complement the investment and wealth management services that FFA offers to our clients. Additionally, trust service fees provide additional sources of noninterest income for us. FFB’s operations comprise the banking and trust segments of our business. At December 31, 2025, FFB had $11.9 billion of total assets, $7.0 billion of total loans, $9.3 billion of deposits and $1.2 billion of trust AUA. Overview of Our Investment Advisory and Wealth Management Business FFA is a fee-based investment advisor which provides investment advisory and wealth management services primarily to high net-worth individuals, their families and their family businesses, and other affiliated organizations. FFA strives to provide its clients with a high level of personalized service by its staff of experienced relationship managers. FFA’s operations comprise the investment advisory and wealth management segment of our business. As of December 31, 2025, FFA had $5.1 billion of AUM. Banking Products and Services Through FFB, we offer a wide range of loan products, deposit products, treasury management products and services, and trust services. Our loan products are designed to meet the credit needs of our clients in a manner that, at the same time, enables us to effectively manage the credit and interest rate risks inherent in our lending activities. Historically, our lending products are the primary drivers of revenues and earnings for the consolidated entity. As such, we are committed to offering market competitive lending products that: meet the needs of our clients; are underwritten in a prudent manner; and provide an adequate return based on their size and credit risk. Deposits represent our principal source of funds for making loans and acquiring other interest-earning assets. We maintain a client-focused approach by recruiting and retaining experienced and qualified banking personnel, who are described as relationship bankers, commercial bankers, small business bankers, regional directors of loan production for multifamily and non-owner occupied commercial real estate, specialty deposit bankers, and branch managers. FFB has bankers in each location across the platform sourcing loan and deposit business to cultivate and develop quality banking relationships from existing and potential clients, as well as a digital bank platform that attracts new deposit clients across the country. FFB’s banking platform is focused on program-specific products and clients, with an emphasis on digital delivery. Loan Products and Services We have established a lending platform that provides financing solutions to our strong and stable client relationships, including individuals, businesses, and other entities. Each of our office locations is focused on serving the businesses and clients within its market area. Our lending activities serve the credit needs of individuals, owners of multifamily and commercial real estate properties, small to moderate-sized businesses and professional firms in our market areas. As a result, we have in our portfolio a variety of loan products consisting of multifamily and single-family residential real estate loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial term loans and lines of credit, and consumer loans.
Page 7
Table of Contents Our lending platform has originated loans through three primary channels: 1) Commercial Real Estate (“CRE”), defined as multifamily residential, owner and non-owner occupied commercial real estate, land and construction; 2) Commercial and Industrial (“C&I”), defined as term and revolving credit/lines of credit for small to moderate-sized businesses, professional firms, and municipal agencies; and 3) Consumer defined as loan products to individuals, including single-family residential real estate loans and home equity lines of credit and other consumer-related loans focused on the current and prospective clients of our platform. The primary objective of each of the lending channels is to provide exceptional client service to differentiate us from our competitors. Each lending channel features standardized pricing, uniform sizing and a streamlined process resulting in a high-through-put application-to-funding ratio. CRE Loan Channel: Loans originated under the CRE loan channel are supported by the underlying cash flow from operations of the related real estate collateral. The loan types under this channel consist of multifamily residential, non-owner occupied CRE and land and construction. Residential Mortgage Loans – Multifamily: We make multifamily residential mortgage loans for terms up to 30 years for 5+ unit properties. These loans generally are adjustable-rate loans with interest rates tied to a variety of independent indexes; although in many cases these loans have initial fixed-rate periods ranging from 3 to 10 years and adjust thereafter based on an applicable index. These loans generally have interest rate floors, payment caps, and prepayment penalties. The loans are underwritten based on a variety of underwriting criteria, including an evaluation of the subject real estate collateral’s cash flow, the character and creditworthiness of the borrower and guarantors, loan-to-value and debt service coverage ratios, borrower liquidity and credit history. In addition, we perform stress testing for changes in interest rates, capitalization rates and other factors and review general economic trends such as rental rates, values and vacancy rates. We typically require full or limited recourse from the owners of the entities to which we make such loans. CRE Loans – Non-owner Occupied: Our non-owner occupied real estate loans are secured by first trust deeds on nonresidential real property with terms generally up to 10 years. We typically focus on multi- tenant industrial, office and retail real estate collateral with strong, stable tenancy, strong, stable historical cash flow and located in stable, submarket locations with strong demand. We will consider special-purpose lending on a limited basis for our existing client base. These loans generally are adjustable-rate loans with interest rates tied to a variety of independent indexes; although in many cases these loans have initial fixed- rate periods ranging from 3 to 10 years and adjust thereafter based on an applicable index. These loans generally have interest rate floors, payment caps, and prepayment penalties. The loans are underwritten based on a variety of underwriting criteria, including an evaluation of the subject real estate collateral’s cash flow, the character and creditworthiness of the borrower and guarantors, loan-to-value and debt service coverage ratios, borrower liquidity and credit history. In addition, we perform stress testing for changes in interest rates, capitalization rates and other factors and review general economic trends such as lease rates, values and absorption rates. We typically require full recourse from the owners of the entities to which we make such loans. Land and Construction: Land and construction loans are provided to borrowers with extensive construction experience and/or as an accommodation to existing or potential clients of the platform; however, some such loans were obtained through the acquisitions of other banks. There is not a separate sales effort to generate land and construction loans. These loans are custom tailored to fit the individual needs of each specific request. We typically consider construction loan requests for urban infill multifamily properties and owner-occupied single-family primary residences in the submarket locations where we have experience and offer permanent real estate loans. Land and construction loans are secured by first trust deeds on real property. These loans generally are adjustable-rate loans with interest rates tied to a variety of independent indexes; although in some rare cases these loans have fixed interest rates for short periods and adjust thereafter based on an applicable index. These loans generally have interest rate floors, payment caps, and prepayment penalties. The loans are underwritten based on a variety of underwriting criteria, including an evaluation of the character and creditworthiness of the borrower and guarantors, loan to value and debt service coverage ratios, borrower liquidity and credit history. In addition, we perform stress testing for changes in interest rates, capitalization rates and other factors and review general economic trends such as lease rates, values and absorption rates. We typically require full recourse from the owners of the entities to which we make such loans. C&I Loan Channel: Loans originated under the C&I loan channel are generally supported by the cash flows generated from the business operations of the entity to which the loan is made, and, except for loans secured by owner
Page 8
5
Page 9
Table of Contents occupied CRE, are generally secured by non-real estate assets, such as equipment, inventories or accounts receivable. The C&I loan channel is focused on developing quality full-service business banking relationships, including loans, deposits, and treasury management service products for small to moderate- sized businesses across the regional footprint. This allows us to provide support for small to mid-sized businesses in our market areas. The typical C&I loan client utilizes more than one element of our platform, for example, almost all such clients using our deposit products and services. We typically focus on C&I clients that are manufacturers, distributors, wholesalers, importers or professional service companies. Commercial Real Estate Loans - Owner Occupied: Owner occupied CRE loans are generally made to businesses that have demonstrated a history of profitable operations. To qualify for such loans, prospective borrowers generally must have operating cash flow sufficient to meet their obligations as they become due, good payment histories, proper balance sheet management of key cash flow drivers, and experienced management. Our commercial real estate loans are secured by first trust deeds on nonresidential real property, typically office, industrial or warehouse. These loans generally are adjustable-rate loans with interest rates tied to a variety of independent indexes; although in some cases these loans have fixed interest rates for periods ranging from 3 to 15 years and adjust thereafter based on an applicable index and terms. These loans generally have interest rate floors, payment caps, and prepayment penalties. The loans are underwritten based on a variety of underwriting criteria, including an evaluation of the character and creditworthiness of the borrower and guarantors, loan-to-value and debt service coverage ratios, borrower liquidity and credit history and the trends in balance sheet and income statement management. In addition, we perform stress testing for changes in interest rates, capitalization rates and other factors and review general economic trends such as lease rates, values and absorption rates. We typically require full recourse from the owners of the entities to which we make such loans. Commercial Loans: We offer commercial term loans and commercial lines of credit to our clients. Commercial loans generally are made to businesses that have demonstrated a history of profitable operations. To qualify for such loans, prospective borrowers generally must have operating cash flow sufficient to meet their obligations as they become due, good payment histories, proper balance sheet oversight of key cash flow drivers, and experienced management. Commercial term loans are either fixed-rate loans or adjustable-rate loans with interest rates tied to a variety of independent indexes and are made for terms ranging from one to seven years subject to the useful life of the asset financed. Commercial lines of credit are adjustable-rate loans with interest rates usually tied to the Wall Street Journal prime rate, are made for terms ranging from one to two years, and contain various covenants, including possible requirements that the borrower reduces its credit line borrowings to zero for specified time periods during the term of the line of credit, maintains liquidity requirements with advances tied to periodic reviews and approved based upon a percentage of accounts receivable, and inventory or unmonitored lines for very small lines of credit or those with significant financial strength and liquidity. Commercial loans are underwritten based on a variety of underwriting criteria, including an evaluation of the character and creditworthiness of the borrower and guarantors, debt service coverage ratios, historical and projected client income, borrower liquidity and credit history, and the trends in income and balance sheet management. In addition, we perform stress testing for changes in interest rates and other factors and review general economic trends in the client’s industry. We typically require full recourse from the owners of the entities to which we make such loans. Shared National Credits Lending: We may participate in multi-bank transactions referred to as Shared National Credits or Participations where a financial institution determines an individual loan is too large for it to be made alone. These loans consist principally of commercial lines of credit and commercial term loans and are typically originated and led by other larger banks to which FFB will be a participant in the transaction. The loans are sourced through relationships with originating lenders as well as through the purchase of loans in the secondary market. These loans generally are made to businesses that have demonstrated a history of profitable operations. To qualify for such loans, prospective borrowers generally must have operating cash flow sufficient to meet their obligations as they become due, good payment histories, proper balance sheet oversight of key cash flow drivers, and experienced management. Syndicated/Participated term loans are either fixed-rate loans or adjustable-rate loans with interest rates tied to a variety of independent indexes and are generally made for terms ranging from one to seven years subject to the useful life of the asset financed. Lines of credit are adjustable-rate loans with interest rates tied to a variety of independent indexes and are generally made with terms from one to five years, and contain various covenants, including possible requirements that the borrower maintain liquidity requirements with advances tied to periodic reviews. These loans are underwritten independently by us based on a variety of underwriting criteria, including an evaluation of the character and creditworthiness of the borrower, debt service coverage ratios, historical and projected client income, borrower liquidity and credit history, and the trends in income and balance sheet management. In addition, we perform stress testing for changes in interest rates and other factors and review
Page 10
6
Page 11
Table of Contents 7 general economic trends in the client’s industry. We typically do not require full recourse from the owners of the entities to which we make such loans. Small Business Lending and USDA Lending: The Bank is approved as a Small Business Administration (“SBA”) lender and as a United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) lender. We are committed to small business commercial lending to serve our communities and small businesses that operate in our network of retail branch locations. As government-guaranteed programs, we must comply with underwriting guidelines, servicing and monitoring requirements, and terms and conditions set forth under the related programs standard operating procedures. SBA loans follow our underwriting guidelines established for non-SBA commercial and industrial loans and meet the underwriting criteria set forth by the SBA. We have also established a small balance portfolio loan program, up to a maximum loan amount of $250,000, to meet the requirements of our small business clients through a streamlined underwriting process. Consumer Loan Channel: The consumer channel for FFB includes single-family residential loans, home equity lines of credit, personal lines of credit and other consumer related products. We do not have a separate marketing program for this channel; rather this channel is directed to a limited amount of fully-vetted broker relationships and as an accommodation for clients or prospective clients of our platform. Single-family loans comprise a substantial majority of the balances in this channel. Residential Mortgage Loans – Single-family: We have single-family residential mortgage loans that in most cases take the form of non-conforming jumbo and super-jumbo loans. We do not currently sell or securitize any of our single-family residential mortgage loan originations. We do not originate loans defined as high-cost by state or federal banking regulators. The majority of our single-family residential loan originations are collateralized by first mortgages on real properties located in Southern California and in southwest Florida. These loans are generally adjustable-rate loans with initial fixed-rate periods ranging from 3 to 10 years not exceeding 30 years. These loans generally have interest rate floors and rate caps. The loans are underwritten based on a variety of underwriting criteria, including an evaluation of the character and creditworthiness of the borrower and guarantors, loan-to-value and debt to income ratios, borrower liquidity, income verification and credit history. In addition, we perform stress testing for changes in interest rates and other factors and review general economic trends such as market values. Consumer Loans: We have consumer loans and line of credit products as an accommodation to clients of our primary business lines, including personal installment loans and lines of credit, and home equity lines of credit designed to meet the needs of our clients. Consumer loans are either fixed-rate loans or adjustable-rate loans with interest rates tied to a variety of independent indexes and are made for terms ranging from 1 to 10 years. The loans are underwritten based on a variety of underwriting criteria, including an evaluation of the character, creditworthiness and credit history of the borrower and guarantors, debt to income ratios, borrower liquidity, income verification, and the value of any collateral securing the loan. Repayment of consumer loans are largely dependent on the borrower’s ongoing cash flows and financial stability and, as a result, generally pose higher credit risks than do the other loans that we make. For all of our loan offerings, we utilize a comprehensive approach in our underwriting process. This includes the requirement that all factors considered in our underwriting be appropriately documented. In our underwriting, our primary focus is always on the primary, secondary and tertiary sources of repayment, which include the subject real estate collateral cash flow, the business’s/borrower’s ability to repay and the value of the subject collateral securing the loan. However, because our underwriting process allows us to view the totality of the borrower’s capacity to repay, concerns or issues in one area can be compensated for by other favorable financial criteria. This personalized and detailed approach allows us to better understand and meet our clients’ borrowing needs. We handle substantially all our loan processing, underwriting and servicing at our administrative office in Irvine, California. Deposit Products and Services Deposit Products: We offer a wide range of deposit products, including personal and business checking, savings accounts, interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, money market accounts and time certificates of deposit. Our pricing strategy is to maintain deposit pricing at levels consistent with our competitors. This generally allows us to maintain our current deposit relationships. From time to time, we will offer promotional rates to attract new clients to our platform. Our
Page 13
Table of Contents 8 pricing strategy is intended to complement our other products and services so that we can attract and retain clients without always paying the highest rates. Deposit Services: Our deposit services include the following: ● Treasury Management: Our comprehensive suite of Treasury Management (“TM”) products and services provide our customers the tools to bank with us conveniently without having the need to visit one of our offices and are necessary to attract complex commercial and specialty deposit clients. These products and services include bill pay, check/payee/ACH positive pay, ACH collections, ACH fraud monitoring, wire origination, internal and external transfers, account reconciliation reporting, remote deposit capture, mobile banking, mobile deposit, lockbox, cash vault services and merchant processing. ● Online Banking: FFB offers Online Banking and Mobile Banking services to consumer, small business and commercial clients. The consumer online platform offers account management, internal and external transfers, consumer loan payments, electronic documents, bill pay, real- time alerts, P2P payments and requests, credit score reporting and debit card management. The business online platform allows our business clients to be more productive by offering ease of access to account information, electronic documents, transfer and funds management, real-time alerts, user administration, and reporting tools. These clients can also leverage most TM services as integrated solutions through business online. ● Online Account Opening: FFB utilizes a platform for online account acquisition. The Bank offers checking, savings, money market and CDs, as well as complementary products such as ATM/debit cards and eStatements through the system. Deposit Delivery Channels: Our deposit products and services are delivered through the following delivery channels: ● Retail Banking: The retail banking delivery channel is made up of 29 banking offices located throughout our market areas. We attempt to place our banking offices in strategic locations to establish a presence in our target markets, rather than saturating a market with numerous banking offices. The sales activities at our banking offices are led by the bankers and branch managers located at the offices. In addition to a branch manager, each banking office has a strong operations manager and staff to serve the clients of the office, to provide support to the bankers and branch managers in their sales efforts and to maintain the operational integrity of their offices. In addition to the sales activities of the bankers and branch managers, we provide marketing support through periodic deposit campaigns and targeted marketing programs tailored to the region in which the banking office is located. ● Specialty Deposits: The specialty deposits channel focuses on banking large complex commercial customers and fiduciaries who manage intricate deposit relationships. This team consists of bankers with industry expertise in our targeted specialty niches, which include, but are not limited to escrow, title, 1031 exchange accommodators, contractor retention escrows, commercial property management and homeowners’ associations, as well as financial institutions and mortgage servicers, commercial borrowers, EB-5 projects, and political treasurers. The nature of the specialty deposit customer is generally complex and typically requires a larger volume of transactional servicing needs and reporting requirements. These customers are supported exclusively by the experts in our commercial client services team. This team is responsible for establishing new accounts, maintenance of existing accounts, monitoring accounts, account reporting, review and acceptance of depository agreements and other account-related contracts. This team possesses a thorough understanding of legal documentation for complex organizations and legal and regulatory banking requirements for niche industries, balance bank control accounts, ledger posting, and funds disbursement. ● Digital Bank: The digital bank channel offers consumers high-yield savings accounts, low-cost checking accounts, money market accounts, and certificates of deposits through our online account opening. Supported by a dedicated digital bank operations team, these digital bank products are offered to consumers across all 50 states and enable FFB to target Millennial, Gen Z, and more digitally savvy prospects with increased efficiency.
Page 15
Table of Contents 9 Trust Services FFB is licensed to provide trust services to clients in California, Florida, Hawaii, Nevada, and Texas. Those services, which consist primarily of the management of trust assets, complement the investment advisory and wealth management services that FFA offers to our clients and, as a result, provide us with cross-selling opportunities. As of December 31, 2025, trust AUA totaled $1.2 billion. Wealth Management Products and Services FFA is a fee-based investment advisor providing investment advisory and wealth management services primarily for individuals and their families, family businesses and other affiliated organizations (including public and closely-held corporations, family foundations and private charitable organizations). Through FFA, we provide clients with personalized services designed to enable them to reach their personal and financial goals by coordinating our investment advisory and wealth management services with risk management and estate and tax planning services that are provided by outside service providers, and for which we do not receive commissions or referral fees. FFA’s clients benefit from certain cost efficiencies available to institutional managers, such as block trading, access to institutionally priced no-load mutual funds, ability to seek competitive bid/ask pricing for bonds, low transaction costs and management fees charged as a percentage of the assets managed, with tiered pricing for larger accounts. Our investment advisory and wealth management team strives to create diversified investment portfolios for its clients that are individually designed, monitored and adjusted based on the discipline of fundamental investment analysis. We focus on creating investment portfolios that are commensurate with a client’s objectives, risk tolerance and time horizon, using traditional investments such as individual stocks and bonds and mutual funds. We also provide comprehensive and ongoing advice and coordination regarding estate planning, retirement planning and charitable and business ownership issues. Changes in our AUM reflect additions from new clients, the gains or losses recognized from investment results, additional funds received from existing clients, withdrawals of funds by clients, and terminations. We do not provide custodial services for our clients through FFA. Instead, client investment accounts are maintained under custodial arrangements with large, well-established brokerage firms, either directly or through FFB. However, we notify our clients that they are not obligated to use those services and that they are free to select securities brokerage firms and custodial service providers of their own choosing. We have entered into referral agreements with certain of the asset custodial firms that provide custodial services to our clients. Under these arrangements, the asset custodial firms provide referrals of prospective new clients whose wealth warrants the more personalized and expansive breadth of financial services that we are able to provide in exchange for a fee. This fee for the referral is either a percentage of the fees we charge to the client or a percentage of the AUM of the client. The asset custodial firms are entitled to continue receiving these fees for as long as we continue to provide services to the referral client. These referral agreements do not require the client to maintain their assets at the custodial firm and are fully disclosed to the client prior to our providing services to them. Competition The banking and investment advisory and wealth management businesses in California, Florida, Nevada, Hawaii, and Texas generally, and in our market areas in particular, are highly competitive. A relatively small number of major national and regional banks, operating over wide geographic areas, dominate our banking markets. Those banks, or their affiliates, may also offer investment advisory and wealth management services. We also compete with large, well-known banking and wealth management firms. Those banks and investment advisory and wealth management firms generally have much greater financial and capital resources than we do, and as a result of both their ability to conduct extensive advertising campaigns and their relatively long histories of operating in our markets, are generally better known. In addition, by virtue of their greater total capitalization, the large banks have substantially higher lending limits than we do, which enable them to make much larger loans and to offer loan products that we are not able to offer to our clients.
Page 17
Table of Contents 10 We compete with these much larger banks and investment advisory and wealth management firms primarily on the basis of the personal and “one on one” service that we provide to our clients, which many of these competitors are unwilling or unable to provide, other than to their wealthiest clients, due to costs involved or their “one size fits all” approaches to providing financial services. We believe that our principal competitive advantage is our ability to offer our services through one integrated platform, enabling us to provide our clients with the efficiencies and benefits of dealing with a cohesive group working together to assist our clients to meet their personal investment and financial goals. We believe that only the largest financial institutions in our area provide similar integrated platforms of products and services, which they sometimes reserve for their wealthiest and institutional clients. In addition, while we also compete with many local and regional banks and numerous local and regional investment advisory and wealth management firms, we believe that only a very few of the banks offer integrated investment advisory or wealth management services and that very few of the investment advisory and wealth management firms offer banking services. Since very few of our competitors are able to provide such an integrated platform of comprehensive financial services to their clients, this enables us to compete effectively for clients who are dissatisfied with the level of service provided at larger financial institutions and are not able to receive an integrated platform of comprehensive financial services from other regional or local financial services organizations. While we provide our clients with the convenience of technological access services, such as remote deposit capture, internet banking and mobile banking, we compete primarily by providing a high level of personal service. As a result, we do not try to compete exclusively on pricing. However, because we are located in highly competitive markets and because we are seeking to grow our businesses, we attempt to maintain our pricing in line with our principal competitors. Economic Conditions/Government Policies Our profitability, like most financial institutions, is primarily dependent on interest rate spreads and noninterest income. In general, the difference between the interest rates paid by FFB on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings, and the interest rates received by FFB on interest-earning assets, such as loans extended to customers and securities held in the investment portfolio, will comprise the major portion of our earnings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, such as inflation, recession and unemployment, government fiscal and monetary and other policies, and the impact which future changes in domestic and foreign economic conditions might have on us cannot be predicted. Opportunity for banks to earn fees and other noninterest income have also been limited by restrictions imposed by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) and other government regulations. As the following sections indicate, the impact of current and future changes in government laws and regulations on our ability to maintain current levels of fees and other noninterest income could be material and cannot be predicted. Our business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation, increasing employment and combating recession) through its open-market operations in U.S. Government securities by buying and selling treasury and mortgage-backed securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for depository institutions subject to its reserve requirements, and by varying the target federal funds and discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve in these areas influence the growth and performance of bank loans, investments, and deposits, while also affecting interest earned on interest- earning assets and paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Government fiscal and budgetary policies, including deficit spending, can also have a significant impact on the capital markets and interest rates. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary and fiscal policies on us cannot be predicted. Supervision and Regulation Federal and state laws extensively regulate bank holding companies and banks. This regulation is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, customers, the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund and the banking system as a whole, not for the protection of our other creditors or stockholders. Set forth below are summary descriptions of the
Page 19
Table of Contents 11 material laws and regulations that affect or bear on our operations. The summaries are not intended, and do not purport, to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the described laws and regulations. We cannot predict whether or when other legislation or new regulations may be enacted, and if enacted, the effect that new legislation or any implemented regulations and supervisory policies would have on our financial condition and results of operations. Such developments may further alter the structure, regulation, and competitive relationship among financial institutions, may limit the types or pricing of the products and services we offer, and may subject us to increased regulation, disclosure, and reporting requirements. We also cannot predict whether or when regulatory requirements may be reduced or eliminated and the overall effect such reduction or elimination may have on the Company and the Bank. Bank Holding Company Regulation First Foundation Inc. is a registered bank holding company subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Holding Company Act”). Pursuant to the Holding Company Act, we are subject to supervision and periodic examination by, and are required to file periodic reports with, the Federal Reserve. As a bank holding company, we are allowed to engage, directly or indirectly, only in banking and other activities that the Federal Reserve has determined, or in the future may deem, to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Business activities that the Federal Reserve has designated as being closely related to banking include the provision of investment advisory, securities brokerage, insurance agency and data processing services, among others. A bank holding company meeting certain eligibility requirements may elect to qualify as a “financial holding company,” allowing it and its non-bank affiliated companies to engage in a broader range of financial activities including securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; engaging in insurance underwriting; and engaging in merchant banking activities. We have not elected to be a financial holding company. Under Federal Reserve regulations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary bank(s) and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. In addition, it is the Federal Reserve’s policy that a bank holding company, in serving as a source of strength to its subsidiary bank(s), should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary bank(s) during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary bank(s). For that reason, among others, the Federal Reserve requires all bank holding companies to maintain capital at or above certain prescribed levels. A bank holding company’s failure to meet these requirements will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve’s regulations or both, which could lead to the imposition of restrictions (including restrictions on growth) on, or a regulatory enforcement order against, the bank holding company. Additionally, among its powers, the Federal Reserve may require any bank holding company to terminate an activity or terminate control of, or liquidate or divest itself of, any subsidiary or affiliated company that the Federal Reserve determines constitutes a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of the bank holding company or any of its banking subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve also has the authority to regulate aspects of a bank holding company’s debt. Subject to certain exceptions, bank holding companies also are required to file written notice and obtain approval from the Federal Reserve prior to purchasing or redeeming their common stock or other equity securities. A bank holding company and its non- banking subsidiaries also are prohibited from implementing so-called tying arrangements whereby clients may be required to use or purchase services or products from the bank holding company or any of its non- bank subsidiaries in order to obtain a loan or other services from any of the holding company’s subsidiary bank(s). Because FFB is a California state-chartered bank, the Company is deemed to be a bank holding company within the meaning of Section 1280 of the California Financial Code. As such, we are subject to examination by, and may be required to file reports with, the DFPI.
Page 21
Table of Contents 12 Regulation of First Foundation Bank FFB is subject to primary supervision, periodic examination and regulation by the FDIC, which is its primary federal banking regulator, and the DFPI, because FFB is a California state-chartered bank. The CFPB has examination and supervision authority over FFB with respect to federal consumer laws with respect to FFB. See “Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.” Various requirements and restrictions under federal and California banking laws affect the operations of FFB. These laws and the implementing regulations can determine the extent of supervisory control to which a bank will be subject by its federal and state bank regulators. These laws and regulations cover most aspects of a bank’s operations, including: ● the reserves a bank must maintain against deposits and for possible loan losses and other contingencies; ● the types of and limits on loans and investments that a bank may make; ● the borrowings that a bank may incur; ● the opening of branch offices; ● the rate at which it may grow its assets and business; ● the acquisition and merger activities of a bank; ● the amount of dividends that a bank may pay; and ● the capital requirements that a bank must satisfy. California law permits state-chartered commercial banks to engage in any activity permissible for national banks. Those permissible activities include conducting many so-called “closely related to banking” or “nonbanking” activities either directly or through their operating subsidiaries. Acquisition of Control of a Bank Holding Company or a Bank As a bank holding company, we must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve to acquire more than five percent of the outstanding shares of voting securities or substantially all of the assets, by merger or purchase, of (i) any bank or other bank holding company or (ii) any other entities engaged in banking-related businesses or that provide banking-related services. In addition, FFB must obtain the prior approval of the FDIC and the DFPI before acquiring or merging with any other depository institution. Capital Requirements Applicable to Banks and Bank Holding Companies Bank holding companies and banks are subject to similar regulatory capital requirements administered by federal and state regulatory agencies. The current capital rules adopted by the federal bank regulatory agencies have been fully phased in. The risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies, and for banks (the “Capital Rules”), require capital ratios that vary based on the perceived degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations, both for transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets, such as loans, and for those recorded as off-balance sheet items, such as commitments, letters of credit and recourse agreements. The risk-based capital ratios are determined by classifying assets and certain off- balance sheet financial instruments into risk-weighted categories, with higher levels of capital being required for those categories perceived as representing greater risks, and with the applicable ratios calculated by dividing qualifying capital by total risk-weighted assets from on- and off-balance sheet items. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk- weighting and other factors. Bank holding companies and banks engaged in significant trading activity may also be subject to the market risk capital guidelines and be required to incorporate additional market and interest rate risk components into their risk-based capital standards. Bank holding companies are also required to act as a source of financial strength to their subsidiary banks. Under this policy, the Company must commit resources to support the Bank even when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide it.
Page 22
Table of Contents 13 Under the Capital Rules, the Company’s and the Bank’s assets, exposures and certain off-balance sheet items are subject to risk weights used to determine the institutions’ risk-weighted assets. The Capital Rules implement a “capital conservation buffer” for the risk-based capital ratios that is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. If a banking organization does not maintain a capital conservation buffer consisting of an additional 2.5% of common equity tier 1 (“CET1”) on top of the minimum risk- weighted asset ratios, it faces constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and executive compensation, depending on the amount of the shortfall. The table below summarizes the minimum capital ratios plus the applicable increment of the capital conservation buffer that are applicable to the Company and the Bank: Tier 1 leverage capital ratio 4.00% Common equity tier 1 capital ratio 7.00% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 8.50% Total risk-based capital ratio 10.50% The Capital Rules required that trust preferred securities be phased out from Tier 1 capital by January 1, 2016, except in the case of banking organizations with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion, which were permitted to include trust preferred securities issued prior to May 19, 2010 in Tier 1 capital, subject to a limit of 25% of tier 1 capital elements. As of December 31, 2025, FFI and FFB did not have any trust preferred securities outstanding. In December 2017, the Basel Committee published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (the standards are commonly referred to as “Basel IV”). Among other things, these standards revise the Basel Committee’s standardized approach for credit risk (including by recalibrating risk weights and introducing new capital requirements for certain “unconditionally cancellable commitments”, such as unused credit card lines of credit) and provides a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the Basel framework, these standards became effective on January 1, 2023, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2028. Under the current U.S. Capital Rules, operational risk capital requirements and a capital floor apply only to advanced approaches institutions, and not to the Company and the Bank. In July 2023, the FRB, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and FDIC proposed significant changes to the Basel III capital rules which replaces the advanced approaches risk-weighted assets framework with a new enhanced risk-based framework and requires banking organizations with generally more than $100 billion in assets to calculate their regulatory capital using more enhanced requirements applicable to even larger organizations. The federal banking regulators have subsequently indicated that they expect to issue a revised proposal, the timing and contents of which are uncertain. The impact of any changes to capital requirements and calculations and the implementation of Basel IV on us will depend on the manner in which it is implemented by the federal bank regulators. Prompt Corrective Action The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), established a framework for regulation of federally insured depository institutions, including banks, and their parent holding companies and other affiliates, by their federal banking regulators. Among other things, FDICIA requires the relevant federal banking regulator to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards, including requiring the prompt submission by that bank of an acceptable capital restoration plan if its bank regulator has concluded that it needs additional capital. Supervisory actions by a bank’s federal regulator under the prompt corrective action rules generally depend upon an institution’s classification within one of five capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. These are determined on the basis of a bank’s Tier 1 leverage capital ratio, Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and total risk-based capital ratio. FDICIA regulations implementing the prompt corrective action framework establish minimum capital thresholds for five capital categories based on the Capital Rules. An insured depository institution’s capital category depends upon whether its capital levels meet these capital thresholds shown in the table below.
Page 24
Table of Contents 14 Well- Adequately SignificantlyCapital Measure Capitalized Capitalized Undercapitalized Undercapitalized Tier 1 leverage capital ratio 5% or greater 4% or greater Less than 4% Less than 3%Common equity tier 1 capital ratio 6.5% or greater 4.5% or greater Less than 4.5% Less than 3%Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 8% or greater 6% or greater Less than 6% Less than 4%Total risk-based capital ratio 10% or greater 8% or greater Less than 8% Less than 6% A bank is classified as “critically undercapitalized” if its tangible equity were equal to or less than 2% of its average quarterly tangible assets. A bank that is classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized based on its capital levels may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or practice warrants such treatment. As of December 31, 2025, FFB exceeded the minimum regulatory capital requirements necessary to be considered “well-capitalized” under the prompt corrective action requirements. A bank’s capital classification affects the frequency of examinations of the bank by its primary federal bank regulatory agency, the ability of the bank to engage in certain activities and the deposit insurance premiums that are payable by the bank. Under FDICIA, the federal banking regulators are required to conduct a full-scope, on-site examination of every bank with more than $3.0 billion in assets at least once every 12 months. An undercapitalized bank is generally prohibited from paying dividends or management fees to its holding company. In addition, an undercapitalized bank that fails to submit, or fails to obtain the approval by its federal banking regulator of a capital restoration plan will be treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” In that event, the bank’s federal banking regulator may impose a number of additional requirements and restrictions on the bank, including orders or requirements (i) to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized,” (ii) to reduce its total assets, and (iii) cease the receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator. If an undercapitalized bank is a subsidiary of a bank holding company, then, for its capital restoration plan to be approved, the bank’s parent holding company must guarantee that the bank will comply with, and provide assurances of the performance by the bank of, its capital restoration plan. Under such a guarantee and assurance of performance, if the bank fails to comply with its capital restoration plan, the parent holding company may become subject to liability for such failure in an amount up to the lesser of (i) 5.0% of its bank subsidiary’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized, or (ii) the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the bank into compliance with all applicable capital standards as of the time it failed to comply with the plan. If a bank is classified as “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized,” its federal banking regulator would be required to take one or more prompt corrective actions that would, among other things, require the bank to (i) raise additional capital by means of sales of common stock or nonredeemable preferred shares, (ii) improve its management, (iii) limit the interest rates it may pay on deposits, (iv) altogether prohibit transactions by the bank with its affiliates, (v) terminate certain activities that pose undue or unreasonable risks, and (vi) restrict the compensation being paid to its executive officers. If a bank is classified as critically undercapitalized, FDICIA requires the bank to be placed into conservatorship or receivership within 90 days, unless its federal banking regulatory agency determines that there are other measures that would enable the bank, within a relatively short period of time, to increase its capital in an amount sufficient to improve its capital classification under the prompt corrective action framework. Under the FDIC regulations, a bank that is classified as less than “well-capitalized” faces restrictions on its ability to accept or renew brokered deposits. For example, a bank that is classified as “adequately capitalized” may only accept or renew brokered deposits with FDIC approval; a bank that is classified as “undercapitalized” may not accept or renew brokered deposits.
Page 25
Table of Contents 15 Safety and Soundness Standards Banking institutions may be subject to potential enforcement actions by the federal banking regulators for unsafe or unsound practices or for violating any law, rule, regulation, or any condition imposed in writing by its primary federal banking regulatory agency or any written agreement with that agency. The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines designed to identify and address potential safety and soundness concerns that could, if not corrected, lead to deterioration in the quality of a bank’s assets, liquidity or capital. Those guidelines set forth operational and managerial standards relating to such matters as internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems; risk management; loan documentation; credit underwriting; asset growth; earnings; and compensation, fees and benefits. In addition, the federal banking agencies have adopted safety and soundness guidelines with respect to the quality of loans and other assets of insured depository institutions. These guidelines provide standards for establishing and maintaining a system to identify problem loans and other problem assets and to prevent those assets from deteriorating. Under these standards, an FDIC-insured depository institution is expected to conduct periodic asset quality reviews to identify problem loans and any other problem assets, estimate the inherent losses in those loans and other assets and establish reserves that are sufficient to absorb those estimated losses; compare problem loans and other problem asset totals to capital; take appropriate corrective action to resolve problem loans and other problem assets; consider the size and potential risks of material asset concentrations; and provide periodic quality reports with respect to their loans and other assets which provide adequate information for the bank’s management and the board of directors to assess the level of risk to its loans and other assets. These guidelines also establish standards for evaluating and monitoring earnings and for ensuring that earnings are sufficient for the maintenance of adequate capital and reserves. Potential Regulatory Enforcement Actions If a bank holding company’s or a bank’s federal banking regulatory agency, determines that its financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of its operations are unsatisfactory or that the bank holding company or bank or its management has violated any law or regulation, the agency has the authority to take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate under the circumstances. These actions include the power to enjoin any “unsafe or unsound” banking practices; to require that affirmative action be taken to correct any conditions resulting from any violation of law or unsafe or unsound practice; to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced; to require that it increase its capital; to restrict its growth; to assess civil monetary penalties against it or its officers or directors; to remove officers and directors of the bank; and if the federal agency concludes that such conditions at the bank cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate a bank’s deposit insurance, which in the case of a California state-chartered bank would result in revocation of its charter and the mandatory cessation of its banking operations. Under California law the DFPI has many of these same remedial powers with respect to FFB. The CFPB has similar enforcement authority for federal consumer laws with respect to FFB. See “Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.” Dividends and Stock Repurchases It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the holding company’s expected future needs for capital and liquidity and to maintain its financial condition. It is also a Federal Reserve policy that bank holding companies should not maintain dividend levels that undermine their ability to be a source of financial strength for their banking subsidiaries. Under the Capital Rules discussed above, bank holding companies may not pay dividends on common stock unless they maintain minimum regulatory capital ratios. Additionally, the Federal Reserve has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policies and has discouraged dividend payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong. Similar Federal Reserve policies and limitations apply to a bank holding company’s repurchase of its capital stock. The Company has agreed not to pay any dividends to its stockholders without the FRB’s prior written approval.
Page 27
Table of Contents 16 Cash dividends from FFB are one of the principal sources of cash (in addition to any cash dividends that might be paid to the Company by FFA) that is available to the Company for its operations and to fund any cash dividends or stock repurchases that the Company’s Board of Directors might declare or approve in the future. The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from FFB and FFB is subject to various statutory and regulatory restrictions on its ability to pay cash dividends to the Company. Under California law, a bank’s ability to pay cash dividends is limited to the lesser of: (i) the bank’s retained earnings or (ii) the bank’s income for its last three fiscal years (less any distributions to shareholders made during such period). However, with the prior approval of the DFPI, a bank may pay cash dividends in an amount not to exceed the greatest of the: (1) retained earnings of the bank; (2) net income of the bank for its last fiscal year; or (3) net income of the bank for its current fiscal year. In addition, under FDIC regulations, FFB is generally prohibited from paying cash dividends in amounts that would cause FFB to become undercapitalized. Additionally, the FDIC and the DFPI have the authority to prohibit FFB from paying cash dividends, if either of those agencies deems the payment of dividends by FFB to be an unsafe or unsound practice. FFB has agreed not to pay any dividends to the Company without the FDIC and DFPI’s prior written approval. The FDIC also has established guidelines with respect to the maintenance of appropriate levels of capital by banks under its jurisdiction. Compliance with the standards set forth in those guidelines and the restrictions that are or may be imposed under the prompt corrective action provisions of federal law could limit the amount of dividends which FFB may pay. Single Borrower Loan Limitations With certain limited exceptions, the maximum amount of unsecured obligations that any borrower (including certain related entities) may owe to a California state bank at any one time may not exceed 15% of the sum of the bank’s shareholders’ equity, allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) related to loans, capital notes and debentures. The combined secured and unsecured obligations of any borrower may not exceed 25% of the sum of the bank’s shareholders’ equity, allowance for credit losses related to loans, capital notes and debentures. Deposit Insurance The deposits of FFB are insured by the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”), up to applicable limits. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the maximum deposit insurance amount for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor. The FDIC uses a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank’s CAMELS supervisory rating. The risk matrix utilizes different risk categories distinguished by capital levels and supervisory ratings. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the base for insurance assessments is now consolidated average assets less average tangible equity. Assessment rates are calculated using formulas that take into account the risk of the institution being assessed. In October 2022, the FDIC adopted a final rule to increase initial base deposit insurance assessment rates for insured depository institutions by 2 basis points, which began with the first quarterly assessment period of 2023. The increased assessment rate is intended to improve the likelihood that the DIF reserve ratio will reach the required minimum of 1.35% by the statutory deadline of September 30, 2028. In addition, in November 2023, the FDIC issued a final rule to implement a special assessment to recover the loss to the DIF associated with protecting uninsured depositors following the closure of several large banks during 2023. Under the final rule, the assessment base for an insured institution will be equal to the institution’s estimated uninsured deposits as of December 31, 2022, adjusted to exclude the first $5 billion in estimated uninsured deposits. The FDIC began collecting the special assessment an annual rate of 13.4 basis points beginning with the first quarterly assessment period of 2024 and will continue to collect special assessments for an anticipated total of eight quarterly assessment periods. As of September 30, 2025, which is the most recent information available, the DIF reserve ratio was at 1.40%. As a result of these increased assessments, the FDIC insurance costs of insured depository institutions, including the Bank, have generally increased. The FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule,
Page 29
Table of Contents order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The Company’s management is not aware of any practice, condition, or violation that might lead to the termination of its deposit insurance. Executive Compensation Restrictions In June 2010, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC issued comprehensive guidelines on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of the organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidelines apply to those employees of a banking organization that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of a banking organization, either individually or as part of a group. Generally, the guidelines (i) prohibit incentive compensation that encourages risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) prohibit incentive compensation arrangements that are inconsistent with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) mandate that incentive compensation programs be supported by strong corporate governance principles and practices, including active and effective oversight by the banking organization’s board of directors. The federal banking regulatory agencies have the authority to bring enforcement actions against a banking organization if the agency concludes that its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose an undue risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and that the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies. The Company has adopted an incentive compensation clawback policy that provides, among other things, that if any of the Company’s previously published financial statements are restated due to material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirements under the federal securities laws, the Company will seek to recover the amount by which any incentive compensation paid in the previous three years to any executive officer exceeds the incentive compensation that the Company’s audit committee determines would have been paid to such executive officer had such compensation been determined on the basis of the restated financial statements. Federal Home Loan Bank System FFB is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank. Among other benefits, each regional Federal Home Loan Bank serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region and makes available loans or advances to its member banks. Each regional Federal Home Loan Bank is financed primarily from the sale of consolidated obligations of the overall Federal Home Loan Bank system. As an FHLB member, FFB is required to own a certain amount of capital stock in the FHLB. At December 31, 2025, FFB was in compliance with the FHLB’s stock ownership requirement. Historically, the FHLB has paid dividends on its capital stock to its members. Restrictions on Transactions between FFB and the Company and its other Affiliates FFB is subject to Sections 23A and 23B of, and Federal Reserve Regulation W under, the Federal Reserve Act, which impose restrictions on (i) any extensions of credit to, or the issuance of a guarantee or letter of credit on behalf of, the Company or any of its other subsidiaries; (ii) the purchase of or investments in Company stock or other Company securities; (iii) the taking of Company securities as collateral for the loans that FFB makes; (iv) the purchase of assets from the Company or any of its other subsidiaries and (v) transactions between a bank and its financial subsidiaries, as well as other affiliates. These restrictions prevent the Company and any of its subsidiaries from obtaining borrowings or extensions of credit from FFB, unless the borrowings are secured by marketable obligations in designated amounts, and such secured loans and any investments by FFB in the Company or any of its subsidiaries are limited, individually, to 10% of FFB’s capital and surplus (as defined by federal regulations), and in the aggregate are limited to 20%, of FFB’s capital and surplus. The Dodd-Frank Act extends the application of Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act to derivative transactions, repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing transactions that create credit exposure to an affiliate or an insider of a bank. Any such transactions with any affiliates must be fully secured. In addition, the exemption from Section 23A for transactions with financial subsidiaries has been eliminated. California law also imposes restrictions with respect to transactions involving the Company and any other persons that may be deemed under that law to control FFB.
Page 30
17
Page 31
Table of Contents 18 Regulatory Guidelines for Commercial Real Estate Loan Concentrations The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have published guidelines that call for the adoption of heightened risk mitigation measures by insured banks with a concentration of commercial real estate loans in its loan portfolio. The guidelines provide that a bank will be deemed to have a concentration of commercial real estate loans if (i) the total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represent 100% or more of the bank’s total capital, or (ii) the total reported loans secured by multifamily and non-farm residential properties, plus loans for construction, land development and other land, represent 300% or more of the bank’s total capital and the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the prior 36 months. If such a concentration exists, the guidelines call for the bank (i) to implement heightened risk assessment and risk management practices, including board and management oversight and strategic planning, (ii) to implement and maintain stringent loan underwriting standards, and to use market analyses and stress testing tools to monitor the condition of the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio and to assess the impact that adverse economic conditions affecting the real estate markets could have on the bank’s financial condition, and (iii) if determined to be necessary on the basis of the results of such stress tests, to increase its allowance for credit losses and its capital. Technology Risk Management and Consumer Privacy Federal and state banking regulatory agencies have issued various policy statements focusing on the importance of technology risk management and supervision in evaluating the safety and soundness of the banks they regulate. According to those policy statements, the use by banking organizations of technology- related products, services, processes and delivery channels, such as the internet, exposes them to a number of risks which include operational, compliance, security, privacy, and reputational risk. The banking regulators generally expect the banking organizations they regulate to prudently manage technology-related risks as part of their comprehensive risk management policies in order to identify, monitor, measure and control risks associated with the use of technology. Pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”), the federal banking agencies have adopted rules and established standards to be followed in implementing safeguards that are designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information, protection against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such records and protection against unauthorized access to or use of such records or information in a way that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to a customer. Among other requirements, these rules require each banking organization to implement a comprehensive written information security program that includes administrative, technical and physical safeguards relating to customer information. GLBA also requires banking organizations to provide each of their customers with a notice of their privacy policies and practices and prohibits a banking organization from disclosing nonpublic personal information about a customer to nonaffiliated third parties unless the banking organization satisfies various notice and “opt-out” requirements and the customer has not chosen to opt out of the disclosure. Additionally, the federal banking agencies are authorized to issue regulations as necessary to implement those notice requirements and non-disclosure restrictions. Information Technology and Cybersecurity The Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (the “FFIEC”), which is a council comprised of the primary federal banking regulators, has issued guidance and supervisory expectations for banking organizations with respect to information technology and cybersecurity. In addition, state regulators have also been increasingly active in implementing privacy and cybersecurity standards and regulations. Recently, several states have adopted regulations requiring certain financial institutions to implement cybersecurity programs and providing detailed requirements with respect to these programs, including data encryption requirements. Many states have also recently implemented or modified their data breach notification and data privacy requirements. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act became effective on January 1, 2020, and key provisions of an additional law strengthening the protection, the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020, became effective on January 1, 2023. We expect this trend of state-level activity and consumer expectations in those areas to continue to heighten, and we are continually monitoring for developments in the states in which our clients are located. Our regulators regularly examine us for compliance with applicable laws, and adherence to industry best practices, with respect to these topics.
Page 33
Table of Contents 19 On November 18, 2021, the federal banking agencies announced the adoption of a final rule providing for new notification requirements for banking organizations and their service providers for significant cybersecurity incidents. Specifically, the new rule requires a banking organization to notify its primary federal regulator as soon as possible, and no later than 36 hours after, the banking organization determines that a “computer-security incident” rising to the level of a “notification incident” has occurred. Notification is required for incidents that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the viability of a banking organization’s operations, its ability to deliver banking products and services, or the stability of the financial sector. Service providers are required under the rule to notify affected banking organization customers as soon as possible when the provider determines that it has experienced a computer- security incident that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect the banking organization’s customers for four or more hours. Compliance with the new rule was required by May 1, 2022. The Company believes it and the Bank are currently in compliance with these requirements. Community Reinvestment Act The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) requires the federal banking regulatory agencies to evaluate the record of a bank in meeting the credit needs of its local communities, including those of low- and moderate-income neighborhoods in its service area. A bank’s compliance with its CRA obligations is based on a performance-based evaluation system which determines the bank’s CRA ratings on the basis of its community lending and community development performance. A bank may have substantial penalties imposed on it and generally will be required to take corrective measures in the event it fails to meet its obligations under CRA. Federal banking agencies also may take compliance with CRA and other fair lending laws into account when regulating and supervising other activities of a bank or its bank holding company. Moreover, when a bank or bank holding company files an application for approval to acquire a bank or another bank holding company, the federal banking regulatory agency reviewing the application will consider CRA assessment of the subsidiary bank or banks of the applicant bank holding company. A lower CRA rating may be the basis for requiring the applicant’s bank subsidiary to take corrective actions to improve its CRA performance as a condition to the approval of the acquisition or as a basis for denying the application altogether. Bank Secrecy Act The Company and the Bank are subject to the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act, which gives the federal government powers to address money laundering and terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers and mandatory transaction reporting obligations. For example, the Bank Secrecy Act and related regulations require that we report currency transactions that exceed certain thresholds and transactions determined to be suspicious, establish due diligence requirements for accounts and take certain steps to verify customer identification when accounts are opened. The Bank Secrecy Act requires financial institutions to develop and maintain a program reasonably designed to ensure and monitor compliance with its requirements, to train employees to comply with and to test the effectiveness of the program. Any failure to meet the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act can result in the imposition of substantial penalties and in adverse regulatory action against the offending bank. The Company and the Bank have each adopted policies and procedures to comply with the Bank Secrecy Act. The Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 (“AMLA”), which amends the Bank Secrecy Act, was enacted in January 2021. The AMLA is a comprehensive reform and modernization to U.S. bank secrecy and anti-money laundering laws. Among other things, it codifies a risk-based approach to anti-money laundering compliance for financial institutions; requires the development of standards for evaluating technology and internal processes for Bank Secrecy Act compliance; and expands enforcement and investigative authority, including increasing available sanctions for certain Bank Secrecy Act violations and instituting Bank Secrecy Act whistleblower incentives and protections.
Page 34
Table of Contents 20 Consumer Laws and Regulations The Company and the Bank are subject to a broad range of federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations prohibiting unfair or fraudulent business practices, untrue or misleading advertising and unfair competition. Those laws and regulations include: ● The Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, which requires additional disclosures and consumer protections to borrowers designed to protect them against certain lending practices, such as practices deemed to constitute “predatory lending.” ● The Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, which requires banking institutions and financial services businesses to adopt practices and procedures designed to help deter identity theft, including developing appropriate fraud response programs, and provides consumers with greater control of their credit data. ● The Truth in Lending Act, which requires that credit terms be disclosed in a meaningful and consistent way so that consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. ● The Truth in Savings Act, which governs disclosure of account terms and costs to consumer depositors. ● The Equal Credit Opportunity Act, which generally prohibits, in connection with any consumer or business credit transactions, discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited circumstances), or the fact that a borrower is receiving income from public assistance programs. ● The Fair Housing Act, which regulates many lending practices, including making it unlawful for any lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap or familial status. ● The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, which includes a “fair lending” aspect that requires the collection and disclosure of data about applicant and borrower characteristics as a way of identifying possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing anti-discrimination statutes. ● The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, which requires lenders to provide borrowers with disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements and prohibits certain abusive practices, such as kickbacks. ● The National Flood Insurance Act, which requires homes in flood-prone areas with mortgages from a federally regulated lender to have flood insurance. ● The Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008, which requires mortgage loan originator employees of federally insured institutions to register with the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System and Registry, a database created by the states to support the licensing of mortgage loan originators, prior to originating residential mortgage loans. The Dodd-Frank Act also contains a variety of provisions intended to reform consumer mortgage practices. The provisions include (1) a requirement that lenders make a determination that at the time a residential mortgage loan is consummated the consumer has a reasonable ability to repay the loan and related costs, (2) a ban on loan originator compensation based on the interest rate or other terms of the loan (other than the amount of the principal), (3) a ban on prepayment penalties for certain types of loans, (4) bans on arbitration provisions in mortgage loans and (5) requirements for enhanced disclosures in connection with the making of a loan. The Dodd-Frank Act also imposes a variety of requirements on entities that service mortgage loans. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau With assets exceeding $10 billion, the Bank is subject to examination for consumer compliance by the CFPB, an independent federal agency, created under the Dodd-Frank Act. The CFPB has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial protection laws, including the Equal Credit Opportunity
Page 36
Table of Contents Act, Truth in Lending Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Fair Debt Collection Act, the Consumer Financial Privacy provisions of the GLBA and certain other statutes. The CFPB has authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB has established certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages, including a determination of the borrower’s ability to repay. The Truth in Lending Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, allows mortgage loan borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure if they receive any loan other than a “qualified mortgage” as defined by the CFPB. The Dodd- Frank Act’s creation of the CFPB has led to and is expected to continue to lead to, enhanced and greater enforcement of federal financial consumer protection laws. The Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal financial consumer protection laws and regulations. Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation The U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries and regimes, under authority of various laws, including designated foreign countries, nationals and others. OFAC publishes lists of specially designated targets and countries. We are responsible for, among other things, blocking accounts of, and transactions with, such targets and countries, prohibiting unlicensed trade and financial transactions with them and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious financial, legal and reputational consequences, including causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required. Regulatory authorities have imposed cease and desist orders and civil money penalties against institutions found to be violating these obligations. Volcker Rule In December 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies adopted final rules that implement a part of the Dodd-Frank Act commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule.” Under these rules and subject to certain exceptions, banking entities are restricted from engaging in activities that are considered proprietary trading and from sponsoring or investing in certain entities, including hedge funds or private equity funds that are considered “covered funds.” These rules became effective on April 1, 2014, although certain provisions are subject to delayed effectiveness under rules promulgated by the FRB. These new rules may require us to conduct certain internal analysis and reporting to ensure continued compliance. The Company held no investment positions at December 31, 2025 that were subject to the Volcker rule. Regulation of First Foundation Advisors FFA is a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act and the SEC’s regulations promulgated thereunder. The Investment Advisers Act imposes numerous obligations on registered investment advisors, including fiduciary, recordkeeping, operational, and disclosure obligations. FFA is also subject to regulation under the securities laws and fiduciary laws of certain states and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), and to regulations promulgated thereunder, insofar as it is a “fiduciary” under ERISA with respect to certain of its clients. ERISA and the applicable provisions of the Code, impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA, and prohibit certain transactions by the fiduciaries (and certain other related parties) to such plans. The foregoing laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict FFA from conducting its business in the event that it fails to comply with such laws and regulations. Possible sanctions that may be imposed in the event of such noncompliance include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on the business activities for specified periods of time, revocation of registration as an investment advisor and/or other registrations, and other censures and fines. Changes in these laws or regulations could have a material adverse impact on the profitability and mode of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 FFI’s common stock is publicly held and listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), and FFI is subject to the periodic reporting, information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, corporate governance and other requirements and
Page 37
21
Page 38
Table of Contents 22 restrictions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) promulgated thereunder as well as NYSE listing requirements. Sarbanes-Oxley Act The Company is subject to the accounting oversight and corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including, among other things, required executive certification of financial presentations, requirements for board audit committees and their members, and disclosure of controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Future Legislation Congress may enact legislation from time to time that affects the regulation of the financial services industry, and state legislatures may enact legislation from time to time affecting the regulation of financial institutions chartered by or operating in those states. Federal and state regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. The substance or impact of pending or future legislation or regulations, or the application thereof, cannot be predicted, although enactment of the proposed legislation could impact the regulatory structure under which we operate and may significantly increase our costs, impede the efficiency of our internal business processes, require us to increase our regulatory capital or modify our business strategy, limit our ability to pursue business opportunities or activities or alter the competitive balance between banks and non- bank financial service providers. Human Capital Resources As of December 31, 2025, the Company had approximately 570 full-time employees. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe relations with our employees are good and have not experienced interruptions of operations due to labor disagreements. We expect our human capital resources are adequate for our current needs. To compete with other financial institutions, our business strategy emphasizes customer relationships and personalized service. To a large degree, our success therefore depends on the personal relationships of our employees and the quality of service they provide. We strive to attract, develop and retain employees who can further our business strategy and build long-term stockholder value. To do so, we offer compensation, benefits, and training designed to attract, develop and retain quality employees. It is the policy of the Company and each of its subsidiaries to conduct our business in accordance with the highest ethical standards of the financial industry and to comply with all applicable laws and regulations. The Company similarly expects our directors, officers and employees to use good judgment and high ethical standards and to refrain from any form of illegal, dishonest or unethical conduct. Each of our directors, officers and employees is expected to become familiar with the policies and standards set forth in our Code of Business and Ethical Standards policy, and to comply fully with not only the letter but also the spirit of the policy and all of its contents. The Company seeks to build a culture of thoughtfulness, inclusion, and prosocial behavior. Our focus is to impact our communities through the wealth and well-being of our employees, families, and neighborhoods by sharing our unique skills, time, and talents. Through our Supporting our Communities program, employees can invite local nonprofit organizations with which they are involved to apply for grants designed to impact the core mission of each nonprofit organization. We select community-based non-profit organizations that not only align with our philanthropic mission, but also have established a long-term connection to our Company through our employees. These relationships are multi-faceted and include grants, employee service hours, and personal in-kind training from our executives and other business leaders to help the nonprofit improve their business, increase fundraising goals, board strategy, and other in-kind professional services. In 2025, the program resulted in approximately $500,000 of grants and donations distributed by the Company, 4,690 volunteer hours contributed by our employees, and a total of 231 organizations supported.
Page 39
Table of Contents Available Information The Company’s annual reports on Form 10-K, proxy statements, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are accessible for free at the Investor Relations section of our website at www.firstfoundationinc.com as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes them to, the SEC. All website addresses given in this report are for information only and are not intended to be active links or to incorporate any website information into this report. Reports, proxy and information statements, and other information filed with the SEC are also available at www.sec.gov. Item 1A. Risk Factors Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could prevent us from achieving our business objectives and could hurt our future financial performance and the price performance of our common stock. Such risks and uncertainties also could cause our future financial condition and future financial performance to differ significantly from our current expectations. The risks identified below are not intended to be a comprehensive list of all risks we face, and additional risks that we may currently view as not material may also impair our financial condition and the price performance of our common stock. Risk Factors Summary This section summarizes some of the risks potentially affecting our business, consolidated financial condition, consolidated results of operations and future prospects. These risks and others are discussed in more detail further below in this section. You should consider this summary together with the more detailed information provided below. Risks Related to Our Proposed Merger with FirstSun Capital Bancorp ● The value of the merger consideration will fluctuate based on the trading price of FirstSun common stock. ● The pendency of the Merger may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. ● Failure to consummate the Merger could negatively impact FFI. ● Combining FFI and FirstSun and the balance sheet repositioning may be more difficult, costly or time-consuming than expected; the combined company may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of the Merger; and any actions we take in contemplation of the Merger may be detrimental to FFI as a stand-alone company. ● The combined company may be unable to retain FFI or FirstSun personnel successfully after the Merger is completed. ● Stockholder litigation related to the Merger could prevent or delay the completion of the Merger, result in the payment of damages or otherwise negatively impact the business and operations of FFI. ● The Merger Agreement limits our ability to pursue alternatives to the Merger and may discourage other companies from trying to acquire FFI. ● The Merger Agreement may be terminated in accordance with its terms, and the Merger may not be completed. ● Holders of FFI common stock will have a substantially reduced ownership and voting interest in the combined company after the consummation of the Merger. ● Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes may be limited in connection with the Merger or other ownership changes. General Economic Conditions Risks ● Our business and operations may be adversely affected in numerous and complex ways by economic conditions. ● Our business and operations may be adversely affected by the impacts of inflation on us an our customers. Credit Risks ● We could incur losses on the loans we make.
Page 40
23
Page 41
Table of Contents 24 ● Our allowance for credit losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses. ● Our banking, investment advisory and wealth management operations are geographically concentrated in California, Florida, Nevada, Texas, and Hawaii, leading to significant exposure to those markets. ● Loans secured by multifamily and commercial real estate represent a high percentage of the loans we make, making our results of operations vulnerable to downturns in the real estate market. Market Risks ● Changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest margin and net interest income. ● Changes in interest rates could increase our operating expenses. ● We may incur significant losses as a result of ineffective hedging of interest rate risk. ● We may incur significant losses from the balance sheet repositioning and future asset sales. Liquidity and Capital Risks ● Liquidity risk may adversely affect our ability to fund operations and hurt our financial condition. ● We may not be able to maintain a strong core deposit base or other low-cost funding sources. ● Our high concentration of large depositors may increase our liquidity risk, and the loss of any large depositor may negatively impact our net interest margin. ● We are subject to capital adequacy standards and liquidity, and a failure to meet these standards may adversely affect our financial condition. ● We may not have the ability to attract capital necessary to maintain regulatory ratios and fund growth. ● The actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions may affect our ability to engage in routine funding transactions. Strategic, Operational and External Risks ● We have experienced turnover in our Board of Directors and executive management team and are embarking upon a new strategic plan, all of which create uncertainties and could harm our business. ● Completing the diversification of our loan portfolio may be more difficult, costly or time-consuming than expected and the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the plan may not be realized. ● Adverse developments affecting the banking industry may have a material effect on our operations and/or stock price. ● New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks. ● We face intense competition from other banks and financial institutions and other wealth and investment management firms that could hurt our business. ● We are required to make significant estimates and assumptions in the preparation of our financial statements and our estimates and assumptions may not be accurate. ● The fair value of our investment securities can fluctuate due to factors outside of our control. ● A loss or material reduction of access to securitization markets for multifamily loans may adversely impact our business model, profitability and growth. ● Technology and marketing costs may negatively impact our future operating results. ● Our business, financial condition, results of operations or future prospects may be adversely affected by fraudulent activity, breaches of our information security systems, and cybersecurity attacks. ● We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology and related services from third-party service providers and there can be no assurance that we will not suffer an interruption in those systems. ● Our ability to attract and retain clients and key employees could be adversely affected if our reputation is harmed. ● We may incur significant losses due to ineffective risk management processes and strategies.
Page 42
Table of Contents ● A natural disaster could harm our business. ● We are exposed to the risk of environmental liabilities with respect to real properties that we may acquire. ● Fraudulent activity, breaches of our information security systems, or cybersecurity incidents could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or future prospects. ● The market for investment managers is extremely competitive and the loss of a key investment manager to a competitor could adversely affect our investment advisory and wealth management business. ● We may be adversely affected by the soundness of certain securities brokerage firms. Regulatory and Compliance Risks ● The banking industry is highly regulated, and legislative or regulatory actions taken now or in the future may have a significant adverse effect on our operations. ● Federal and state banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including those focused on our compliance with laws and regulations. Such examinations may subject us to supervisory actions and our failure to comply with such actions may adversely affect us. ● We are subject to increased regulation because we have more than $10 billion in total consolidated assets. ● We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions. ● We face the risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations. ● Regulations relating to privacy, information security and data protection could increase our costs, affect or limit how we collect and use personal information and adversely affect our business opportunities. ● FFA’s business is highly regulated, and regulators have the ability to limit or restrict, and impose fines or other sanctions on, FFA’s business. ● Future legislation, regulatory reform or policy changes could have a material effect on our business and results of operations. Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock ● We may not resume the payment of dividends on common stock. ● An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit and is not guaranteed by the FDIC, so you could lose some or all of your investment. ● If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, or if we fail to remediate material weaknesses previously identified, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately and timely. ● The exercise of our outstanding warrants would increase the number of shares of common stock eligible for future resale in the public market and result in dilution to our existing stockholders. Risk Factors Risks Related to Our Proposed Merger with FirstSun Capital Bancorp The value of the merger consideration will fluctuate based on the trading price of FirstSun common stock. The exchange ratio determining the number of shares of FirstSun common stock to be issued in the Merger in exchange for each share of FFI common stock will not automatically adjust based on the trading price of FirstSun common stock, and the market value of those shares may vary from the closing price of FirstSun common stock on the date the Merger was announced, on the date of the special meeting of FFI’s shareholders to approve the Merger Agreement, on the date the Merger is consummated and thereafter. Any change in the market price of FirstSun common stock prior to consummation of the Merger will affect the amount of and the market value of the merger consideration that FFI’s shareholders will receive upon
Page 43
25 consummation of the Merger. Stock price changes may result from a variety of factors, including general market and economic conditions, changes in business, operations and prospects, and regulatory
Page 44
Table of Contents considerations. Many of these factors are beyond FirstSun’s or FFI’s control. The pendency of the Merger could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. The pending Merger may create significant uncertainty and disruption across our business operations, regardless of whether the transaction is ultimately completed. This uncertainty could adversely affect our relationships with existing and prospective customers, suppliers, and employees, and may negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In particular, the Merger may impair our ability to attract, retain, and motivate key personnel, as some employees may experience uncertainty about their future roles and choose to pursue other opportunities. We could also lose important customers or suppliers, and new business relationships or contracts may be delayed or diminished due to hesitation surrounding the transaction. Additionally, we have committed substantial management resources to the execution of the Merger, which may divert attention from day-to-day operations and strategic initiatives, potentially impacting performance. We are also subject to operational restrictions under the Merger Agreement prior to closing, including limitations on acquiring other businesses, selling or transferring assets, and amending organizational documents. These restrictions may hinder our ability to respond effectively to competitive pressures, industry developments, and emerging opportunities, and may affect our ability to retain key personnel. Given these risks and uncertainties, we cannot assure that the Merger will be completed on the terms and conditions currently anticipated, or at all. Failure to consummate the Merger could negatively impact FFI. If the Merger is not consummated for any reason, FFI could face a range of adverse consequences. These may include negative reactions from financial markets, customers, vendors, and employees. FFI’s business may also be negatively affected by the diversion of management attention and resources from other strategic opportunities, without realizing any of the anticipated benefits of the Merger. In the event the Merger Agreement is terminated, the market price of FFI’s securities could decline, particularly if current valuations reflect investor expectations that the Merger will be completed and deliver strategic value. FFI could also face potential litigation or other legal proceedings related to the failure to complete the Merger or to enforce obligations under the Merger Agreement. In addition, FFI has incurred, and will continue to incur, significant expenses in connection with negotiating and pursuing the Merger, including costs associated with preparing, filing, printing, and mailing the joint proxy statement/prospectus, as well as regulatory filing fees and other transaction-related expenses. If the Merger is not completed, FFI would bear these costs without receiving the expected strategic or financial benefits. Any of the foregoing risks, or other consequences arising from a delay or failure to consummate the Merger, could have a material adverse effect on FFI’s business, financial condition, and results of operations. Combining FFI and FirstSun and the balance sheet repositioning may be more difficult, costly or time- consuming than expected; the combined company may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of the Merger; and any actions we take in contemplation of the Merger may be detrimental to FFI as a stand- alone company. The success of the Merger will depend, in part, on the ability of FFI and FirstSun to dispose certain FFI assets of FFI and paydown or run off certain FFI liabilities in the planned balance sheet repositioning (the “balance sheet repositioning”) along with anticipated cost savings from combining the businesses of FFI and FirstSun. To realize the anticipated benefits and cost savings from the Merger, FFI and FirstSun must substantially complete the balance sheet repositioning sometime after the execution of the Merger Agreement, and execution of the balance sheet repositioning will inherently be subject to market conditions and the risk that such conditions will be less favorable than what the parties expected when entering into the Merger Agreement. Although the Merger Agreement does not require us to complete the balance sheet repositioning in advance of the closing of the Merger, we have entered into a letter agreement with FirstSun that requires us to cooperate in good faith with FirstSun to consider implementing (but does not require us to implement) some aspects of the balance sheet repositioning in advance of closing. If we decide to implement certain elements of the balance sheet repositioning in advance of closing, then our earnings could be adversely affected as a stand-alone company,
Page 45
26
Page 46
Table of Contents and we may not receive any compensation from FirstSun for any loss of earnings resulting from such actions, or from the cost of undertaking the actions themselves, if the Merger Agreement is terminated. Additionally, satisfying the minimum consolidated tangible stockholders’ equity closing condition in the Merger Agreement may require FFI to take actions that have a detrimental effect on FFI’s ability to exercise its historical strategic plan, grow its balance sheet, and generate earnings and returns for shareholders as a stand-alone company. We have also entered into a series of derivative transactions at a cost of approximately $19,515,000, which are intended, in part, to mitigate the risk of net changes in fair value of our earning assets and wholesale funding during the pendency of the Merger and provide FirstSun with enhanced certainty as to the impact of the fair value of such assets on the goodwill of the surviving company in the Merger (the “Hedge Strategy”). We may also enter into additional derivative transactions related to the Hedge Strategy. The expenses associated with the Hedge Strategy have decreased, and will continue to decrease our net income during the pendency of the Merger, and, while FirstSun has agreed to partially reimburse FFI for certain expenses associated with the Hedge Strategy upon the termination of the Merger Agreement in certain circumstances, there is no assurance that we will recoup those expenses, particularly if the Merger Agreement is terminated as a result of our breach of the Merger Agreement or failure to satisfy the minimum consolidated tangible stockholders’ equity condition in the Merger Agreement. Following the Merger, FFI and FirstSun must successfully integrate and combine businesses in a manner that permits identified benefits and cost savings to be realized without adversely affecting current revenues and future growth. If FFI and FirstSun are not able to successfully achieve these objectives, the anticipated benefits of the Merger may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected. In addition, the actual cost savings of the Merger could be less than anticipated, and integration may result in additional and unforeseen expenses. An inability to realize the full extent of the anticipated benefits of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (including the balance sheet repositioning), as well as any delays encountered in the integration process, could have an adverse effect upon the capital position, revenues, levels of expenses and operating results of the combined company following the completion of the Merger, which may adversely affect the value of the common stock of the combined company following the completion of the Merger. FFI and FirstSun have operated and until the completion of the Merger must continue to operate, independently. It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of each company’s ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect the companies’ ability to maintain relationships with their stakeholders or to achieve the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the Merger. Integration efforts between the companies may also divert management attention and resources. These integration matters could have an adverse effect on FFI during this pre-closing period and for an undetermined period after consummation of the Merger on the combined company. Furthermore, the board of directors and executive leadership of the combined company and bank will consist of former directors and executive officers from each of FFI and FirstSun. Combining the boards of directors and management teams of each company into a single board of directors and a single management team could require the reconciliation of differing priorities and philosophies. The combined company may be unable to retain FFI or FirstSun personnel successfully after the Merger is completed. The success of the Merger will depend, in part, on the combined company’s ability to retain the talent and dedication of key employees currently employed by FFI and FirstSun. It is possible that these employees may decide not to remain with FFI or FirstSun, as applicable, while the Merger is pending or with the combined company after the Merger is consummated. If FFI and FirstSun are unable to retain key employees, including management, who are critical to the successful integration and future operations of the companies and the combined company, they could face disruptions in operations, loss of existing customers, loss of key information, expertise or know-how, and unanticipated additional recruitment costs. In addition, following the Merger, if key employees terminate their employment, the combined company’s business activities may be adversely affected, and management’s attention may be diverted from successfully hiring suitable replacements, all of which may cause the combined company’s business to suffer. FirstSun may also face
Page 47
27
Page 48
Table of Contents challenges locating suitable replacements or offering employment on reasonable terms, particularly in markets where it lacks operating experience. This lack of familiarity may further impact the combined company’s ability to compete effectively without retaining FFI’s employees. Stockholder litigation related to the Merger could prevent or delay the completion of the Merger, result in the payment of damages or otherwise negatively impact the business and operations of FFI. Stockholders may initiate demands or file putative class action lawsuits in connection with the Merger, potentially against FFI, FirstSun, or their respective boards of directors. Among other remedies, these stockholders may seek damages or an injunction preventing the Merger from closing. The outcome of any such litigation is inherently uncertain. If any plaintiff were successful in obtaining an injunction prohibiting FFI or FirstSun from completing the Merger or any other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, then such injunction may delay or prevent the effectiveness of the Merger and could result in significant costs to FFI or FirstSun, including expenses related to legal defense, potential settlements, and indemnification obligations for directors and officers. Further, such lawsuits and the defense or settlement of any such lawsuits may have an adverse effect on the financial condition and results of operations of FFI. If any litigation remains unresolved at the time of the Merger’s consummation, it could negatively impact the combined company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and potentially the market price of its common stock. The Merger Agreement limits our ability to pursue alternatives to the Merger and may discourage other companies from trying to acquire FFI. The Merger Agreement includes “no shop” provisions that generally prohibit FFI from, directly or indirectly, initiating, soliciting, knowingly encouraging, or knowingly facilitating inquiries or proposals regarding any alternative acquisition transactions. These restrictions also limit FFI’s ability to engage in negotiations with third parties or to provide confidential or non-public information in connection with such proposals, except under limited circumstances where the board of directors determines that doing so is necessary to fulfill its fiduciary duties. In addition to these restrictive covenants, the Merger Agreement provides for a termination fee of $31.4 million payable by FFI under certain conditions, which may include the acceptance of a superior proposal. These provisions may discourage a potential third-party acquirer from submitting a competing acquisition proposal that could offer greater value to FFI’s stockholders or may result in such a party proposing a lower offer than it might otherwise have made absent these deterrents. The combination of the “no shop” restrictions and the termination fee could therefore reduce the likelihood of alternative transactions being considered or pursued. The Merger Agreement may be terminated in accordance with its terms, and the Merger may not be completed. The obligation of FFI and FirstSun to consummate the Merger is subject to a number of conditions that must be satisfied or waived in order to complete the Merger. Those conditions include, among other things: (i) the absence of any order, injunction, decree or other legal restraint preventing the consummation of the Merger, the Bank Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or making the consummation of the Merger, the Bank Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement illegal, and (ii) FFI maintaining consolidated tangible stockholders’ equity no less than certain thresholds. Each party’s obligation to complete the Merger is also subject to certain additional conditions, including (a) subject to applicable materiality standards, the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the other party (including the absence of any material adverse effect, as defined in the Merger Agreement), (b) the performance in all material respects by the other party of its obligations under the Merger Agreement and (c) the receipt by each party of an opinion from its counsel to the effect that the Merger will qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). These conditions to the Merger may not be satisfied or waived in a timely manner or at all, and, accordingly, the Merger may not be consummated. In addition, the parties can mutually decide to terminate the Merger Agreement at any time, or FFI or FirstSun may elect to terminate the Merger Agreement in certain other circumstances, including by FirstSun upon the occurrence of a material adverse effect under certain circumstances with respect to FFI or by FFI upon the
Page 49
28
Page 50
Table of Contents 29 occurrence of a material adverse effect under certain circumstances with respect to FirstSun. Holders of FFI common stock will have a substantially reduced ownership and voting interest in the combined company after the consummation of the Merger. Currently, FFI stockholders have the right to vote in the election of directors and on other matters affecting FFI. Upon completion of the Merger, each FFI stockholder will become a stockholder of the combined company, but with a significantly reduced ownership percentage compared to their current holdings in FFI. Based on current estimates, FFI stockholders are expected to own approximately 40.5% of the outstanding shares of the combined company immediately following the Merger. This reduction in ownership means that FFI stockholders will likely have less influence over the management, governance, and strategic direction of the combined company than they currently have over FFI. As a result, FFI stockholders may experience a diminished ability to affect decisions regarding the combined company’s policies, leadership, and future initiatives. Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes may be limited in connection with the Merger or other ownership changes. Both FFI and FirstSun are expected to incur taxable losses in connection with the balance sheet repositioning. To the extent these taxable losses exceed FFI’s or FirstSun’s taxable income, as applicable, unused losses will carry forward to offset a portion of future taxable income, if any, until such unused losses expire, if at all. Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, these federal net operating loss carryforwards, certain losses incurred following the Merger, and other tax attributes may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in FFI’s or FirstSun’s ownership. An “ownership change” pursuant to Section 382 of the Code generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of a company’s stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. FFI’s ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards, certain losses incurred following the Merger, and other tax attributes to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities may be limited as a result of ownership changes, including potential changes in connection with the Merger or other transactions. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have not yet determined the amount of the cumulative change in FFI’s and FirstSun’s ownership resulting from the Merger or other transactions, or any resulting limitations on our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards, certain losses incurred following the Merger, and other tax attributes. Such limitations could result in increased future income tax liability to us, and our future cash flows could be adversely affected. The effect of such limitations could also adversely affect FFI’s regulatory capital ratios. In certain circumstances, to preserve our ability to utilize our tax attributes without limitation, FFI (or the combined company) may take actions to attempt to prevent an “ownership change” from occurring, including by adopting provisions that would limit or discourage stockholders from acquiring 5% or more of FFI, or in the case of stockholders that already own 5% or more of FFI, from increasing their ownership. There can be no assurances that such actions will be available, if such actions are available, whether we will decide to undertake any such actions and if such actions are undertaken, whether such actions would be effective in preventing an “ownership change” pursuant to Section 382 of the Code. General Economic Conditions Risks Our business and operations may be adversely affected in numerous and complex ways by economic conditions. Our banking business and operations, which primarily consist of lending money to customers in the form of loans, borrowing money from customers in the form of deposits, investing in securities and investment management, are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States. If the United States economy weakens or does not improve, our growth and profitability from our lending, deposit and investment operations could be constrained. Uncertainty about the federal fiscal policymaking process, tariffs and international trade tensions, the fiscal outlook of the federal government, and future tax rates is a concern for businesses, consumers and investors in the United States.
Page 52
Table of Contents 30 Our financial advisory business may also be adversely affected by economic conditions. A decline or a lack of sustained growth in the financial markets may adversely affect the market value and performance of the investment securities that we manage, which could lead to reductions in our investment management and advisory fees and, therefore, may result in a decline in the performance of our investment advisory and wealth management business. Additionally, if FFA’s performance were to decline, that could lead some of our clients to reduce their assets under management by us and make it more difficult for us to retain existing clients and attract new clients. All of these factors are detrimental to our business, and the interplay between these factors can be complex and unpredictable. Adverse economic conditions and government policy responses to such conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Our business and operations may be adversely affected by the impacts of inflation on us and our customers. We may face the following risks in connection with any downward turn in the economy or sustained period of higher or lower rates or elevated inflation rates: ● Higher interest rates will not only impact the interest we receive on loans and investment securities and the amount of interest we pay our depositors, but also could impact our ability to grow loans and deposits; ● The fair value of our assets and overall asset quality can be impacted by an overall slowdown in economic growth and higher interest rates; ● The process we use to estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic conditions might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. The level of uncertainty concerning economic conditions may adversely affect the accuracy of our estimates which may, in turn, impact the reliability of the process; and ● Our borrowers may be unable to make timely repayments of their loans, or the decrease in value of the collateral securing the payment of such loans could result in significant credit losses, increasing delinquencies, foreclosures and customer bankruptcies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. We continue to focus on serving our customers and communities and executing our strategic initiatives. We continue to monitor the inflation and overall economic environment and industry conditions and will make changes as appropriate. Credit Risks We could incur losses on the loans we make. Loan defaults and losses on loans are inherent risks in our business. Loan losses necessitate loan charge-offs and write-downs in the carrying values of our loans and, therefore, can reduce our net income and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Accordingly, our results of operations will be directly affected by the volume and timing of loan losses, which for a number of reasons can vary from period to period. The risks of loan losses are exacerbated by economic recessions and downturns, or by other events that can lead to local or regional business downturns. If business and economic conditions weaken generally or specifically in the principal markets in which we do business, more of our borrowers may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans, in which event loan charge-offs and asset write-downs could increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Page 53
Table of Contents 31 Our allowance for credit losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses. In accordance with regulatory requirements and generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States, we maintain an allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) to provide for loan defaults and non- performance, and an ACL on securities. Our ACL may not be adequate to absorb our actual or expected credit losses and future provisions for ACL could reduce our net income and materially and adversely affect our operating results. The amount of future losses may also vary depending on changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates that may be beyond our control, and these losses may exceed current estimates. We determine the amount of our ACL in accordance with the Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) model under the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB’s”) ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires, among other things, that we determine periodic estimates of lifetime expected future credit losses on loans in the provision for credit losses in the period when the loans are booked, which considers reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions in addition to information about past events and current conditions. As these factors change, CECL may require us to increase or decrease our ACL in future periods, decreasing or increasing our reported income, and introducing additional volatility into our reported earnings, possibly significantly. Federal and state regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, review our loans and leases and ACL. In addition, regulators may impose additional capital buffers to absorb this volatility. While we believe our ACL is appropriate for the risk identified in our loan and securities portfolios, we cannot provide assurance that we will not further increase the ACL, that it will be sufficient to address losses, or that regulators will not require us to increase this allowance. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. Our banking, investment advisory and wealth management operations are geographically concentrated in California, Florida, Nevada, Texas, and Hawaii, leading to significant exposure to those markets. Our business activities and credit exposure, including real estate collateral for many of our loans, are concentrated in California, Florida, Nevada, Texas, and Hawaii. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 87.5% of the loans in our loan portfolio were made to borrowers who live and/or conduct business in California (73%), Florida (8%), Texas (5%), Nevada (1%), and Hawaii (0.5%). This geographic concentration imposes risks from lack of geographic diversification. Difficult economic conditions in any of the markets where we operate could, among other things, affect the volume of loan originations, increase the level of nonperforming assets, increase the rate of foreclosure losses on loans and reduce the value of our loans and loan servicing portfolio, adversely affecting our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Any regional or local economic downturn in the markets where we have geographic concentration or existing or prospective borrowers or property values in such markets may affect us and our profitability more significantly and more adversely than our competitors whose operations are less geographically concentrated. Loans secured by multifamily and commercial real estate represent a high percentage of the loans we make, making our results of operations vulnerable to downturns in the real estate market. At December 31, 2025, loans secured by multifamily and commercial real estate represented approximately 59.9% of our outstanding loans. The repayment of such loans is highly dependent on the ability of the borrowers to meet their loan repayment obligations to us, which can be adversely affected by economic downturns that can lead to (i) declines in the rents and, therefore, in the cash flows generated by those real properties on which the borrowers depend to fund their loan payments to us, and (ii) decreases in the values of those real properties, which make it more difficult for the borrowers to sell those real properties for amounts sufficient to repay their loans in full. As a result, our operating results are more vulnerable to adverse changes in the real estate market than other financial institutions with more diversified loan portfolios and we could incur losses in the event of changes in economic conditions that disproportionately affect the real estate markets.
Page 54
Table of Contents Market Risks Changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest margin and net interest income. Income and cash flows from our banking operations depend to a great extent on the difference or “spread” between the interest we earn on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and the rates at which we pay interest on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including economic conditions, the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board, bank regulatory requirements, competition from other banks and financial institutions and a change over time in the mix of our loans, investment securities, on the one hand, and on our deposits and other liabilities, on the other hand. Changes in monetary policy will in particular, influence the origination and market value of and the yields we can realize on loans and investment securities and the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings. Our net interest margins and earnings also could be adversely affected if we are unable to adjust our interest rates on loans and deposits on a timely basis in response to changes in economic conditions or monetary policies. For example, if the rates of interest we pay on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities increase faster than we are able to increase the rates of interest we charge on loans or the yields we realize on investments and other interest-earning assets, our net interest income and, therefore, our earnings will decrease. In particular, the rates of interest we charge on loans may be subject to longer fixed-interest periods compared to the interest we must pay on deposits. On the other hand, increasing interest rates generally lead to longer term increases in net interest income; however, such increases also may result in a reduction in loan originations, declines in loan prepayment rates and reductions in the ability of borrowers to repay their current loan obligations, which could result in increased loan defaults and charge-offs and could require increases to our ACL, thereby offsetting either partially or totally the increases in net interest income resulting from the increase in interest rates. Additionally, we could be prevented from increasing the interest rates we charge on loans or from reducing the interest rates we offer on deposits due to “price” competition from other banks and financial institutions with which we compete. Conversely, in a declining interest rate environment, our earnings could be adversely affected if the interest rates we are able to charge on loans or other investments decline more quickly than those we pay on deposits and borrowings. Changes in interest rates could increase our operating expenses. Customer service costs, which are reimbursements of costs incurred by our clients and are related primarily to our noninterest-bearing demand deposits, are impacted by changes in interest rates. In a rising interest rate environment, the amounts we make available for reimbursement to our clients increases, resulting in higher costs to us. The amount of the reimbursement and the impact of interest rate increases may vary by client. We may incur significant losses as a result of ineffective hedging of interest rate risk. From time to time, we may utilize financial derivative instruments to limit our exposure to interest rate risk. No hedging strategy, including the Hedge Strategy, can completely protect us, and the derivative financial instruments we elect to use may not have the effect of reducing our interest rate risk. Poorly designed strategies, inaccurate assumptions, improperly executed transactions, or the failure of the counterparty to fulfill its obligations could serve to increase our risks and losses. Our hedging strategies and the derivatives that we use may not adequately offset the risks of interest rate volatility and could result in or magnify losses, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and result of operations. As of December 31, 2025, we had an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $350 million outstanding which was designated as a cash flow hedge and carried at fair value on the balance sheet. We had interest rate swap agreements with a combined notional amount of $799 million outstanding which were designated as fair value hedges and carried at fair value on the balance sheet. We owned interest rate swaptions for a combined notional amount of $1.2 billion which were designated as fair value hedges, and we had an amortizing interest rate swap agreement with a notional of $206 million which was undesignated as a fair value hedge and carried at fair value on the balance sheet. To the extent a derivative contract does not meet the requirements for applying hedge accounting in accordance with GAAP, our earnings may be adversely affected. In particular, to be eligible for hedge accounting under GAAP, derivatives must be highly effective in offsetting changes in the value or cash flows of the hedged items and appropriately designated or documented as such. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective at hedging the designated exposure, hedge accounting is discontinued and the changes in fair value of the instrument are included in our reported net income.
Page 55
32
Page 56
Table of Contents We may incur significant losses from the balance sheet repositioning and future asset sales. In August 2024, we reclassified a portion of our multifamily loan portfolio totaling $1.9 billion principal balance from loans held for investment to loans held for sale as a step aimed at reducing exposure to low-coupon fixed-rate loans and our concentration in multifamily commercial real estate. Loans held for sale are accounted for at the lower of amortized cost or fair value and as a result a lower of cost or market (“LOCOM”) adjustment totaling $117.5 million was recorded to our quarterly earnings. In December 2024, we sold $489 million principal balance of the transferred loans at a price above the initial and year-end balance sheet fair-value pricing. In 2025, we sold $1.1 billion principal balance of the transferred loans through multiple transactions and prices, some of which were above the balance sheet fair-value pricing at the quarter-end prior to the transaction and some of which were below the fair-value pricing at the quarter-end prior to the transaction. We do not expect to complete additional loan sales in the first quarter of 2026. Depending on the existence of various buyers and competitive prices, were we to sell any of the remaining transferred loans, we may sell them at a significant loss, which could affect our financial condition and results of operations. Liquidity and Capital Risks Liquidity risk could adversely affect our ability to fund operations and hurt our financial condition. Liquidity is essential to our banking business, as we use cash to make loans and purchase investment securities and other interest-earning assets and to fund deposit withdrawals that occur in the ordinary course of our business. Our principal sources of liquidity include earnings, deposits, borrowings, sales of loans or investment securities held for sale, repayments by clients of loans we have made to them, and the proceeds from sales by us of our equity securities. If our ability to obtain funds from these sources becomes limited or the costs of those funds increase, whether due to factors that affect us specifically, including our financial performance, or due to factors that affect the financial services industry in general, including weakening economic conditions or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole, then our ability to grow our banking and investment advisory and wealth management businesses would be harmed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We may not be able to maintain a strong core deposit base or other low-cost funding sources. We depend on checking, savings and money market deposit account balances and other forms of customer deposits as our primary source of funding for our lending activities. Future growth in our banking business will largely depend on our ability to maintain and grow a strong deposit base. There is no assurance that we will be able to grow and maintain our deposit base. The account and deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market or real estate, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into investments (or similar deposit products at other institutions that may provide a higher rate of return), we could lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income. Additionally, any such loss of funds could result in lower loan originations, which could materially negatively impact our growth strategy. Our high concentration of large depositors may increase our liquidity risk, and the loss of any large depositor may negatively impact our net interest margin. As of December 31, 2025, large depositor relationships, consisting of deposit relationships which individually exceed 2% of total deposits, accounted for, in the aggregate, approximately 9.7% of our total deposits. As a result, a material decrease in the volume of those deposits by a relatively small number of our depositors could reduce our liquidity, in which event it could become necessary for us to replace those deposits with higher-cost deposits, the sale of securities or borrowings, which would adversely affect our net interest income and, therefore, our results of operations. We are subject to capital adequacy standards and liquidity, and a failure to meet these standards could adversely affect our financial condition. The Company and the Bank are each subject to capital adequacy and liquidity rules and other regulatory
Page 57
33
Page 58
Table of Contents requirements specifying minimum amounts and types of capital that must be maintained. From time to time, the regulators implement changes to these regulatory capital adequacy and liquidity guidelines. If we fail to meet these minimum capital and liquidity guidelines and other regulatory requirements, we may be restricted in the types of activities we may conduct and may be prohibited from taking certain capital actions, such as paying dividends, making payments on other capital instruments, paying executive bonuses, and repurchasing common stock. We may not have the ability to attract capital necessary to maintain regulatory ratios and fund growth. In July 2024, we raised approximately $228 million of gross proceeds from an equity capital raise. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on several things, especially conditions in the capital markets at that time, that are outside of our control, as well as our own financial performance. Economic conditions and the loss of confidence in financial institutions may increase our cost of funds and limit our access to some customary sources of capital. We cannot provide assurances that such capital will be available on acceptable terms or at all. Any occurrence that may limit our access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of debt purchasers, our depositors, or counterparties participating in the capital markets may adversely affect our capital costs, ability to raise capital, and liquidity. Moreover, if we need to raise capital in the future, we may have to do so when many other financial institutions are also seeking to raise capital which, in turn, would require that we compete with those other institutions for investors. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. The actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions could affect our ability to engage in routine funding transactions. Adverse developments in the financial services industry generally such as bank failures and any related impact on depositor behavior or investment sentiment or even rumors or questions about one or more financial institution or the financial services industry in general, could lead to market-wide liquidity problems and further, could lead to losses or defaults by the Company or other institutions. In addition, our credit risk may increase when the collateral held by us cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the asset or financial instrument due to us. Any such losses could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Strategic, Operational and External Risks We have experienced turnover in our Board of Directors and executive management team and are embarking upon a new strategic plan, all of which create uncertainties and could harm our business. We have experienced significant changes to our Board of Directors and executive leadership since the second half of 2024. These changes may result in the loss of institutional knowledge and changes to business strategy or objectives. In addition, these changes have the potential to negatively impact our operations and relationships with employees, customers and investors due to increased or unanticipated expenses, operational inefficiencies, uncertainty regarding changes in strategy, decreased employee morale and productivity and increased turnover, impacting our ability to meet our financial and operational goals and strategic plans. This may also make it more difficult for us to retain and hire key management and other team members. Changes to strategic or operating goals, which can often occur with the appointment of new directors and new executives, can create uncertainty, may negatively impact our ability to execute quickly and effectively, and may ultimately be unsuccessful. In addition, executive leadership transition periods are often difficult as the new executives gain knowledge of our operations. If we do not integrate new executives and directors successfully, we may be unable to manage and grow our business, and our financial condition and profitability may suffer. In addition, our future success will depend on the ability of our Board and the executive management team to effectively develop, implement, and execute a strategic plan. There are risks and uncertainties associated with the creation, implementation, and execution of any strategic plan, including the investment of time and resources, the possibility that such strategic plan will ultimately be unprofitable or unsuccessful, and the risk of additional liabilities associated with the strategic plan. To the extent we are unable to successfully develop, implement, and execute a strategic plan, or if we
Page 59
34
Page 60
Table of Contents 35 experience delays in the development, planning, and implementation process, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected. Completing the diversification of our loan portfolio may be more difficult, costly or time-consuming than expected and the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the plan may not be realized. We are pursuing a plan to diversify our loan portfolio, which contemplates reducing loan concentrations. Implementing and completing this plan is expected to take a considerable amount of time and attention of management and staff as they work to identify, negotiate and execute upon opportunities to reposition the loan portfolio, divest certain assets and effect potential transactions. The process of diversifying our loan portfolio could result in substantial disruption of our business and operations, and we may face the unexpected loss of key employees that we rely on to assist with the transition or to work on our continuing operations, disruption of our ongoing businesses, higher than anticipated costs, adverse impacts to our relationships with our customers and employees, or a failure to achieve the anticipated benefits and/or cost savings. If we encounter difficulties with diversifying our loan portfolio, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of our strategy, or it may take longer than expected to realize such benefits. The process of diversifying our loan portfolio will also divert management attention and resources and could have an adverse effect on our ability to operate efficiently as well as our results of operations and financial condition during the transition period and beyond. No assurances can be made that we will be able to enter into or complete any sale or divestiture of any assets. The failure to do so may have a negative impact on our business, operations, liquidity and financial condition. Adverse developments affecting the banking industry could have a material effect on our operations and/or stock price. The high-profile failures of several depository institutions during 2023 negatively impacted customer confidence in the safety and soundness of some regional and community banks. We face the risk that customers may choose to maintain deposits or trust assets with larger financial institutions or invest in short- term fixed-income securities instead of bank deposits, any of which could materially and adversely impact our liquidity, cost of funding, capital, and results of operations. Media reports about other depository institutions, the financial services industry generally or us could exacerbate liquidity concerns. In addition, concerns about the banking industry’s operating environment and the public trading prices of bank holding companies are often correlated, particularly during times of financial stress, which could adversely impact the trading price of our stock. New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks. From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts. We may invest significant time and resources in developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible or may be dependent on identifying and hiring a qualified person to lead the division. In addition, existing management personnel may not have the experience or capacity to provide effective oversight of new lines of business and/or new products and services. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Page 61
Table of Contents 36 We face intense competition from other banks and financial institutions and other wealth and investment management firms that could hurt our business. We conduct our business operations in markets where the banking business is highly competitive and is dominated by large multi-state and in-state banks with operations and offices covering wide geographic areas. We also compete with other financial service businesses, including investment advisory and wealth management firms, mutual fund companies, financial technology companies, and securities brokerage and investment banking firms that offer competitive banking and financial products and services as well as products and services that we do not offer. Larger banks and many of those other financial service organizations have greater financial and marketing resources than we do that enable them to make significant investments in technology, to conduct extensive marketing campaigns and to shift resources to regions or activities of greater potential profitability. They also have substantially more capital and higher lending limits than we do, which enable them to attract larger clients and offer financial products and services that we are unable to offer, putting us at a disadvantage in competing with them for loans and deposits and investment management clients. If we are unable to compete effectively with those banking or other financial services businesses, we could find it more difficult to attract new and retain existing clients and our net interest margins, net interest income and investment management advisory fees could decline, which would materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects, and could cause us to incur losses in the future. In addition, our ability to successfully attract and retain investment advisory and wealth management clients is dependent on our ability to compete with competitors’ investment products, level of investment performance, client services and marketing and distribution capabilities. If we are not successful in retaining existing and attracting new investment management clients, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected. We are required to make significant estimates and assumptions in the preparation of our financial statements and our estimates and assumptions may not be accurate. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires our management to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of income and expense during the reporting periods. Critical estimates are made by management in determining, among other things, the allowance for credit losses, amounts of impairment of assets, and valuation of income taxes. If our underlying estimates and assumptions prove to be incorrect, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In 2025, we recorded a material increase to the ACL, because of a change in accounting estimates and a valuation allowance on 100% of our deferred tax asset balance. The fair value of our investment securities can fluctuate due to factors outside of our control. Factors beyond our control can significantly influence and cause adverse changes to occur in the fair values of securities in our investment securities portfolio. These factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency actions in respect to the investment securities in our portfolio, defaults by the issuers of such securities, concerns with respect to the enforceability of the payment or other key terms of such securities, changes in market interest rates and continued instability in the capital markets. Any of these factors, as well as others, could cause other-than-temporary impairments and realized and/or unrealized losses in future periods and declines in other comprehensive income, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. We increase or decrease stockholders’ equity by the amount of change from the unrealized gain or loss (the difference between the estimated fair value and the amortized cost) of our available-for-sale securities portfolio, net of the related tax, under the category of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Therefore, a decline in the estimated fair value of this portfolio will result in a decline in reported stockholders’ equity, book value per common share, and tangible book value per common share. The decrease will occur even though the securities are not sold and losses are not realized. At December 31, 2025, $2.4 billion of our securities portfolio was classified as available-for-sale with an aggregate net unrealized gain of $4.0 million.
Page 63
Table of Contents A loss or material reduction of access to securitization markets for multifamily loans may adversely impact our business model, profitability and growth. We have sold multifamily loans through the securitization market from time to time and may seek to do so in the future. Historically, the securitization market, along with credit markets in general, has periodically experienced disruptions and volatility. In addition, the risk of volatility surrounding the global economic system and uncertainty surrounding regulatory reforms may create uncertainty around access to the capital markets. As a result, there can be no assurance that we will continue to be successful in selling multifamily loans through the securitization market. Adverse changes in the securitization market generally could materially adversely affect our ability to securitize loans on a timely basis or upon terms acceptable to us. This could increase our cost of funding, reduce our margins or cause us to hold assets until investor demand improves. Technology and marketing costs may negatively impact our future operating results. The financial services industry is constantly undergoing technological changes in the types of products and services provided to clients to enhance client convenience. Our future success will depend upon our ability to address the changing technological needs of our clients and to compete with other financial services organizations which have successfully implemented new technologies. The costs of implementing technological changes, new product development and marketing costs may increase our operating expenses without a commensurate increase in our business or revenues, in which event our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. Fraudulent activity, breaches of our information security systems, or cybersecurity incidents could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or future prospects. As a financial institution, we are susceptible to fraudulent activity, information security breaches and cybersecurity-related incidents that may be committed against us or our clients and that may result in financial losses or increased costs to us or our clients, disclosure or misuse of confidential information belonging to us or personal or confidential information belonging to our clients, misappropriation of assets, litigation, or damage to our reputation. Fraudulent activity may take many forms, including check “kiting” or fraud, electronic fraud, wire fraud, “phishing” and other dishonest acts. Information security breaches and cybersecurity-related incidents may include fraudulent or unauthorized access to data processing or data storage systems used by us or by our clients, denial or degradation of service attacks, ransomware attacks, malware or other cyber-attacks. In addition to exposing our own confidential and proprietary corporate information, a security breach may expose sensitive financial and other personal information of our customers and their employees or other third parties. Security breaches and cyber-attacks can cause significant increases in operating costs, including the costs of compensating customers for any resulting losses they may incur and the costs and capital expenditures required to correct the deficiencies in and strengthen the security of data processing and storage systems. Although we invest in systems and processes that are designed to detect and prevent security breaches and cyber-attacks and we conduct periodic tests of our security systems and processes, there is no assurance that we will succeed in anticipating or adequately protecting against or preventing all security breaches and cyber-attacks from occurring. If we are unable to detect or prevent a security breach or cyber- attack from occurring, then we and our clients could incur losses or damages; and we could sustain damage to our reputation, lose clients and business, suffer disruptions to our business and incur increased operating costs, and be exposed to additional regulatory scrutiny or penalties and to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology and related services from third-party service providers and there can be no assurance that we will not suffer an interruption in those systems. We rely heavily on third-party service providers for much of our communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology, including our internet banking services and data processing systems. Any failure or interruption of, or security breaches in, these systems could result in failures or interruptions in our operations or in the
Page 64
37
Page 65
Table of Contents client services we provide. Additionally, interruptions in service and security breaches could damage our reputation, lead existing clients to terminate their business relationships with us, make it more difficult for us to attract new clients and subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possibly financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Our ability to attract and retain clients and key employees could be adversely affected if our reputation is harmed. Our ability to attract and retain clients and key employees could be adversely affected if our reputation is harmed. Any actual or perceived failure to address various issues could cause reputational harm, including a failure to address any of the following types of issues: legal and regulatory requirements; cybersecurity and the proper maintenance or protection of the privacy of client and employee financial or other personal information; record keeping deficiencies or errors; money-laundering; and potential conflicts of interest and ethical issues. Moreover, any failure to appropriately address any issues of this nature could give rise to additional regulatory restrictions and legal risks, which could lead to costly litigation or subject us to enforcement actions, fines, or penalties and cause us to incur related costs and expenses. In addition, our banking, investment advisory and wealth management businesses are dependent on the integrity of our banking personnel and our investment advisory and wealth managers. Lapses in integrity could cause reputational harm to our businesses that could lead to the loss of existing clients and make it more difficult for us to attract new clients and, therefore, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We may incur significant losses due to ineffective risk management processes and strategies. We seek to monitor and control our risk exposures through a risk and control framework encompassing a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, operational and compliance systems, and internal control and management review processes. However, those systems and review processes and the judgments that accompany their application may not be effective and, as a result, we may not anticipate every economic and financial outcome in all market environments or the specifics and timing of such outcomes, particularly in the event of the kinds of dislocations in market conditions experienced in recent years, which highlight the limitations inherent in using historical data to manage risk. If those systems and review processes prove to be ineffective in identifying and managing risks, we could be subjected to increased regulatory scrutiny and regulatory restrictions could be imposed on our business, including on our potential future business lines, as a result of which our business and operating results could be adversely affected. A natural disaster could harm our business. Historically, California, in which a substantial portion of our business is located, has been susceptible to natural disasters, such as earthquakes, drought, floods and wildfires. In addition to these risks, Florida and Hawaii experience tropical storms and hurricanes. Tornadoes also occasionally strike the area of Texas where our business is located. The nature and level of natural disasters cannot be predicted. These natural disasters could harm our operations through interference with communications, including the interruption or loss of our computer systems, which could prevent or impede us from gathering deposits, originating loans and processing and controlling our flow of business, as well as through the destruction of facilities and our operational, financial and management information systems. Additionally, natural disasters could negatively impact the values of collateral securing our borrowers’ loans and interrupt our borrowers’ abilities to conduct their business in a manner to support their debt obligations, either of which could result in losses and increased provisions for loan losses for us. We are exposed to the risk of environmental liabilities with respect to real properties that we may acquire. From time to time, in the ordinary course of our business, we acquire, by or in lieu of foreclosure, real properties which collateralize nonperforming loans. As an owner of such properties, we could become subject to environmental liabilities and incur substantial costs for any property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up that may be required due to any environmental contamination that may be found to exist at any of those properties, even if we did not engage in the activities that led to such contamination and those activities took place prior to our ownership of the properties. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties seeking damages for environmental contamination emanating from the site. If we were to become subject to significant environmental liabilities or costs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and
Page 66
38
Page 67
Table of Contents 39 prospects could be materially and adversely affected. Our investment management clients are able to terminate their agreements with us without cause and on relatively short notice, making us vulnerable to short-term declines in the performance of the securities under our management. Like most investment advisory and wealth management businesses, the investment advisory contracts we have with our clients are typically terminable by the client without cause upon less than 30 days’ notice. As a result, even short-term declines in the performance of the securities we manage, which can result from factors outside our control, such as adverse changes in market or economic condition or the poor performance of some of the investments we have recommended to our clients, could lead some of our clients to move assets under our management to other asset classes such as broad index funds or treasury securities, or to investment advisors which have investment product offerings or investment strategies different than ours. Therefore, our operating results are heavily dependent on the financial performance of our investment portfolios and the investment strategies we employ in our investment advisory businesses and even short-term declines in the performance of the investment portfolios we manage for our clients, whatever the cause, could result in a decline in assets under management and a corresponding decline in investment management fees, which would adversely affect our results of operations. The market for investment managers is extremely competitive and the loss of a key investment manager to a competitor could adversely affect our investment advisory and wealth management business. We believe that investment performance is one of the most important factors that affect the amount of assets under our management and, for that reason, the success of FFA’s business is heavily dependent on the quality and experience of our investment managers and their track records in terms of making investment decisions that result in attractive investment returns for our clients. However, the market for such investment managers is extremely competitive and is increasingly characterized by frequent movement of investment managers among different firms. In addition, our individual investment managers often have direct contact with particular clients, which can lead to a strong client relationship based on the client’s trust in that individual manager. As a result, the loss of a key investment manager to a competitor could jeopardize our relationships with some of our clients and lead to the loss of client accounts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We may be adversely affected by the soundness of certain securities brokerage firms. FFA does not provide custodial services for its clients. Instead, client investment accounts are maintained under custodial arrangements with large, well-established securities brokerage firms, either directly or through arrangements made by FFA with those firms. The performance of, or even rumors or questions about the integrity or performance of, any of those brokerage firms could adversely affect the confidence of FFA’s clients in the services provided by those firms or otherwise adversely impact their custodial holdings. Such an occurrence could negatively impact the ability of FFA to retain existing or attract new clients and, as a result, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Regulatory and Compliance Risks The banking industry is highly regulated, and legislative or regulatory actions taken now or in the future may have a significant adverse effect on our operations. The banking industry is extensively regulated and supervised under both federal and state laws and regulations that are intended primarily to protect customers, depositors, the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund, and the banking system as a whole, not our stockholders. We are subject to the regulation and supervision of the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, the DFPI and the CFPB. The banking laws, regulations and policies applicable to us govern matters ranging from the maintenance of adequate capital, safety and soundness, mergers and changes in control to the general business operations conducted by us, including permissible types, amounts and terms of loans and investments, the amount of reserves held against deposits, restrictions on dividends, imposition of specific accounting requirements, establishment of new offices and the maximum interest rate that may be charged on loans.
Page 69
Table of Contents Any changes in any federal or state banking statute, regulation or governmental policy, or the interpretation or implementation of any of them, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, including ways that may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects. Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly, and changes to laws and regulations often impose additional compliance costs. In addition, federal and state banking regulators have broad authority to supervise our banking business and that of our subsidiaries, including the authority to prohibit activities that represent unsafe or unsound banking practices or constitute violations of statute, rule, regulation, or administrative order. Our failure to comply with any such laws, regulations or regulatory policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, restrictions on our business activities, civil money penalties or damage to our reputation, all of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects. Federal and state banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including those focused on our compliance with laws and regulations. Such examinations may subject us to supervisory actions and our failure to comply with such actions may adversely affect us. The Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, the DFPI, and the CFPB conduct examinations of our business, including for compliance with applicable laws and regulations. As a result of an examination, regulatory agencies may determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, asset concentrations, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, sensitivity to market risk, or other aspects of any of our operations are unsatisfactory, or that we or our management are in violation of any law, regulation or guideline in effect from time to time. Regulatory agencies may take a number of different remedial actions, including the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to change the composition of our concentrations in portfolio or balance sheet assets, to assess civil monetary penalties against officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, the FDIC may terminate our deposit insurance. A regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. We are subject to increased regulation because we have more than $10 billion in total consolidated assets. Federal law imposes heightened requirements on bank holding companies and depository institutions that exceed $10 billion in total consolidated assets. An insured depository institution with $10 billion or more in total assets is subject to supervision, examination, and enforcement with respect to consumer protection laws by the CFPB. As an independent bureau within the Federal Reserve Board focused solely on consumer financial protection, the CFPB may impose requirements more strictly or severely than the FDIC. Additionally, other regulatory requirements apply to insured depository institution holding companies and insured depository institutions with $10 billion or more in total consolidated assets, including the restrictions on proprietary trading and investment and sponsorship in hedge funds and private equity funds known as the Volcker Rule. Further, deposit insurance assessment rates are calculated differently, and may be higher, for insured depository institutions with $10 billion or more in total consolidated assets. We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions. The Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice, the CFPB and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. Federal banking regulators consider our performance under the Community Reinvestment Act when considering our applications to acquire other depository institutions, to establish branches or other expansionary activities and our failure to meet our obligations under the Community Reinvestment Act could adversely affect our expansionary activities. Our failure to comply with fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Any such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
Page 70
40
Page 71
Table of Contents condition, results of operations and prospects. We face the risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti- money laundering statutes and regulations. The federal Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. If our anti-money laundering policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of any financial institutions that we may acquire in the future are deemed deficient, we could be subject to liability, including fines, civil money penalties and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan or restrictions on our expansionary activities. Our failure to maintain and implement adequate anti-money laundering programs could also have serious reputational consequences for us. Any of these results could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Regulations relating to privacy, information security and data protection could increase our costs, affect or limit how we collect and use personal information and adversely affect our business opportunities. We are subject to various privacy, information security and data protection laws, including requirements concerning security breach notification, and we could be negatively impacted by these laws. Moreover, legislators and regulators in the United States and states in which we operate are increasingly adopting or revising privacy, information security and data protection laws that potentially could have a significant impact on our current and planned privacy, data protection and information security-related practices, our collection, use, sharing, retention and safeguarding of consumer or employee information, and some of our current or planned business activities. Generally, these laws increase our costs of compliance and business operations and could reduce income from certain business initiatives as well as the risk that we could face enforcement actions from federal or state agencies or litigation brought by private parties. This includes increased risks of privacy-related enforcement activity at the federal level, by the Federal Trade Commission, as well as at the state level, such as with regard to mobile applications. Compliance with current or future privacy, data protection and information security laws (including those regarding security breach notification) affecting customer or employee data to which we are subject could result in higher compliance and technology costs and could restrict our ability to provide certain products and services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions or results of operations. Our failure to comply with privacy, data protection and information security laws could result in potentially significant regulatory or governmental investigations or actions, litigation, fines, sanctions and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. FFA’s business is highly regulated, and regulators have the ability to limit or restrict, and impose fines or other sanctions on, FFA’s business. FFA is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act and its business is highly regulated. The Investment Advisers Act imposes numerous obligations on registered investment advisers, including fiduciary, record keeping, operational and disclosure obligations. Moreover, the Investment Advisers Act grants broad administrative powers to regulatory agencies such as the SEC to regulate investment advisory businesses. If the SEC or other government agencies believe that FFA has failed to comply with applicable laws or regulations, these agencies have the power to impose fines, suspensions of individual employees or other sanctions, which could include revocation of FFA’s registration under the Investment Advisers Act. We are also subject to the provisions and regulations of ERISA to the extent that we act as a “fiduciary” under ERISA with respect to certain of our clients. ERISA and the applicable provisions of the federal tax laws, impose a number of duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of each ERISA plan which is a client, as well as certain transactions by the fiduciaries (and certain other related parties) to such plans. Additionally, like other investment advisory and wealth management companies, FFA also faces the risks of lawsuits by clients. The outcome of regulatory proceedings and lawsuits is uncertain and difficult to predict. An adverse resolution of any regulatory proceeding or lawsuit against FFA could result in substantial costs or reputational harm to FFA and, therefore, could have an adverse effect on the ability of
Page 72
41
Page 73
Table of Contents FFA to retain key relationship and wealth managers, and to retain existing clients or attract new clients, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Future legislation, regulatory reform or policy changes could have a material effect on our business and results of operations. New legislation, regulatory reform or policy changes, including financial services regulatory reform, enforcement priorities, and antitrust and merger review policies could adversely impact our business. Legislative and regulatory changes may also result from a change in administrations, and/or changes in the make-up of either the U.S. Senate or U.S. House of Representatives due to changes in governing ideology and governing style. New appointments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve could affect monetary policy and interest rates, and changes in fiscal policy could affect broader patterns of trade and economic growth. Future legislation, regulation, and government policy could affect the banking industry as a whole, including our business and results of operations, in ways that are difficult to predict. In addition, our results of operations also could be adversely affected by changes in the way in which existing statutes and regulations are interpreted or applied by courts or governmental agencies. At this time, we cannot predict the scope or nature of these changes or assess what the overall effect of such potential changes could be on our results of operations. Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock We may not resume the payment of dividends on common stock. Our stockholders are only entitled to receive such dividends as our Board may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is restricted by Delaware and federal law and the policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, which is our federal banking regulator. In this regard, we have agreed not to pay dividends to our stockholders without the Federal Reserve Board’s prior written consent. Our ability to pay dividends to stockholders is also dependent on the payment to us of cash dividends by our subsidiaries, FFA and the Bank, which are the primary sources of cash for our payment of dividends. FFA and the Bank are subject to separate statutory or regulatory dividend restrictions that can affect their ability to pay cash dividends to us. FFA’s ability to pay cash dividends to us is restricted under California corporate law. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us is limited by various banking statutes and regulations and California law. Moreover, based on their assessment of the financial condition of the Bank or other factors, the FDIC or the DFPI could find that payment of cash dividends by the Bank to us would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice, in which event they could restrict the Bank from paying cash dividends, even if the Bank meets the statutory requirements to do so. See the section entitled “Dividend Policy and Restrictions on the Payment of Dividends” in Item 5 of this report below for additional information about our dividend policy and the dividend restrictions that apply to us and to the Bank and FFA. We have agreed that the Bank will not pay any dividends to the Company without the FDIC and DFPI’s prior written approval. We have not paid a quarterly dividend since the first quarter of 2024. A failure to resume the payment of dividends on our common stock could have a material adverse effect on our business, including the market price of our common stock. An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit and is not guaranteed by the FDIC, so you could lose some or all of your investment. An investment in our common stock is not a bank deposit and is not insured against loss or guaranteed by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. An investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described herein. As a result, if you acquire our common stock, you could lose some or all of your investment. If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, or if we fail to remediate material weaknesses previously identified, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately and timely. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for evaluating and reporting on that system of internal control. We have identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting that has not yet been fully remediated. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material
Page 74
42
Page 75
Table of Contents 43 misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Following identification of the material weakness, we began to implement a number of controls and procedures designed to improve our control environment, which we believe will be sufficient to remediate our previously identified material weakness. Our actions to maintain effective controls and remedy any weakness or deficiency may not be sufficient to result in an effective internal control environment and any future failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could impair the reliability of our financial statements, which in turn could harm our business, impair investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, impair our access to the capital markets, cause the price of our common stock to decline and subject us to increased regulatory scrutiny and/or penalties, and higher risk of shareholder litigation. The exercise of our outstanding warrants would increase the number of shares of common stock eligible for future resale in the public market and result in dilution to our existing stockholders. On July 8, 2024, we raised approximately $228 million of gross proceeds in an equity capital raise with certain investors. In connection with the July 2024 Capital Raise, we issued warrants (the “Warrants”) affording the holders thereof the right, until the seven-year anniversary of the issuance, to purchase for $5.125 per share, 22,239 shares of our Series C Non-Voting Common Equivalent Stock (the “Series C NVCE Stock”). Each share of Series C NVCE Stock is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock, all of which shares of Series C NVCE Stock, upon issuance, will represent the right (on an as converted basis) to receive approximately 22,239,000 shares of common stock. To the extent the Warrants are exercised and the Series C NVCE Stock converts to common stock, additional shares of our common stock would be issued, which will result in dilution to the then existing holders of our common stock and increase the number of shares of common stock eligible for resale in the public market. This dilution or the sales of substantial numbers of such shares in the public market could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments. Not applicable. Item 1C. Cybersecurity. Cybersecurity Risk Management We recognize that cybersecurity risk is an integral component of our overall enterprise risk management framework. We maintain a comprehensive process for identifying, assessing, and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats that are designed to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our information systems and the data we maintain. Our cybersecurity risk management processes include, among other things, periodic risk assessments, continuous monitoring of our information technology environment, vulnerability management, and the use of preventative, detective, and corrective controls. These processes are guided by applicable regulatory guidance and industry standards, including the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”) Cybersecurity Assessment Tool. We maintain a documented incident response plan that is designed to enable timely identification, containment, investigation, remediation, and recovery from cybersecurity incidents. The incident response plan is periodically reviewed and tested through tabletop exercises and simulations and incorporates escalation and notification protocols consistent with applicable regulatory requirements. We also engage third-party service providers to perform independent assessments of our cybersecurity program, including penetration testing and other security evaluations. Cybersecurity risks are evaluated alongside other operational and strategic risks as part of our enterprise risk management processes. These risks include, but are not limited to, threats arising from unauthorized access, data breaches, ransomware, social engineering, and reliance on third-party service providers. While our cybersecurity program is designed to reduce the likelihood and impact of cybersecurity incidents, no system or control environment can provide absolute assurance.
Page 76
Table of Contents 44 To date, we have not experienced a cybersecurity incident that has materially affected our business, financial condition, or results of operations. However, we may be subject to future cybersecurity threats or incidents that could have a material impact. For more information on our cybersecurity related risks, see Item 1A—“Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Cybersecurity Governance Our Board of Directors provides oversight of cybersecurity risk as part of its broader oversight of enterprise risk management. The Board, either directly or through its committees, receives periodic updates regarding cybersecurity risks, threat trends, control effectiveness, and significant incidents, if any. Management is responsible for the day-to-day operation of our cybersecurity program. Our Information Security Officer is responsible for developing, implementing, and maintaining our information security program, including policies, standards, and procedures designed to manage cybersecurity risk. The Chief Technology Officer is responsible for implementing and operating the information technology systems and controls that support the information security program. Our cybersecurity governance structure includes defined roles and responsibilities, escalation protocols, and reporting mechanisms designed to ensure that material cybersecurity risks are communicated to appropriate levels of management and the Board in a timely manner. Cybersecurity considerations are incorporated into our broader risk management, vendor management, and business continuity planning processes. Item 2. Properties. The Company’s corporate headquarters is located in Dallas, Texas, at 5221 N. O’Connor Blvd, Suite 1375, Irving, Texas 75039. The Company has 29 banking offices and two loan production offices in the states of California, Nevada, Florida, Texas, and Hawaii. Six of our office buildings are owned and the remaining are leased pursuant to non-cancelable operating leases that will expire between 2026 and 2035. The building for the office in Auburn, California is owned by us and is on land that is leased under a non-cancellable lease that expires in 2028. Item 3. Legal Proceedings. In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to claims, counter claims, suits and other litigation of the type that generally arise from the conduct of financial services businesses. We are not aware of any threatened or pending litigation that we expect will have a material adverse effect on our business operations, financial condition or results of operations. Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures. Not applicable.
Page 77
Table of Contents 45 PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. Market Information Our common stock trades on the NYSE under the trading symbol “FFWM”. As of March 4, 2026 a total of 82,926,292 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding which were held of record by approximately 10,552 shareholders. There were no sales of unregistered securities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. Dividend Policy and Restrictions on the Payment of Dividends The timing and amount of cash dividends paid to our common stockholders depends on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, regulatory approval, and other relevant factors, as determined by our Board of Directors. Our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is also subject to the restrictions set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) and the regulatory authority of the Federal Reserve. We have paid no quarterly dividends since the second quarter of 2024. The DGCL provides that a corporation, unless otherwise restricted by its certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends out of its surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or for the preceding fiscal year, as long as the amount of capital of the corporation is not less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets. Surplus is defined as the excess of a corporation’s net assets (i.e., its total assets minus its total liabilities) over the capital associated with issuances of its common stock. Moreover, the DGCL permits a board of directors to reduce its capital and transfer such amount to its surplus. In determining the amount of surplus of a Delaware corporation, the assets of the corporation, including stock of subsidiaries owned by the corporation, must be valued at their fair market value as determined by the board of directors, regardless of their historical book value. In addition, since we are a bank holding company (“BHC”) subject to regulation by the FRB, it may become necessary for us to obtain the approval of the FRB before we can pay cash dividends to our stockholders. Specifically, FRB guidelines stipulate that a BHC’s board of directors should inform the FRB and should eliminate, defer, or significantly reduce dividends if: (i) the BHC’s net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (ii) the BHC’s prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with the BHC’s capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or (iii) the BHC will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. It is also a Federal Reserve policy that bank holding companies should not maintain dividend levels that undermine their ability to be a source of financial strength for their banking subsidiaries. Cash dividends from our two wholly-owned subsidiaries, FFB and FFA, represent the principal source of funds available to us, which we might use to pay cash dividends to our stockholders or for other corporate purposes. Since FFA and FFB are California corporations, they are subject to dividend payment restrictions under the California General Corporation Law (the “CGCL”). The laws of the State of California, as they pertain to the payment of cash dividends by California state-chartered banks, limit the amount of funds that FFB would be permitted to dividend to us more strictly than does the CGCL. In particular, under California law, cash dividends by a California state-chartered bank may not exceed, the lesser of (i) the sum of its net income for the last three fiscal years (after deducting all dividends paid during the period), or (ii) the amount of its retained earnings. However, with the prior approval of the DFPI, a bank may pay cash dividends in an amount not to exceed the greatest of: (i) the bank’s retained earnings; (ii) net income of the bank for its last fiscal year; or (iii) net income of the bank for its current fiscal year. Also, because the payment of cash dividends has the effect of reducing capital, capital requirements imposed on FFB by the DFPI and the FDIC may operate, as a practical matter, to preclude the payment, or limit the amount of, cash dividends that might otherwise be permitted to be made under California law; and the DFPI and the FDIC, as part of their supervisory powers, generally require insured banks to adopt dividend policies which limit the payment of cash dividends
Page 79
Table of Contents 46 much more strictly than do applicable state laws. We have agreed that FFB will not pay dividends to the Company without the FDIC and DFPI’s prior written approval. Restrictions on Intercompany Transactions Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, and the implementing regulations thereunder, limit transactions between a bank and its affiliates and limit a bank’s ability to transfer to its affiliates the benefits arising from the bank’s access to insured deposits, the payment system and the discount window and other benefits of the Federal Reserve System. Those Sections of the Act and the implementing regulations impose quantitative and qualitative limits on the ability of a bank to extend credit to, or engage in certain other transactions with, an affiliate (and a non-affiliate if an affiliate benefits from the transaction). Repurchases of Common Stock The Company adopted a stock repurchase program on April 26, 2022, pursuant to which the Company may repurchase up to $75 million of its common stock. This stock repurchase program, which has no stated expiration date, replaced and superseded the stock repurchase program approved by the Board of Directors on October 30, 2018, which had authorized the Company to repurchase up to 2,200,000 shares of its common stock. The Company did not repurchase any shares of common stock during 2025.
Page 80
Table of Contents 47 Stock Performance Graph The following graph shows a comparison from December 31, 2021 through December 31, 2025 of the cumulative total return for our common stock, compared against (i) the Russell 2000 Index, which measures the performance of the smallest 2,000 members, by market cap, (ii) the Russell 3000 Index, which measures the performance of the smallest 3,000 members, by market cap, of the Russell Index, and (iii) an index published by SNL Securities L.C. (“SNL”) and known as the KBW Nasdaq Regional Bank Index. The stock performance graph assumes that $100 was invested in Company common stock at the close of market on December 31, 2021, and, at that same date, in the Russell 2000 Index, the Russell 3000 Index and the KBW Nasdaq Regional Bank Index and that any dividends paid in the indicated periods were reinvested. Shareholder returns shown in the stock performance graph are not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. Period Ending 12/31/2021 12/31/2022 12/31/2023 12/31/2024 12/31/2025 First Foundation Inc. (FFWM) 100.00 57.64 38.94 24.98 24.78 Russell 2000 Index 100.00 78.44 90.28 99.33 110.54 Russell 3000 Index 100.00 79.52 98.57 120.40 139.26 KBW Regional Bank Index 100.00 90.55 86.92 95.25 98.41 The above performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that section and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Item 6. Reserved
Page 81
Table of Contents Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations The following discussion and analysis is intended to facilitate the understanding and assessment of significant changes and trends in our businesses that accounted for the changes in our results of operations in the year ended December 31, 2025, as compared to our results of operations in the year ended December 31, 2024; in our results of operations in the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to our results of operations in the year ended December 31, 2023; and our financial condition at December 31, 2025 as compared to our financial condition at December 31, 2024. This discussion and analysis is based on and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto contained elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition to historical information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause results to differ materially from management’s expectations. Some of the factors that could cause results to differ materially from expectations are discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” contained elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Critical Accounting Policies Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and accounting practices in the banking industry. Certain of those accounting policies are considered critical accounting policies because they require us to make estimates and assumptions regarding circumstances or trends that could materially affect the value of those assets, such as economic conditions or trends that could impact our ability to fully collect our loans or ultimately realize the carrying value of certain of our other assets. Those estimates and assumptions are made based on current information available to us regarding those economic conditions or trends or other circumstances. If changes were to occur in the events, trends or other circumstances on which our estimates or assumptions were based, or other unanticipated events were to occur that might affect our operations, we may be required under GAAP to adjust our earlier estimates and to reduce the carrying values of the affected assets on our balance sheet, generally by means of charges against income, which could also affect our results of operations in the fiscal periods when those charges are recognized. Management has identified our most critical accounting policies and accounting estimates as: allowance for credit losses – investment securities, allowance for credit losses – loans, and deferred income taxes. Allowance for Credit Losses – Investment Securities. The ACL on investment securities is determined for both held-to-maturity and available-for-sale classifications of the investment portfolio in accordance with ASC 326 and is evaluated on a quarterly basis. The ACL for held-to-maturity investment securities is determined on a collective basis, based on shared risk characteristics, and is determined at the individual security level when we deem a security to no longer possess shared risk characteristics. Under ASC 326-20, for investment securities where we have reason to believe the credit loss exposure is remote, such as those guaranteed by the U.S. government or government sponsored entities, a zero-loss expectation is applied and a company is not required to estimate and recognize an ACL. For securities available-for-sale (“AFS”) in an unrealized loss position, we first evaluate whether we intend to sell, or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through income. If neither criteria is met, we are required to assess whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or noncredit-related factors. In determining whether a security’s decline in fair value is credit related, we consider a number of factors including, but not limited to: (i) the extent to which the fair value of the investment is less than its amortized cost; (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; (iii) downgrades in credit ratings; (iv) payment structure of the security; and (v) the ability of the issuer of the security to make scheduled principal and interest payments. If, after considering these factors, the present value of expected cash flows to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists, and an allowance for credit loss is recorded through income as a component of provision for credit loss expense. If the assessment indicates that a credit loss does not exist, we record the decline in fair value through other comprehensive income, net of related income tax effects. We have elected to exclude accrued interest receivable on securities from the estimate of credit losses and report accrued interest separately on the consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recorded as provision for (or reversal of) credit loss expense. Losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a security is confirmed or when either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met. See Note 3: Securities in the consolidated financial statements for additional information related to our allowance for credit losses on securities AFS.
Page 82
48
Page 83
Table of Contents Allowance for Credit Losses – Loans Held for Investment. Our ACL for loans held for investment is established through a provision for credit losses charged to expense and may be reduced by a recapture of previously established loss reserves, which are also reflected in the statement of income. Loans are charged against the ACL when management believes that collectability of the principal is unlikely. The ACL represents management’s estimate of current expected credit losses over the remaining expected life of the loans held for investment. The ACL involves significant judgement on a number of matters including assessment of key credit risk characteristics, assignment of credit ratings, valuation of collateral, the determination of remaining expected life, incorporation of historical default and loss experience, and a development and weighting of macroeconomic forecasts. The Company reviews baseline and alternative economic scenarios from Moody’s and quarterly projections of federal funds target rates from the FOMC for consideration as quantitative factors and applies a two-year time horizon prior to gradually reverting to our historical loss experience, which continues to be deemed reasonable and supportable. While we use the best information available to make this evaluation, future adjustments to our ACL may be necessary if there are significant changes in economic or other conditions that can affect the collectability in full of loans in our loan portfolios. See Note 5: Allowance for Credit Losses, in the consolidated financial statements for additional information related to the Company’s allowance for credit losses on loans. Deferred Income Taxes. We record as a “deferred tax asset” on our balance sheet an amount equal to the tax credit and tax loss carryforwards and tax deductions (collectively “tax benefits”) that we believe will be available to us to offset or reduce income taxes in future periods. Under applicable federal and state income tax laws and regulations, tax benefits related to tax loss carryforwards will expire if they cannot be used within specified periods of time. Accordingly, the ability to fully use our deferred tax asset related to tax loss carryforwards to reduce income taxes in the future depends on the amount of taxable income that we generate during those time periods. At least once each year, or more frequently, if warranted, we make estimates of future taxable income that we believe we are likely to generate during those future periods. If we conclude, on the basis of those estimates and the amount of the tax benefits available to us, that it is more likely than not that we will be able to fully utilize those tax benefits, we recognize the deferred tax asset in full on our balance sheet. On the other hand, if we conclude on the basis of those estimates and the amount of the tax benefits available to us that it has become more likely than not that we will be unable to utilize those tax benefits, then we would establish a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax asset on our balance sheet to the amount with respect to which we believe it is still more likely than not that we will be able to use to offset or reduce taxes in the future. The establishment of such a valuation allowance, or any increase in an existing valuation allowance, would be effectuated through a charge to the provision for income taxes or a reduction in any income tax credit for the period in which such valuation allowance is established or increased. For complete discussion and disclosure of other accounting policies, see Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. We have two business segments, “Banking” and “Investment Management and Wealth Planning” (“Wealth Management”). Banking includes the operations of FFB, FFPF, and Blue Moon Management LLC and Wealth Management includes the operations of FFA. The financial position and operating results of the stand-alone holding company, FFI, are included under the caption “Other” in certain of the tables that follow, along with any consolidation elimination entries. Overview and Recent Developments On October 27, 2025, FFI and FirstSun entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 27, 2025, pursuant to which, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, FFI will merge with and into FirstSun, with FirstSun continuing as the surviving entity. Immediately following the Merger, First Foundation Bank will merge with and into Sunflower Bank, with Sunflower Bank continuing as the surviving bank. The transaction is expected to close on April 1, 2026, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the remaining closing conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company reported a net loss of $155.2 million, compared to a net loss of $92.4 million for 2024. Current year results were impacted by $64.3 million in provision for credit losses and $83.6 million in income tax expense. The provision for credit losses was due to changes in allowance for credit loss quantitative
Page 84
49
Page 85
Table of Contents assumptions made prospectively in the third quarter of 2025. The income tax expense was largely impacted by the recording of a $98.7 million valuation allowance against the Company’s total net deferred tax asset balance. See Note 5: Allowance for Credit Losses and Note 18: Income Taxes for more information on income taxes. Prior year results were impacted by a $117.5 million LOCOM adjustment resulting from the August 2024 reclassification of a portion of the Company’s multifamily loan portfolio totaling $1.9 billion principal balance from loans held for investment to loans held for sale. The LOCOM adjustment is included as a component of noninterest income in the consolidated statement of operations. See Note 4: Loans in the consolidated financial statements for additional information related to loans. Net interest income before provision of credit losses totaled $187.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $182.6 million for 2024. Net interest margin (“NIM”) was 1.58% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 1.40% for 2024. Noninterest income was $47.4 million for 2025, compared to ($65.9) million for 2024. Excluding the LOCOM adjustment of $117.5 million, noninterest income was $51.6 million for 2024. Noninterest expense totaled $242.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $233.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 included $6.1 million of one-time merger related expenses. At December 31, 2025, total assets of $11.9 billion decreased $742 million or 5.9%, from total assets of $12.6 billion at December 31, 2024. The decrease in total assets consisted primarily of decreases in total loans of $2.2 billion, and deferred tax assets of $77 million, offset by increases in investment securities of $1.0 billion and cash and cash equivalents of $609 million. Activity in total loans, which includes loans held for investment and loans held for sale consisted of the following: (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Loans - beginning balance January 1, $ 9,227,212 $ 10,177,802 Originations and advances 883,625 1,548,263 Payoffs, paydowns and other (2,135,821) (1,918,798) Sales (1,061,761) (489,383) LHFS mark-to-market change 77,371 (90,672) Loans - ending balance December 31, $ 6,990,626 $ 9,227,212 Cash and cash equivalents as a percentage of total assets totaled 13.6% at December 31, 2025, compared to 8.0% at December 31, 2024. The increase in investment securities included $1.4 billion in net purchases of securities available-for-sale, offset by $351 million in maturities of securities available-for-sale and securities held-for-investment during the year. The net purchases of securities available-for-sale largely consisted of agency mortgage-backed securities. At December 31, 2025, total liabilities of $11.0 billion decreased $600 million or 5.2%, from total liabilities of $11.6 billion at December 31, 2024. The decrease in total liabilities included a decrease in deposits of $585.7 million. The decrease in deposits was largely due to a $1.0 billion decrease in higher-cost specialty deposits, largely consisting of MSR deposit accounts, and a $452 million decrease in core deposits, offset partially by a $658 million increase in wholesale deposits. Deposit mix consisted of the following at December 31: 2025 2024 Weighted WeightedAverage Average(dollars in thousands) Amount % of Total Rate Amount % of Total Rate Demand deposits: Noninterest-bearing $ 1,235,589 13.3% — $ 1,956,628 19.8% — Interest-bearing 1,677,461 18.1% 2.70% 1,995,397 20.2% 3.29% Money market and savings 3,530,134 38.0% 3.29% 3,524,801 35.7% 3.60% Certificates of deposit 2,841,386 30.6% 4.24% 2,393,453 24.2% 4.72% Total $ 9,284,570 100.0% 3.04% $ 9,870,279 100.0% 3.09%
Page 86
50
Page 87
Table of Contents At December 31, 2025, total shareholders’ equity of $912.6 million decreased $140.8 million from total shareholder’s equity of $1.1 billion at December 31, 2024. Activity during 2025 in shareholders’ equity included a $155.2 million net loss, offset partially by a $9.5 million decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss and a $5.3 million increase in additional paid-in-capital from recurring accruals for stock equivalent awards. Results of Operations The primary sources of revenue for Banking are net interest income, fees from its deposits and trust services, certain loan fees, and consulting fees. The primary sources of revenue for Wealth Management are asset management fees assessed on the balance of AUM. The following tables show key operating results for each of our business segments for the years ended December 31: Wealth (dollars in thousands) Banking Management Other Total 2025: Interest income $ 540,989 $ — $ — $ 540,989 Interest expense 346,159 — 7,427 353,586 Net interest income 194,830 — (7,427) 187,403 Provision for credit losses 64,306 — — 64,306 Noninterest income 20,382 28,435 (1,443) 47,374 Noninterest expense 206,581 27,481 7,954 242,016 (Loss) income before income taxes (55,675) 954 (16,824) (71,545) Income tax expense 77,255 364 5,993 83,612 Net (loss) income $ (132,930) $ 590 $ (22,817) $ (155,157) 2024: Interest income $ 610,996 $ — $ — $ 610,996 Interest expense 421,503 — 6,849 428,352 Net interest income 189,493 — (6,849) 182,644 Provision (reversal) for credit losses 20,700 — — 20,700 Noninterest income 22,518 30,583 (1,456) 51,645 LHFS LOCOM adjustment (117,517) — — (117,517) Noninterest expense 205,017 23,033 5,402 233,452 (Loss) income before income taxes (131,223) 7,550 (13,707) (137,380) Income tax expense (benefit) (43,790) 2,129 (3,312) (44,973) Net (loss) income $ (87,433) $ 5,421 $ (10,395) $ (92,407) Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. Combined net loss for 2025 was $155.1 million, compared to net loss of $92.4 million for 2024. Combined net loss before taxes for 2025 was $71.5 million, compared to net loss before taxes of $137.4 million for 2024. Excluding the LHFS LOCOM adjustment, combined net loss before taxes was $19.9 million in 2024. The $51.6 million increase in combined net loss before taxes was primarily due to an increase in net loss before taxes for the Banking segment. The change in net loss for the Banking segment was largely due to an increase in the provision for credit losses of $43.6 million. Net interest income, noninterest income, and noninterest expense are discussed in more detail in the tables that follow. The decrease in Wealth Management net income before taxes of $6.6 million was due to a $2.1 million decrease in noninterest income and a $4.4 million increase in noninterest expense. Combined income tax expense for 2025 was $83.6 million, compared to income tax benefit of $45.0 million for 2024. The change in the combined income tax expense is largely due to the recording of a $98.7 million valuation allowance against the Company’s net deferred tax asset balance, after the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized due to current and prior period cumulative losses. Our statutory tax rates were 16.0% and 27.8% for 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Page 88
51
Page 89
Table of Contents Net Interest Income. The principal component of the Company’s earnings is net interest income, which is the difference between the interest and fees earned on loans and investments (interest-earning assets) and the interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds (interest-bearing liabilities). Net interest margin is net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets for the period. The level of interest rates and the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities impact net interest income and net interest margin. The net interest rate spread is the yield on average interest-earning assets minus the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities. Our net interest income, net interest rate spread, and net interest margin are sensitive to general business and economic conditions. We manage net interest income through affecting changes in the mix of interest-earning assets as well as the mix of interest-bearing liabilities, changes in the level of interest-bearing liabilities in proportion to that of interest-earning assets, and the growth and maturity of earning assets. For further discussion on our interest rate risk management practices, see “Interest Rate Risk Management” within Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The following tables set forth information regarding (i) the total dollar amount of interest income from interest-earning assets and the resultant average yields on those assets; (ii) the total dollar amount of interest expense and the average rate of interest on our interest-bearing liabilities; (iii) net interest income; (iv) net interest rate spread; and (v) net interest margin for the years ended December 31: Year Ended December 31: 2025 2024 Average Average Average Average(dollars in thousands) Balances Interest Yield /Rate Balances Interest Yield /Rate Interest-earning assets: Loans, including LHFS $ 8,279,925 $ 388,466 4.69% $ 10,005,219 $ 474,322 4.74% Securities AFS 1,494,733 77,365 5.18% 1,207,223 64,593 5.35% Securities HTM 665,643 16,248 2.44% 751,926 17,356 2.31% Cash, FHLB stock, and fed funds 1,431,497 58,910 4.12% 1,054,515 54,725 5.19% Total interest-earning assets 11,871,798 540,989 4.56% 13,018,883 610,996 4.69% Noninterest-earning assets: Nonperforming assets 39,187 23,729 Other 269,972 255,070 Total assets $ 12,180,957 $ 13,297,682 Interest-bearing liabilities: Demand deposits $ 1,818,464 53,499 2.94% $ 2,373,085 92,572 3.90% Money market and savings 3,668,226 129,590 3.53% 3,406,861 133,822 3.93% Certificates of deposit 2,197,627 100,838 4.59% 2,700,995 132,120 4.89% Total interest-bearing deposits 7,684,317 283,927 3.69% 8,480,941 358,514 4.23% Borrowings 1,519,801 62,311 4.10% 1,539,413 62,989 4.09% Subordinated debt 173,488 7,348 4.24% 173,426 6,849 3.95% Total interest-bearing liabilities 9,377,606 353,586 3.77% 10,193,780 428,352 4.20% Noninterest-bearing liabilities: Demand deposits 1,679,340 1,973,605 Other liabilities 107,127 129,394 Total liabilities 11,164,073 12,296,779 Shareholders’ equity 1,016,884 1,000,903 Total liabilities and equity $ 12,180,957 $ 13,297,682 Net Interest Income $ 187,403 $ 182,644 Net Interest Rate Spread 0.79% 0.49% Net Interest Margin 1.58% 1.40%
Page 90
52
Page 91
Table of Contents Net interest income is impacted by the volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate), interest rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume) and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The following table provides a breakdown of the changes in net interest income due to volume and rate changes between 2025 as compared to 2024. Increase (Decrease) due to Net Increase(dollars in thousands) Volume Rate (Decrease) Interest earned on: Loans, including LHFS $ (80,996) $ (4,860) $ (85,856) Securities AFS 14,942 (2,170) 12,772 Securities HTM (2,067) 959 (1,108) Cash, FHLB stock, and fed funds 16,998 (12,813) 4,185 Total interest-earning assets (51,123) (18,884) (70,007) Interest paid on: Demand deposits (19,042) (20,031) (39,073) Money market and savings 9,818 (14,050) (4,232) Certificates of deposit (23,478) (7,804) (31,282) Borrowings (806) 128 (678) Subordinated debt 3 496 499 Total interest-bearing liabilities (33,505) (41,261) (74,766) Net interest (expense) income $ (17,618) $ 22,377 $ 4,759 Net interest income was $187.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $182.6 million for 2024. The overall increase in net interest income from the year-ago period was primarily driven by rates on interest-bearing liabilities decreasing faster than rates on interest-earning assets. Interest income decreased to $541.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $611.0 million for 2024. The decrease in interest income was due to decreases in both average interest- earning asset balances as well as average yields earned on such balances. Average interest-earning asset balances decreased 8.81% to $11.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $13.0 billion for 2024. The decrease in average interest-earning asset balances was due primarily to a $1.7 billion decrease in loans, offset by a $201.2 million increase in securities AFS and HTM and a $377.0 million increase in average cash, FHLB stock, and fed funds balances. The decrease in loan balances was primarily due to loan sales, as well as 2025 loan payoffs and paydowns exceeding new loan fundings compared to that of 2024, which impacted year-to-date average balances. In August 2024, the Company transferred $1.9 billion in multifamily CRE loans from loans held for investment to loans held for sale and has since completed loan sale transactions in the fourth quarter of 2024 ($489 million principal balance sold), second quarter of 2025 ($858 million principal balance sold), and fourth quarter of 2025 ($205 million principal balance sold). The increase in securities AFS and HTM balances was primarily due to the purchase of $1.0 billion in securities AFS, including agency mortgage-backed and collateralized mortgage obligation securities during 2025, offset by the sale of $0.7 billion in securities AFS during the same period. Yields on interest-earning assets averaged 4.56% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 4.69% for 2024, a decrease of 13 basis points. Yields on interest-earning assets decreased due to decreases in yields on loans (including LHFS), securities, and cash balances compared to the prior year. Yields on loans decreased to 4.69% in the current year compared to 4.74% in the prior year. Yields on new loan fundings averaged 7.00% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 8.08% for 2024. Yields on securities AFS decreased to 5.18% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 5.35% for 2024. Yields on cash balances decreased to 4.12% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 5.19% for 2024. Yields decreased due to a decrease in market rates during 2025 and mix shift in the loan portfolio. Interest expense decreased to $353.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $428.4 million for 2024. The decrease in interest expense was due to decreases in both average interest- bearing liability balances as well as average rates paid on such balances. Average interest-bearing liability
Page 92
53 balances, consisting of interest-bearing deposits, borrowings, and subordinated debt, decreased 8.0% to $9.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $10.2 billion for 2024. Rates on interest-bearing liability balances averaged 3.77% for the year ended December 31, 2025,
Page 93
Table of Contents compared to 4.20% for 2024, a decrease of 43 basis points. Rates on interest-bearing liabilities decreased primarily due to a decrease in rates paid on interest-bearing deposits, which averaged 3.69% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 3.95% for 2024, offset by an increase in rates paid on subordinated debt which averaged 4.24% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 4.09% for 2024. Average balances of interest-bearing deposits decreased 9.4% to $7.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $8.5 billion for 2024. The decrease in average interest-bearing deposits and average rates paid were primarily driven by a decrease in higher-cost brokered deposit balances, which were able to mature without being replaced, due to the sale of multifamily CRE loans throughout 2025. Average balances on borrowings were $1.5 billion at December 31, 2025 and at December 31, 2024. The 43-basis point decrease in average rate paid on interest-bearing liability balances was partially offset by a 13 basis point decrease in average yield earned on interest-earning assets, resulting in an increase in the NIM for the year ended December 31, 2025. NIM was 1.58% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 1.40% for 2024. Provision for credit losses. The provision for credit losses represents our estimate of the amount necessary to be charged against the current period’s earnings to maintain the ACL for loans and investments at a level that we consider adequate in relation to the expected lifetime credit losses in the loan and investment portfolios. The provision for credit losses for loans is impacted by changes in loan balances as well as changes in estimated loss assumptions and charge-offs and recoveries. The amount of the provision for loans also takes into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans, current economic conditions and certain other subjective factors that may affect the ability of borrowers to meet their repayment obligations to us. For 2025, we recorded a provision for credit losses of $64.3 million. For 2024, we recorded a provision for credit losses of $20.7 million. The increase in provision for credit losses for loans was primarily due to additional provision expense recorded in 2025 due to revisions in several key assumptions within the ACL methodology for various loan segments. These changes were made in response to changes in economic conditions and increased economic uncertainty, and were accounted for as changes in accounting estimates in accordance with FASB ASC 250 – Accounting Changes and Error Corrections. In 2025, we recorded net charge-offs of $1.1 million, or 0.01% of average loans on an annualized basis, compared to $17.9 million, or 0.24% of average loans on an annualized basis for the year-ago period. The decrease in net charge-offs was primarily due to a $13.4 million full write-off of three commercial relationships in 2024. At December 31, 2025, the allowance for credit losses on the loan portfolio was $93.9 million, or 1.39% of total loans held for investment, compared to $32.3 million and 0.41% at December 31, 2024. The increase was due primarily to the change in accounting estimate. Noninterest income. Noninterest income for Banking includes fees charged to clients for trust services and deposit services, consulting fees, prepayment and late fees charged on loans, gain on sale of loans, securities, and REO, gains from capital market activities, and changes in the valuation of the loans held for sale portfolio. The following table provides a breakdown of noninterest income for Banking for the years ended December 31: (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Year Ended December 31: Trust and consulting fees $ 7,045 $ 6,767 Loan related fees 7,683 5,608 Deposit charges 2,166 1,843 (Loss) gain on sale of loans (9,566) 5,068 Gain on sale of securities available-for-sale 5,930 1,204 Capital market activities 6,185 1,673 Loss on sale of assets — (382) Gain on sale of REO — 679 LHFS LOCOM adjustment — (120,810) Other 939 3,351 Total noninterest income $ 20,382 $ (94,999) Noninterest income in Banking was $20.4 million for the year ended December 31 2025, compared to ($95.0) million for 2024. The $115.4 million change in noninterest income in Banking was due primarily to a $120.8 million LHFS LOCOM adjustment associated with the transfer of $1.9 billion in multifamily CRE loans from loans held for investment
Page 94
54
Page 95
Table of Contents 55 to loans held for sale in 2024. Excluding the LHFS LOCOM adjustment, noninterest income would have been $25.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease in noninterest income is largely due to the loss on the sale of loans in 2025, offset partially by an increase in capital market activities income and gains on the sale of securities available for sale. Noninterest income for Wealth Management includes fees charged to high net-worth clients for managing their assets and for providing financial planning consulting services. The following table provides the amounts of noninterest income for Wealth Management for the years ended December 31: (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Noninterest income $ 28,435 $ 30,583 Noninterest income for Wealth Management was $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $30.6 million for 2024. The $2.2 million decrease was due to a decrease in fees earned on AUM balance as average AUM balances decreased to $5.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $5.5 billion for 2024. The following table summarizes the activity in our AUM for the periods indicated: Existing accountBeginning Additions/ New (dollars in thousands) Balance Withdrawals Accounts Terminations Performance Ending balance Year Ended December 31, 2025: Fixed incomes $ 1,650,723 $ 124,928 $ 63,893 $ (280,272) $ (164,189) $ 1,395,083Equities 2,932,526 (163,633) 64,431 (455,299) 539,423 2,917,448Cash and other 862,631 (66,747) 90,471 (237,286) 107,881 756,950 Total $ 5,445,880 $ (105,452) $ 218,795 $ (972,857) $ 483,115 $ 5,069,481 Year Ended December 31, 2024: Fixed income $ 1,849,056 $ (131,210) $ 48,038 $ (44,645) $ (70,516) $ 1,650,723Equities 2,609,033 (28,621) 185,487 (144,211) 310,838 2,932,526 Cash and other 791,859 (62,887) 99,012 (55,238) 89,885 862,631 Total $ 5,249,948 $ (222,718) $ 332,537 $ (244,094) $ 330,207 $ 5,445,880 AUM balances were $5.1 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $5.4 billion at December 31, 2024. The $376 million decrease in AUM for the year ended December 31, 2025, was largely the result of terminations and net existing account additions/withdrawals of $1.1 billion, offset by portfolio gains of $483 million and new accounts of $219 million. Portfolio gains reflect overall performance gains in the equity markets during 2025. Noninterest Expense. The following table provides a breakdown of noninterest expense for Banking and Wealth Management for the years ended December 31: Banking Wealth Management (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2025 2024 Year Ended December 31: Compensation and benefits $ 76,531 $ 64,954 $ 20,911 $ 16,602 Occupancy and depreciation 32,866 35,609 1,822 1,868 Professional services and marketing 22,269 12,574 3,962 3,825 Customer service costs 44,110 63,586 — — Other 30,805 28,294 786 738 Total noninterest expense $ 206,581 $ 205,017 $ 27,481 $ 23,033 Noninterest expense in Banking was $206.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $205.0 million for 2024. The $1.6 million increase in operating noninterest expense in Banking was largely due to a $11.6 million increase in compensation and benefits and a $9.7 million increase in professional services and marketing, offset partially
Page 96
Table of Contents 56 by a $19.5 million decrease in customer service costs. The increase in compensation and benefits expense was largely due to an increase in staffing levels as well as investments made to bring in and retain institutional knowledge needed to organize around the Company’s strategic initiatives and strengthen the Company going forward. Average monthly Banking FTEs were 506.9 for 2025, compared to 491.3 for 2024. The increase in professional services and marketing was largely due to one-time merger-related activity of $6.1 million. The decrease in customer service costs was largely due to the decline in market rates and the decision to exit a portion of our higher-cost specialty deposit accounts, principally MSR deposits late in the second quarter of 2025, following the completion of the $858 million multifamily CRE loan sale. Noninterest expense in Wealth Management was $27.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $23.0 million for 2024. The $4.4 million increase in noninterest expense in Wealth Management was largely due to a $4.3 million increase in compensation and benefits. The increase in compensation and benefit costs was primarily due to investments made to retain institutional knowledge in the competitive wealth management industry. Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. The primary sources of revenue for Banking are net interest income, fees from its deposits and trust services, certain loan fees, and consulting fees. The primary sources of revenue for Wealth Management are asset management fees assessed on the balance of AUM. The following tables show key operating results for each of our business segments for the years ended December 31: Wealth (dollars in thousands) Banking Management Other Total 2024: Interest income $ 610,996 $ — $ — $ 610,996 Interest expense 421,503 — 6,849 428,352 Net interest income 189,493 — (6,849) 182,644 Provision (reversal) for credit losses 20,700 — — 20,700 Noninterest income 22,518 30,583 (1,456) 51,645 LHFS LOCOM adjustment (117,517) — — (117,517) Noninterest expense 205,017 23,033 5,402 233,452 (Loss) income before income taxes (131,223) 7,550 (13,707) (137,380) Income tax expense (benefit) (43,790) 2,129 (3,312) (44,973) Net (loss) income $ (87,433) $ 5,421 $ (10,395) $ (92,407) 2023: Interest income $ 573,691 $ — $ — $ 573,691 Interest expense 364,310 — 7,076 371,386 Net interest income 209,381 — (7,076) 202,305 Provision for credit losses (482) — — (482) Noninterest income 21,540 29,358 (1,547) 49,351 Noninterest expense: — Goodwill impairment 215,252 — — 215,252 Operating 210,514 22,100 4,336 236,950 Income (loss) before income taxes (194,363) 7,258 (12,959) (200,064) Income tax expense (benefit) 560 2,072 (3,632) (1,000) Net income (loss) $ (194,923) $ 5,186 $ (9,327) $ (199,064) Combined net loss for 2024 was $92.4 million, compared to net loss of $199.1 million for 2023. Combined net loss before taxes for 2024 was $137.4 million, compared to net loss before taxes of $200.1 million for 2023. Excluding the LHFS LOCOM adjustment, combined net loss before taxes was $19.9 million in 2024. Excluding the $215.3 million goodwill impairment charge, combined net income before taxes was $15.2 million in 2023. The $35.1 million decrease in combined net income before taxes was primarily due to a decrease in net income before taxes for the Banking segment. The change in net income for the Banking segment was largely due to an increase in the provision for credit losses of $21.2 million and a decrease in net interest income of $19.9 million; offset by an increase in noninterest income of $0.1
Page 98
Table of Contents 57 million and a decrease in noninterest operating expense of $5.5 million. Net interest income, noninterest income, and noninterest expense are discussed in more detail in the tables that follow. The increase in Wealth Management net income before taxes of $0.3 million was due to a $1.2 million increase in noninterest income, offset by a $1.0 million increase in noninterest expense. Combined income tax benefit for 2024 was $45.0 million, compared to income tax benefit of $1.0 million for 2023. Annual effective tax rates for 2024 and 2023 were 32.7% and 0.50%, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate was predominately due to the decrease in pretax loss to $137.4 million in the current year compared to $200.1 million in the prior year as well as the tax treatment and impact of the goodwill impairment charge to the prior year’s effective tax rate. Our statutory tax rates were 27.8% and 28.2% for 2024 and 2023, respectively. Net Interest Income. The principal component of the Company’s earnings is net interest income, which is the difference between the interest and fees earned on loans and investments (interest-earning assets) and the interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds (interest-bearing liabilities). Net interest margin is net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets for the period. The level of interest rates and the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities impact net interest income and net interest margin. The net interest rate spread is the yield on average interest-earning assets minus the cost of average interest-earning liabilities. Our net interest income, net interest rate spread, and net interest margin are sensitive to general business and economic conditions. We manage net interest income through affecting changes in the mix of interest-earning assets as well as the mix of interest-bearing liabilities, changes in the level of interest-bearing liabilities in proportion to interest-earning assets, and the growth and maturity of earning assets. For further discussion on our interest rate risk management practices, see “Interest Rate Risk Management” within Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Page 99
Table of Contents 58 The following tables set forth information regarding (i) the total dollar amount of interest income from interest-earning assets and the resultant average yields on those assets; (ii) the total dollar amount of interest expense and the average rate of interest on our interest-bearing liabilities; (iii) net interest income; (iv) net interest rate spread; and (v) net interest margin for the years ended December 31: 2024 2023 Average Average Average Average(dollars in thousands) Balances Interest Yield /Rate Balances Interest Yield /Rate Interest-earning assets: Loans $ 10,005,219 $ 474,322 4.74% $ 10,477,485 $ 488,718 4.66% Securities AFS 1,207,223 64,593 5.35% 459,279 22,023 4.80% Securities HTM 751,926 17,356 2.31 819,945 17,889 2.18% Cash, FHLB stock, and fed funds 1,054,515 54,725 5.19% 981,593 45,061 4.59% Total interest-earning assets 13,018,883 610,996 4.69% 12,738,302 573,691 4.50% Noninterest-earning assets: Nonperforming assets 23,729 12,659 Other 255,070 367,036 Total assets $ 13,297,682 $ 13,117,997 Interest-bearing liabilities: Demand deposits $ 2,373,085 92,572 3.90% $ 2,380,373 84,740 3.56% Money market and savings 3,406,861 133,822 3.93% 3,147,427 105,522 3.35% Certificates of deposit 2,700,995 132,120 4.89% 2,661,375 120,499 4.53% Total interest-bearing deposits 8,480,941 358,514 4.23% 8,189,175 310,761 3.79% Borrowings 1,539,413 62,989 4.09% 1,153,068 53,791 4.67% Subordinated debt 173,426 6,849 3.95% 173,364 6,834 3.94% Total interest-bearing liabilities 10,193,780 428,352 4.20% 9,515,607 371,386 3.90% Noninterest-bearing liabilities: Demand deposits 1,973,605 2,440,561 Other liabilities 129,394 138,161 Total liabilities 12,296,779 12,094,329 Stockholders’ equity 1,000,903 1,023,668 Total liabilities and equity $ 13,297,682 $ 13,117,997 Net Interest Income $ 182,644 $ 202,305 Net Interest Rate Spread 0.49% 0.60% Net Interest Margin 1.40% 1.59%
Page 100
Table of Contents 59 Net interest income is impacted by the volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate), interest rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume) and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The following table provides a breakdown of the changes in net interest income due to volume and rate changes between 2024 as compared to 2023. Increase (Decrease) due to Net Increase (dollars in thousands) Volume Rate (Decrease) Interest earned on: Loans $ (22,290) $ 7,894 $ (14,396) Securities AFS 39,799 2,771 42,570 Securities HTM (1,536) 1,003 (533) Cash, FHLB stock, and fed funds 3,507 6,157 9,664 Total interest-earning assets 19,480 17,825 37,305 Interest paid on: Demand deposits (261) 8,093 7,832 Money market and savings 9,182 19,118 28,300 Certificates of deposit 1,818 9,803 11,621 Borrowings 16,537 (7,339) 9,198 Subordinated debt 3 12 15 Total interest-bearing liabilities 27,279 29,687 56,966 Net interest income $ (7,799) $ (11,862) $ (19,661) Net interest income was $182.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $202.3 million for 2023. The overall decrease in net interest income from the year-ago period was primarily driven by rates on interest-bearing liabilities increasing faster than rates on interest-earning assets, and interest- bearing liability balances increasing at a higher rate than those of interest-earning assets. Interest income increased to $611.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $573.7 million for 2023. The increase in interest income was due to increases in both average interest-earning asset balances as well as average yields earned on such balances. Average interest-earning asset balances increased 2.20% to $13.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $12.7 billion for 2023. Yields on interest-earning assets averaged 4.69% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 4.50% for 2023, an increase of 19 basis points. Yields on interest-earning assets increased due to increases in yields on loans (including LHFS), securities, and cash balances compared to the prior year. Yields on loans increased to 4.74% in 2024 compared to 4.66% in 2023. Yields on new loan fundings averaged 8.08% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 7.94% for 2023. Yields on securities AFS increased to 5.35% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 4.80% for 2023, largely due to the current year acquisition of higher-yielding and highly liquid AFS securities, primarily agency mortgage-backed securities. Yields on cash balances increased to 5.19% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 4.59% for 2023, primarily due to increases in rates earned on fed funds and other deposits held at the Federal Reserve. Interest expense increased to $428.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $371.4 million for 2023. The increase in interest expense was due to increases in both average interest- bearing liability balances as well as average rates paid on such balances. Average interest-bearing liability balances, consisting of interest-bearing deposits, borrowings, and subordinated debt, increased 7.1% to $10.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $9.5 billion for 2023. Rates on interest-bearing liability balances averaged 4.20% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 3.90% for 2023, an increase of 30 basis points. Rates on interest-bearing liabilities increased primarily due to an increase in rates paid on interest-bearing deposits, which averaged 4.23% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 3.79% for 2023, offset by a decrease in rates paid on borrowings which averaged 4.09% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 4.67% for 2023. Average balances of interest-bearing deposits increased 3.6% to $8.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $8.2 billion for 2023, with the increase largely in higher cost of funds deposit accounts such as money market savings and certificates of deposit. Average borrowings increased while the Company locked in lower-rate term borrowings and utilized the borrowings primarily to purchase higher-yielding, high-quality securities to improve the balance sheet’s rate profile and more efficiently enhance recurring revenue. The average rate paid on borrowings decreased to 4.09% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 4.67% for 2023.
Page 102
Table of Contents During the fourth quarter of 2024, $266.6 million in Bank Term Funding Program (“BTFP”) borrowings at a rate of 4.76% from the Federal Reserve Bank were repaid in full. Borrowings outstanding totaled $1.4 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $1.4 billion at December 31, 2023. The 0.19% increase in average yield earned on interest-earning assets was offset by a 0.30% increase in average rate paid on interest-bearing liability balances, resulting in a contraction of NIM for the year ended December 31, 2024. NIM was 1.40% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 1.59% for 2023. Provision for credit losses. The provision for credit losses represents our estimate of the amount necessary to be charged against the current period’s earnings to maintain the ACL for loans and investments at a level that we consider adequate in relation to the expected lifetime credit losses in the loan and investment portfolios. The provision for credit losses for loans is impacted by changes in loan balances as well as changes in estimated loss assumptions and charge-offs and recoveries. The amount of the provision for loans also takes into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans, current economic conditions and certain other subjective factors that may affect the ability of borrowers to meet their repayment obligations to us. For 2024, we recorded a provision for credit losses of $20.7 million. For 2023, we recorded a reversal of provision for credit losses of $0.5 million. The increase in provision for credit losses for 2024 was due primarily to net charge-offs of $17.9 million for the year ending December 31, 2024, compared to net charge-offs of $3.1 million for 2023. Of the $17.9 million in net charge-offs for the year, $17.1 million were recorded in the fourth quarter of 2024. Of the $17.1 million in fourth quarter net charge-offs, $13.4 million was the full write-off of three commercial relationships with inadequate pay performance, sustained operating losses, and insufficient collateral protection. We do not believe these three commercial relationships are representative of the overall loan portfolio credit profile. Also contributing to the fourth quarter net charge-offs were additional equipment finance loans with little-to-no collateral and one multifamily loan charge-off in the amount of $657 thousand. At December 31, 2024, the allowance for credit losses on the loan portfolio was $32.3 million or 0.41% of total loans held for investment, compared to $29.2 million and 0.29% at December 31, 2023. The increase was due primarily to the aforementioned increase in net charge-offs, as well as an increase in the qualitative reserve portion of the overall ACL, reflecting updated adjustment for the repricing and interest rate risks in the multifamily portfolio, the potential risk associated with substandard loans not impaired, increased reserves for the equipment finance loans and potential impact of the continued high rates on the C&I loan portfolio. Noninterest income. Noninterest income for Banking includes fees charged to clients for trust services and deposit services, consulting fees, prepayment and late fees charged on loans, gain on sale leaseback, and gain on sale of securities available-for-sale. The following table provides a breakdown of noninterest income for Banking for the years ended December 31: (dollars in thousands) 2024 2023 Trust and consulting fees $ 6,767 $ 7,107 Loan related fees 5,608 7,213 Deposit charges 1,843 2,020 Gain on sale of loans 5,068 — Gain on sale of securities available-for-sale 1,204 2,304 Capital market activities 1,673 — Loss on sale of assets (382) — Gain on sale of REO 679 — LHFS LOCOM adjustment (120,810) — Other 3,351 2,896 Total noninterest income $ (94,999) $ 21,540 Noninterest income in Banking was ($95.0) million for the year ended December 31 2024, compared to $21.5 million for 2023. The $116.5 million decrease in noninterest income in Banking was due primarily to a $120.8 million LHFS LOCOM adjustment. In August 2024, the Company transferred $1.9 billion principal balance of multifamily loans from loans held for investment to loans held for sale and recorded a $117.5 million LOCOM adjustment at the time of transfer. In December 2024, $489 million principal balance of the transferred loans were sold. The remaining $1.4 billion in transferred loans were evaluated for impairment and written down to fair value as of December 31, 2024, resulting in
Page 103
60
Page 104
Table of Contents an additional $3.3 million LOCOM adjustment being recorded. Excluding the LHFS LOCOM adjustment, noninterest income would have been $25.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $21.5 million for 2023. The increase in noninterest income is largely due to gains on the sale of loans and REO, and capital market activities associated with our cash-flow hedge, offset by decreases in trust and consulting fees, loan related fees, deposit charges, and gains on the sale of securities available for sale. The decrease in trust fees was due to a decrease in average fees earned on trust assets under advisement. Average trust asset balances under advisement remained modestly constant at $1.2 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. The decrease in loan related fees was largely due to a decrease in prepayment fees, as early payoffs of loans decreased from year-ago levels. Noninterest income for Wealth Management includes fees charged to high net-worth clients for managing their assets and for providing financial planning consulting services. The following table provides the amounts of noninterest income for Wealth Management for the years ended December 31: (dollars in thousands) 2024 2023 Noninterest income $ 30,583 $ 29,358 Noninterest income for Wealth Management was $30.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $29.4 million for 2023. The $1.2 million increase was due to an increase in fees earned on AUM balance as average AUM balances increased to $5.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $5.2 billion for 2023. Noninterest Expense. The following table provides a breakdown of noninterest expense for Banking and Wealth Management for the years ended December 31: Banking Wealth Management (dollars in thousands) 2024 2023 2024 2023 Compensation and benefits $ 64,954 $ 67,114 $ 16,602 $ 16,049 Occupancy and depreciation 35,609 34,886 1,868 1,913 Professional services and marketing 12,574 9,626 3,825 3,487 Customer service costs 63,586 76,806 — — Other 28,294 22,082 738 651 Total operating expense 205,017 210,514 23,033 22,100 Goodwill impairment — 215,252 — Total noninterest expense $ 205,017 $ 425,766 $ 23,033 $ 22,100 Noninterest expense in Banking was $205.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $210.5 million for 2023, excluding the $215.3 million goodwill impairment charge. The $5.5 million decrease in operating noninterest expense in Banking was largely due to a $13.2 million decrease in customer service costs, and a $2.2 million decrease in compensation and benefits, offset by a $6.2 million increase in other noninterest expense, a $2.9 million increase in professional services and marketing, and a $0.7 million increase in occupancy and depreciation. The decrease in customer service costs was due to a decrease in the average rates paid on depository accounts receiving earnings credits and a decrease in the average balances receiving earnings credits. The decrease in compensation and benefit costs was primarily due to decreased staffing levels during 2024, compared to levels during 2023. Average Banking full-time employees (“FTEs “) were 491.3 for 2024, compared 539.8 for 2023, a reduction of 9.0%. Staffing levels remained at reduced levels during 2024 after reductions were made in the first half of 2023 and reflect management’s continued focus on containing costs and maximizing efficiency. The $6.2 million increase in other noninterest expense is largely due to an increase in deposit insurance assessment expense, following the FDIC’s implementation of a special assessment to recover the losses sustained to its deposit insurance fund following the closure of several large banks during 2023. Collections of the special assessment began with the first quarterly assessment period of 2024. The $2.9 million increase in professional services and marketing expense was largely attributable to increases in legal and accounting expense. The $0.7 million increase in occupancy and depreciation expense was largely due to the write-off of previously incurred software development costs.
Page 105
61 Noninterest expense in Wealth Management was $23.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $22.1 million for 2023. The $0.9 million increase in noninterest expense in Wealth Management was largely due to a
Page 106
Table of Contents 62 $0.6 million increase in compensation and benefits and $0.3 million increase in professional services and marketing expense, offset by a small decrease in occupancy and depreciation expense. The increase in compensation and benefit costs was primarily due to an increase in commission expense compared to the year-ago period as average AUM balances increased for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 2023. Average Wealth Management FTEs were 62.6 for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 65.7 for 2023. The increase in professional services and marketing expense were largely due to increases in advisor network and referral fees as well as legal and accounting fees. Financial Condition The following table shows the financial position for each of our business segments, and of FFI and Elimination entries used to arrive at our consolidated totals which are included in the column labeled Other, at December 31: Wealth Other and (dollars in thousands) Banking Management Eliminations Total 2025: Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,624,454 $ 14,226 $ (13,810) $ 1,624,870 Securities AFS, net 2,430,475 — — 2,430,475 Securities HTM, net 634,333 — — 634,333 Loans held for sale 261,448 — — 261,448 Loans held for investment, net 6,635,328 — — 6,635,328 Investment in FHLB stock 43,616 — — 43,616 Accrued interest receivable 45,822 — — 45,822 Premises and equipment, net 34,444 83 136 34,663 Real estate owned ("REO") 6,210 — — 6,210 Bank owned life insurance 51,405 — — 51,405 Core deposit intangibles 2,400 — — 2,400 Derivative assets 8,785 — — 8,785 Other assets 103,242 405 21,075 124,722 Total assets $ 11,881,962 $ 14,714 $ 7,401 $ 11,904,077 Deposits $ 9,309,559 $ — $ (24,989) $ 9,284,570 Borrowings 1,418,018 — 12,500 1,430,518 Subordinated debt — — 173,521 173,521 Derivative liabilities 6,938 — — 6,938 Intercompany balances 2,583 1,230 (3,813) — Accounts payable and other liabilities 78,874 2,671 14,398 95,943 Shareholders’ equity 1,065,990 10,813 (164,216) 912,587 Total liabilities and equity $ 11,881,962 $ 14,714 $ 7,401 $ 11,904,077 2024: Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,015,832 $ 20,668 $ (20,368) $ 1,016,132 Securities AFS, net 1,313,885 — — 1,313,885 Securities HTM, net 712,105 — — 712,105 Loans held for sale 1,285,819 — — 1,285,819 Loans held for investment, net 7,909,091 — — 7,909,091 Investment in FHLB stock 37,869 — — 37,869 Accrued interest receivable 54,804 — — 54,804 Deferred taxes 69,669 (3,004) 9,985 76,650 Premises and equipment, net 35,492 178 136 35,806 Real estate owned ("REO") 6,210 — — 6,210 Bank owned life insurance 49,993 — — 49,993 Core deposit intangibles 3,558 — — 3,558 Derivative assets 5,086 — — 5,086 Other assets 112,485 524 25,248 138,257 Total assets $ 12,611,898 $ 18,366 $ 15,001 $ 12,645,265 Deposits $ 9,898,339 $ — $ (28,060) $ 9,870,279 Borrowings 1,425,369 — — 1,425,369 Subordinated debt — — 173,459 173,459 Intercompany balances (1,031) (2,046) 3,077 — Accounts payable and other liabilities 100,549 2,406 19,840 122,795 Shareholders’ equity 1,188,672 18,006 (153,315) 1,053,363 Total liabilities and equity $ 12,611,898 $ 18,366 $ 15,001 $ 12,645,265 Our consolidated balance sheet is primarily affected by changes occurring in our Banking operations as our Wealth Management operations do not maintain significant levels of assets or liabilities. During 2025, total assets decreased by $741.2 million primarily due to decreases in total loans and deferred taxes offset by increases in cash and cash equivalents and investment securities. During 2025, total liabilities decreased $600.4 million primarily due to decreases in deposits, and accounts payable and other liabilities. During 2025, total shareholders’
Page 107
Table of Contents 63 equity decreased by $140.8 million due largely to the net loss of $155.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, offset by a $9.5 million change in accumulated other comprehensive loss. For additional information on the changes in total assets, liabilities, and shareholders’ equity, see “Overview and Recent Developments” within Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Cash and cash equivalents, certificates of deposit and securities: Cash and cash equivalents, which primarily consist of funds held at the Federal Reserve Bank or at correspondent banks, including fed funds, increased by $608.7 million at December 31, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024. Changes in cash and cash equivalents are primarily affected by the funding of loans, investments in securities, and changes in our sources of funding including deposits and borrowings. Securities available-for-sale:: The following table provides a summary of the Company’s AFS securities portfolio at December 31: Amortized Gross Unrealized Allowance for Estimated (dollars in thousands) Cost Gains Losses Credit Losses Fair Value 2025: Collateralized mortgage obligations $ 1,467,688 $ 558 $ (1,296) $ — $ 1,466,950 Agency mortgage-backed securities 804,037 8,974 (173) — 812,838 Municipal bonds 45,992 — (1,374) — 44,618 SBA securities 7,027 4 (61) — 6,970 Beneficial interests in FHLMC securitization 511 — — (31) 480 Corporate bonds 100,741 — (4,988) (526) 95,227 U.S. Treasury 999 8 (4) — 1,003 Unallocated portfolio layer fair value basis adjustments (1) — 2,389 — — 2,389 Total $ 2,426,995 $ 11,933 $ (7,896) $ (557) $ 2,430,475 2024: Collateralized mortgage obligations $ 11,121 $ — $ (1,279) $ — $ 9,842 Agency mortgage-backed securities 1,126,861 2,308 (7,543) — 1,121,626 Municipal bonds 48,921 — (3,386) — 45,535 SBA securities 9,236 2 (93) — 9,145 Beneficial interests in FHLMC securitization 4,619 — — (3,377) 1,242 Corporate bonds 133,767 — (7,193) (757) 125,817 U.S. Treasury 700 — (22) — 678 Total $ 1,335,225 $ 2,310 $ (19,516) $ (4,134) $ 1,313,885 (1) Represents the amount of portfolio layer method basis adjustments related to AFS MBS securities hedged in a closed portfolio.Under U.S. GAAP, portfolio layer method basis adjustments are not allocated to individual securities, however the amounts impactthe unrealized gains or losses for the individual securities being hedged. Excluding the allowance for credit losses, the increase in AFS securities in 2025 compared to 2024 was due primarily to the purchase of $2.0 billion in securities, offset by $663 million in sales and $348 million in principal paydowns and maturities. The $2.0 billion in securities purchased consisted of agency mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. The $663 million in sales consisted solely of agency mortgage-backed securities. During 2025 the net unrealized loss position of the portfolio improved to $4.0 million in net unrealized gains as of December 31, 2025, from $17.2 in net unrealized losses as of December 31, 2024.
Page 108
Table of Contents 64 The scheduled maturities of securities AFS and the related weighted average yields were as follows as of December 31, 2025: 1 Year or More than 1 Year More than 5 Years More than (dollars in thousands) Less through 5 Years through 10 Years 10 Years Total Amortized Cost: Collateralized mortgage obligations $ — $ 156 $ 357 $ 1,467,175 $ 1,467,688 Agency mortgage-backed securities — 781 — 803,256 804,037 Municipal bonds — 23,317 21,581 1,094 45,992 SBA securities — 413 91 6,523 7,027 Beneficial interests in FHLMC securitization 511 — — — 511 Corporate bonds — 37,978 57,763 5,000 100,741 U.S. Treasury 500 499 — — 999 Total $ 1,011 $ 63,144 $ 79,792 $ 2,283,048 $ 2,426,995 Weighted average yield 0.40% 5.09% 3.15% 4.90% 4.85% Estimated Fair Value: Collateralized mortgage obligations $ — $ 150 $ 340 $ 1,466,460 $ 1,466,950 Agency mortgage-backed securities — 762 — 812,076 812,838 Municipal bonds — 22,910 20,793 915 44,618 SBA securities — 412 91 6,467 6,970 Beneficial interests in FHLMC securitization 511 — — — 511 Corporate bonds — 37,050 54,635 4,068 95,753 U.S. Treasury 496 507 — — 1,003 Unallocated portfolio layer fair value basis adjustments (1) — — — 2,389 2,389 Total $ 1,007 $ 61,791 $ 75,859 $ 2,292,375 $ 2,431,032 (1) Represents the amount of portfolio layer method basis adjustments related to AFS MBS securities hedged in a closed portfolio.Under U.S. GAAP, portfolio layer method basis adjustments are not allocated to individual securities, however the amounts impactthe unrealized gains or losses for the individual securities being hedged. Securities held-to-maturity: The following table provides a summary of the Company’s HTM securities portfolio at December 31: Amortized Gross Unrecognized Allowance for Estimated (dollars in thousands) Cost Gains Losses Credit Losses Fair Value December 31, 2025: Agency mortgage-backed securities $ 634,333 $ 2 $ (47,046) $ — $ 587,289 Total $ 634,333 $ 2 $ (47,046) $ — $ 587,289 December 31, 2024: Agency mortgage-backed securities $ 712,105 $ — $ (75,265) $ — $ 636,840 Total $ 712,105 $ — $ (75,265) $ — $ 636,840
Page 109
Table of Contents The scheduled maturities of securities HTM, and the related weighted average yields were as follows, as of December 31, 2025: 1 Year or More than 1 Year More than 5 Years More than (dollars in thousands) Less through 5 Years through 10 Years 10 Years Total December 31, 2025 Amortized Cost: Agency mortgage-backed securities$ — $ 5,881 $ 6,901 $ 621,551 $ 634,333 Total $ — $ 5,881 $ 6,901 $ 621,551 $ 634,333 Weighted average yield —% 1.13% 1.91% 2.41% 2.39% Estimated Fair Value: Agency mortgage-backed securities$ — $ 5,644 $ 6,423 $ 575,222 $ 587,289 Total $ — $ 5,644 $ 6,423 $ 575,222 $ 587,289 See Note 3: Securities of the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on our investment securities portfolio. Loans. The following table sets forth our loans held for investment, by loan category, as of December 31: December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Percentage of Percentage of(dollars in thousands) Amount Total Loans Amount Total Loans Outstanding principal balance: Loans secured by real estate: Residential properties: Multifamily $ 3,239,609 48.2%$ 3,341,823 42.1% Single family 784,420 11.7% 873,491 11.0% Total real estate loans secured by residential properties 4,024,029 59.9% 4,215,314 53.1% Commercial properties 679,034 10.1% 904,167 11.4% Land and construction 9,400 0.1% 69,246 0.9% Total real estate loans 4,712,463 70.1% 5,188,727 65.4% Commercial and industrial loans 2,008,445 29.9% 2,746,351 34.6% Consumer loans 1,348 0.0% 1,137 0.0% Total loans 6,722,256 100.0% 7,936,215 100.0% Premiums, discounts and deferred fees and expenses 6,922 5,178 Total $ 6,729,178 $ 7,941,393 The table above excludes loans held for sale which totaled $261.4 million at December 31, 2025 and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2024, and consisted entirely of multifamily loans which were reclassified from loans held for investment in August, 2024. Loans held for sale, net of deferred fees, are accounted for at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. During 2025, $1.1 billion principal balance in loans held for sale were sold. Total loans held for investment decreased by $1.2 billion at December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024. Loan origination and fundings totaling $884 million, which were offset by loan payoffs and paydowns of $2.1 billion and reclassifications to loans held for sale of $20.5 million. At December 31, 2025, $3.2 billion of the loan portfolio consisted of multifamily loans. Average current loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios for all multifamily loans (including those included in loans held for sale) was 53.6% at both December 31, 2025 and at December 31, 2024.
Page 110
65 At December 31, 2025 $784 million of the loan portfolio consisted of single-family residential real estate loans. At December 31, 2025, average current LTV ratio for these loans was 53.7%, compared to 54.1% at December 31, 2024.
Page 111
Table of Contents At December 31, 2025, $679 million of the loan portfolio consisted of loans secured by commercial real estate properties, consisting of $416 million in non-owner occupied and $263 million in owner-occupied loans. Non-owner occupied CRE loans consisted of a diversified mix of retail (38%), office (18%), hospitality (15%), industrial (12%), medical (4%), and other (13%) real estate loans. At December 31, 2025, $2.0 billion of the loan portfolio consisted of C&I loans consisting of commercial business lines of credit ($758 million), municipal financing loans ($950 million), commercial business term loans ($224 million) and equipment finance loans ($78 million). The loan portfolio is largely concentrated in the geographic markets in which we operate. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 87.5% of the loans in our loan portfolio were made to borrowers who live and/or conduct business in California (73%), Florida (8%), Texas (5%), Nevada (1%), and Hawaii (0.5%). The following table presents contractual maturity information for loans held for investment, net of premiums, discounts and deferred fees and expenses as of December 31, 2025: Loans With a Scheduled Scheduled Maturity Maturity After One Year Due in One Year Due After One Year Due After Five Due After Loans With Loans With (dollars in thousands) or Less Through Five Years to 15 Years 15 Years Fixed RatesAdjustable Rates Loans secured by real estate: Residential properties: Multifamily $ 11,500$ 8,989$ 487,701$ 2,737,199$ 474,687$ 2,759,202 Single-family 1,271 3,352 6,163 777,218 58,610 728,123 Total real estate loans secured by residential properties 12,771 12,341 493,864 3,514,417 533,297 3,487,325 Commercial properties 53,837 316,145 208,001 100,844 369,275 255,715 Land and construction 647 4,585 — 4,136 4,439 4,282 Total real estate loans 67,255 333,071 701,865 3,619,397 907,011 3,747,322 Commercial and industrial loans 118,420 875,650 381,645 630,526 1,150,203 737,618 Consumer loans 1,215 39 9 86 67 67 Total loans held for investment, net $ 186,890$ 1,208,760$ 1,083,519$ 4,250,009$ 2,057,281$ 4,485,007 See Note 4: Loans of the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on our loan portfolio. Deposits: The following table sets forth information with respect to our deposits and the average rates paid on deposits, as of December 31: 2025 2024 Weighted Weighted(dollars in thousands) Amount Average Rate Amount Average Rate Demand deposits: Noninterest-bearing $ 1,235,589 - $ 1,956,628 — Interest-bearing 1,677,461 2.70% 1,995,397 3.29% Money market and savings 3,530,134 3.29% 3,524,801 3.60% Certificates of deposit 2,841,386 4.24% 2,393,453 4.72% Total $ 9,284,570 3.04% $ 9,870,279 3.09% Total deposits decreased by $585.7 million to $9.3 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $9.9 billion at December 31, 2024. During 2025, higher-cost specialty deposits, largely consisting of MSR and servicing deposit accounts, decreased by approximately $1.0 billion, and core deposits decreased by $452 million, offset partially by a $658 million increase in wholesale deposits
Page 112
66
Page 113
Table of Contents 67 At December 31, 2025, deposits by channel consisted of the following: retail branches (28%), specialty banking (23%), digital banking (11%) and wholesale (38%). At December 31, 2024, deposits by channel consisted of the following: retail branches (26%), specialty banking (32%), digital banking (9%) and wholesale (33%). The Bank may utilize brokered deposits (included in wholesale channel) as a source of funding and as a component of its overall liquidity management process. The Bank held brokered deposits totaling $2.8 billion and $3.2 billion at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, including insured cash sweep (“ICS”) accounts totaling $1.0 billion at December 31, 2024, which are classified as brokered deposit accounts for regulatory reporting purposes. The weighted average rates paid on non-ICS brokered deposit balances was 4.20% for accounts held at December 31, 2025. The weighted average rates paid on non-ICS and ICS brokered deposit balances were 4.15% and 3.10%, respectively for accounts held at December 31, 2024. Large depositor relationships, consisting of deposit relationships which exceed 2% of total deposits, accounted for, in the aggregate, 9.7% and 19.7% of our total deposits as of December 31, 2025, and 2024, respectively. The composition of our large depositor relationships includes mortgage servicing clients who have maintained long-term depository relationships with us. The balances in these depository accounts are subject to seasonal inflows and outflows, common in the mortgage servicing industry, and average balances in this portfolio unexpectedly grew in the later part of 2024. The deposits held by the Bank are insured by the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund up to applicable limits. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the maximum deposit insurance amount for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor. Insured and collateralized deposits comprised approximately 86% of total deposits at December 31, 2025. The following table sets forth the estimated deposits exceeding the FDIC insurance limit: December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 (dollars in thousands) Amount Amount Uninsured deposits $ 1,846,708 $ 2,401,646 The following table sets forth the estimated deposits exceeding the FDIC insurance limit: Over Three Over Six Large Denomination Certificates of Deposit Three Months Months Through Months Through Over Maturity Distribution or Less Six Months Twelve Months Twelve Months Total Certificates of deposit of $250,000 or less $ 199,851 548,031 547,684 1,363,826 $ 2,659,392 Certificates of deposit of more than $250,000 85,998 64,187 31,809 — 181,994 Total $ 285,849 $ 612,218 $ 579,493 $ 1,363,826 $ 2,841,386 Borrowings. At December 31, 2025, our borrowings consisted of $1.0 billion in FHLB putable advances at the Bank, $400 million of FHLB term advances at the Bank, $18 million in repurchase agreements at the Bank, and a $12.5 million line of credit. At December 31, 2024, our borrowings consisted of $1.0 billion in FHLB putable advances at the Bank, $400 million of FHLB term advances at the Bank, and $25 million in repurchase agreements at the Bank. The average balance of borrowings and the weighted average interest rate on such borrowings were $1.5 billion and 4.10%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2025. The average balance of borrowings and the weighted average interest rate on such borrowings were $1.5 billion and 4.09%, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2025, total borrowings represented 12.0% of total assets, compared to 11.3% at December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2025, our unused borrowing capacity was $3.5 billion, which consisted of $1.4 billion in available lines of credit with the FHLB, $1.8 billion in available borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve Bank, $240 million in borrowing capacity through unsecured federal funds lines with six correspondent financial institutions, and $7.5
Page 114
Table of Contents 68 million in available borrowing capacity through line of credit arrangement that our holding company maintains with an unaffiliated lender. For additional information about borrowings, see Note 12: Borrowings to the consolidated financial statements. Subordinated debt. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, FFI had two issuances of subordinated notes with an aggregate carrying value of $174 million and $173 million, respectively. For additional information about subordinated debt, see Note 13: Subordinated Debt to the consolidated financial statements. Delinquent Loans, Nonperforming Assets and Provision for Credit Losses Loans are considered past due following the date when either interest or principal is contractually due and unpaid. Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as nonaccrual loans. Accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when reasonable doubt exists as to the full, timely collection of interest or principal and, generally, when a loan becomes contractually past due for 90 days or more with respect to principal or interest. However, the accrual of interest may be continued on a well- secured loan contractually past due 90 days or more with respect to principal or interest if the loan is in the process of collection or collection of the principal and interest is deemed probable. The following table provides a summary of past due and nonaccrual loans in our loans held for investment portfolio as of December 31: Past Due and Still Accruing 90 Days Total Past Due (dollars in thousands) 30–59 Days 60-89 Days or More Nonaccrual and Nonaccrual Current Total 2025: Real estate loans: Residentialproperties $ 9,518 $ — $ — $ 4,212 $ 13,730 $ 4,019,663 $ 4,033,393Commercialproperties 1,263 — — 2,563 3,826 675,001 678,827Land andconstruction — — — — — 9,368 9,368Commercial andindustrial loans 2,022 294 — 30,900 33,216 1,973,025 2,006,241 Consumer loans — — — — — 1,349 1,349 Total $ 12,803 $ 294 $ — $ 37,675 $ 50,772 $ 6,678,406 $ 6,729,178 Percentage of totalloans 0.19 % 0.00 % —% 0.56 % 0.75 % 2024: Real estate loans: Residentialproperties $ 7,083 $ — $ — $ 23,324 $ 30,407 $ 4,193,994 $ 4,224,401Commercialproperties 7,944 428 12,900 7,946 29,218 874,463 903,681Land andconstruction — — — — — 69,134 69,134Commercial andindustrial loans 997 617 — 9,174 10,788 2,732,226 2,743,014Consumer loans — — — — — 1,163 1,163 Total $ 16,024 $ 1,045 $ 12,900 $ 40,444 $ 70,413 $ 7,870,980 $ 7,941,393 Percentage of totalloans 0.20 % 0.01 % 0.16 % 0.51 % 0.89 % 2023: Real estate loans: Residentialproperties $ 93 $ 416 $ — $ 112 $ 621 $ 6,196,923 $ 6,197,544Commercialproperties 27,403 403 1,730 2,915 32,451 954,321 986,772Land andconstruction — — — — — 136,827 136,827Commercial andindustrial loans 525 88 — 8,804 9,417 2,845,845 2,855,262 Consumer loans — — — — — 1,397 1,397 Total $ 28,021 $ 907 $ 1,730 $ 11,831 $ 42,489 $ 10,135,313 $ 10,177,802 Percentage of totalloans 0.28 % 0.01 % 0.02 % 0.12 % 0.42 %
Page 116
Table of Contents 69 The following table summarizes our nonaccrual loans as of: Nonaccrual Nonaccrualwith Allowance with no Allowance(dollars in thousands) for Credit Losses for Credit Losses December 31, 2025 Real estate loans:Residential properties $ 654 $ 3,558Commercial properties 157 2,406Commercial and industrial loans 30,793 107 Total $ 31,604 $ 6,071 December 31, 2024 Real estate loans:Residential properties $ 1,420 $ 21,904Commercial properties 3,449 4,497 Commercial and industrial loans 9,174 — Total $ 14,043 $ 26,401 Nonaccrual loans totaled $37.7 million as of December 31, 2025, compared to $40.4 million as of December 31, 2024. The ratio of nonaccrual loans to total loans outstanding (including LHFS) was 0.54% and 0.43% at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.
Page 117
Table of Contents 70 Allowance for Credit Losses. The following table summarizes the activity in our ACL related to loans held for investment for the year ended December 31: ProvisionBeginning (Reversal) for Ending(dollars in thousands) Balance Credit Losses Charge-offs Recoveries Balance 2025:Real estate loans: Residential properties $ 7,216 $ 35,815 $ — $ 6 $ 43,037Commercial properties 6,683 702 — — 7,385Land and construction 61 (2) — — 59Commercial and industrial loans 18,333 26,086 (2,071) 1,010 43,358 Consumer loans 9 2 — — 11 Total $ 32,302 $ 62,603 $ (2,071) $ 1,016 $ 93,850 Net (charge-offs) recoveries $ (1,055)Net charge-offs (recoveries) to averageloans 0.01% 2024: Real estate loans: Residential properties $ 9,921 $ (2,048) $ (657) $ — $ 7,216Commercial properties 4,148 3,499 (964) — 6,683Land and construction 332 (271) — — 61Commercial and industrial loans 14,796 19,815 (16,770) 492 18,333 Consumer loans 8 23 (23) 1 9 Total $ 29,205 $ 21,018 $ (18,414) $ 493 $ 32,302 Net (charge-offs) recoveries $ (17,921)Net charge-offs (recoveries) to averageloans 0.18% 2023: Real estate loans: Residential properties $ 8,306 $ 1,615 $ — $ — $ 9,921Commercial properties 8,714 (4,317) (249) — 4,148Land and construction 164 168 — — 332Commercial and industrial loans 16,521 1,171 (4,998) 2,102 14,796Consumer loans 26 (18) (2) 2 8 Total $ 33,731 $ (1,381) $ (5,249) $ 2,104 $ 29,205 Net (charge-offs) recoveries $ (3,145)Net charge-offs (recoveries) to averageloans 0.03% The allowance for credit losses for loans held for investment totaled $93.9 million as of December 31, 2025, compared to $32.3 million as of December 31, 2024. Our ACL for loans held for investment represented 1.39% of total loans held for investment outstanding as of December 31, 2025, compared to 0.41% of total loans held for investment outstanding as of December 31, 2024. The ACL for loans increased $61.5 million as of December 31, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024. Activity for the year ended December 31, 2025, included provision for credit losses of $62.6 million, charge-offs of $2.1 million, and recoveries of $1.0 million. During 2025, the Company revised several key assumptions within its ACL methodology for various loan segments in accordance with FASB ASC 250 – Accounting Changes and Error Corrections. These changes are in response to changes in economic conditions and increased economic uncertainty. These changes contributed to an overall $61.5 million increase in the ACL related to loans held for investment. The overall increase was primarily due to changes in the ACL model assumptions totaling $40.9 million of the overall increase and $16.8 million associated with one large C&I loan which was moved from pooled evaluation to individually evaluated loans. See Note 5: Allowance for Credit Losses, for additional information.
Page 118
Table of Contents The table below presents the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment as a percentage of the total allowance for credit losses and loans by portfolio segment as a percentage of the aggregate investment of total loans for the periods presented: 2025 2024 Allowance% of Total % of Total Allowance% of Total % of Total (dollars in thousands) Amount AllowanceTotal LoansLoans Amount AllowanceTotal LoansLoans Real estate loans: Residential properties$ 43,037 45.9%$ 4,033,393 60.0%$ 7,216 22.3%$ 4,224,400 53.2% Commercial properties 7,385 7.9 678,827 10.1 6,683 20.7 903,681 11.4 Land and construction 59 0.0 9,368 0.1 61 0.2 69,134 0.9 Total real estate loans 50,481 53.8 4,721,588 70.2 13,960 43.2 5,197,215 65.5 Commercial and industrial loans 43,358 46.2 2,006,241 29.8 18,333 56.8 2,743,014 34.5 Consumer loans 11 0.0 1,349 0.0 9 0.0 1,164 0.0 Total $ 93,850 100.00%$ 6,729,178 100.0%$ 32,302 100.0%$ 7,941,393 100.0% The following table presents a summary of net charge-offs (recoveries) for the loan portfolio as of: 2025 2024 2023 Net Net Net Net (Charge-offs) Net (Charge-offs) Net (Charge-offs) Average (Charge-offs) Recoveries To Average (Charge-offs)Recoveries To Average (Charge-offs) Recoveries To (dollars in thousands) Loans Recoveries Average Loans Loans Recoveries Average Loans Loans Recoveries Average Loans Real estate loans: Residential properties $ 3,941,130$ 6 0.0%$ 4,080,333 $ (657) (0.0)%$ 6,094,801 $ — $ —% Commercial properties 682,861 - — 936,168 (964) (0.0) 987,493 (249) (0.0) Land and construction 9,427 - — 47,824 — — 135,516 — — Total real estate loans 4,633,418 6 0.0 5,064,325 (1,621) (0.0) 7,217,810 (249) (0.0) Commercial and industrial loans 1,977,647 (1,061) (0.0) 2,450,279 (16,278) (0.0) 2,786,749 (2,896) (0.0) Consumer loans 1,343 - — 506 (22) (0.0) 1,303 — — Total $ 6,612,408$ (1,055) (0.0)%$ 7,515,110 $ (17,921) (0.0)%$ 10,005,862 $ (3,145) $ (0.0)% Under the CECL methodology, on which our ACL for loans held for investment is based, estimates of expected credit losses over the life of a loan are determined and utilized considering the effect of various major factors. The major factors considered in evaluating losses are historical charge-off experience, delinquency rates, local and national economic conditions including macroeconomic forecasts, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and timing of repayments, and the value of any related collateral. Management’s estimate of fair value of the collateral considers current and anticipated future real estate market conditions, thereby causing these estimates to be particularly susceptible to changes that could result in a material adjustment to results of operations in the future. Provisions for credit losses are charged to operations based on management’s evaluation of estimated losses in its loan portfolio. In addition, the FDIC and the DFPI, as integral parts of their examination processes, periodically review the adequacy of our ACL. These agencies may require us to make additional provisions for credit losses, over and above the provisions that we have already made, the effects of which would be to reduce our income.
Page 119
71 For additional information about allowance for credit losses, see Note 5: Allowance for Credit Losses to the consolidated financial statements.
Page 120
Table of Contents Liquidity Liquidity management focuses on our ability to generate, on a timely and cost-effective basis, cash sufficient to meet the funding needs of current loan demand, deposit withdrawals, principal and interest payments with respect to outstanding borrowings and to pay operating expenses. Liquidity management also includes the ability to manage unplanned decreases or changes in funding sources, as well as abnormal and unexpected needs. To meet such abnormal and unexpected needs, lines of credit are maintained with the FHLB, the Federal Reserve Bank, and correspondent banks. Liquidity management is both a daily and long- term function of funds management. Liquidity management takes into consideration liquid assets, which includes: cash and cash equivalents; unencumbered eligible investment securities; and investment securities pledged under the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window which can be drawn at-will. Liquidity management also takes into consideration available liquidity sources such as available unused funds from both the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank credit lines. The Bank’s Federal Reserve Bank credit line is secured by pledged collateral in the form of qualifying loans and investment securities. As of December 31, 2025, the Bank had secured unused borrowing capacity of $1.8 billion under this agreement. The Bank’s unused borrowing capacity with the FHLB as of December 31, 2025 was $1.4 billion. The Bank had a total of $240 million in unused borrowing capacity available through its correspondent bank lines of credit as of December 31, 2025. We monitor our liquidity in accordance with guidelines established by our Board of Directors and applicable regulatory requirements. Our need for liquidity is affected by our loan activity, net changes in deposit levels and the maturities of our borrowings. The principal sources of our liquidity consist of deposits, loan interest and principal payments and prepayments, investment management and consulting fees, and proceeds from borrowings. The remaining balances of the Bank’s lines of credit available to draw down totaled $3.5 billion at December 31, 2025. We believe our liquid assets and available liquidity sources are sufficient to meet current funding needs and that we have the ability to manage unplanned decreases or changes in funding sources, as well as abnormal and unexpected needs. We regularly monitor liquidity to ensure levels are in compliance with minimum requirements established by our Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2025, our available liquidity ratio was 67.7%, which is above our minimum policy requirement of 25%. We regularly model liquidity stress scenarios to ensure that adequate liquidity is available, and have contingency funding plans in place, which are reviewed and tested on a regular, recurring basis. Cash Flows from Operating Activities. During the year ended December 31, 2025, operating activities used net cash of $32 million, comprised primarily of a net loss of $155 million, a decrease in accounts payable and other liabilities of $36 million, and a $21 million fair value measurement of loans in the held for sale portfolio, partially offset by a $99 million valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, $65 million provision for credit losses on loans and other liabilities, and a $12 million loss on hedging activities. During the year ended December 31, 2024, operating activities used net cash of $9 million, comprised primarily of a net loss of $92 million, an increase in deferred tax benefit of $48 million, and a decrease in accounts payable and other liabilities of $17 million, offset by $121 million in fair value adjustments related to the initial transfer and subsequent fair value measurement of loans in the held for sale portfolio, and an $18 million decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets. Cash Flows from Investing Activities. During the year ended December 31, 2025, investing activities provided net cash of $1.2 billion, primarily due to a combined $2.2 billion net decrease in loans (including $1.0 billion in proceeds from loan sales), $669 million in proceeds from the sale of AFS securities, and $351 million cash received in principal collection and maturities of AFS and HTM securities, offset by $2.0 billion (net of discount) in purchases of AFS securities. During the year ended December 31, 2024, investing activities provided net cash of $287 million, primarily due to a combined $816 million net decrease in loans (including $472 million in proceeds from loan sales), $749 million in proceeds from the sale of AFS securities, $608 million cash received in principal collection and maturities of AFS and HTM securities, offset by $1.9 billion (net of discount) in purchases of AFS securities. Cash Flows from Financing Activities. During the year ended December 31, 2025, financing activities used net cash of $581 million, comprised primarily of a net decrease in deposits of $586 million. During the year ended December 31, 2024, financing activities used net cash of $589 million, comprised primarily of a net decrease in deposits of $818 million, offset by net proceeds received from the July 2024 capital raise of $214.5 million and a net decrease in repurchase agreements of $39 million.
Page 121
72
Page 122
Table of Contents 73 Ratio of Loans to Deposits. The relationship between gross loans and total deposits can provide a useful measure of a bank’s liquidity. Since repayment of loans tends to be less predictable than the maturity of investments and other liquid resources, the higher the loan-to-deposit ratio the less liquid are our assets. On the other hand, since we realize greater yields on loans than we do on other interest-earning assets, a lower loan-to-deposit ratio can adversely affect interest income and earnings. As a result, our goal is to achieve a loan-to-deposit ratio that appropriately balances the requirements of liquidity and the need to generate a fair return on our assets. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the loan-to-deposit ratios at FFB were 75.3%, and 93.5%, respectively. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements The following table provides the off-balance sheet arrangements of the Company as of December 31, 2025: (dollars in thousands) Commitments to fund new loans $ 778 Commitments to fund under existing loans, lines of credit 1,124,434 Commitments under standby letters of credit 22,820 Some of the commitments to fund existing loans, lines of credit and letters of credit are expected to expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the total commitments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. As of December 31, 2025, FFB was obligated on $151.0 million of letters of credit, consisting of a $141 million letter of credit to Freddie Mac as collateral for the 2024 and 2025 multifamily loan sale/securitizations, and a $10 million letter of credit to the FHLB used as collateral for public fund deposits. Interest Rate Risk Management Interest rate risk (“IRR”) refers to the vulnerability of an institution’s financial condition to movements in interest rates. Excessive IRR poses a significant threat to an institution’s earnings and capital. Changes in interest rates affect an institution’s earnings by altering interest-sensitive income and expenses. Changes in interest rates also affect the underlying value of an institutions’ assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments because the present value of future cash flows (and in some cases, the cash flows themselves) change when interest rates change. The Board of Directors of the Bank has adopted a policy to govern the management of the Bank’s exposure to IRR. This policy is an integral part of the Bank’s overall asset/liability management. The goals of this policy are to (1) optimize profits through the management of IRR; (2) limit the exposure of the Bank’s earnings and capital to fluctuations in interest rates; and (3) ensure that the Bank’s management of IRR meets applicable regulatory guidelines. We assess our interest rate exposure within our major balance sheet categories individually, as well as in our balance sheet holistically, focusing on the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. Our processes identify potential areas of vulnerability, particularly those influenced by fluctuations in market interest rates. Our IRR assessment process considers the repricing and liquidity characteristics of various financial instruments, including loans, investment securities, deposits, and borrowings. We establish a desired risk profile that aligns with our strategic goals and the prevailing interest rate environment. This profile considers factors such as the mix of fixed and floating rate assets and liabilities, taking into account our outlook on interest rates. We set clear policy limits and guidelines that guide our IRR management strategies, consistent with regulatory guidance. We employ various strategies to mitigate IRR by managing our asset and liability mix, including adjusting the duration of our assets to align with our liabilities. Our IRR management process is dynamic and includes regular monitoring and review. Our management team conducts ongoing assessments of asset and liability maturities and repricing characteristics, ensuring they remain consistent with our desired risk profile. By proactively identifying, assessing, and managing IRR, we aim to maintain the stability of our financial performance, protect interests of our stakeholders, and ensure our continued ability to meet the financial needs of our customers.
Page 123
Table of Contents The following table sets forth the interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities balances, including deposit balances which accrue earnings credits (classified as customer service costs on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations) based on when they reprice or mature as of December 31, 2025: Less than From 1 to From 3 to(dollars in thousands) 1 year 3 Years 5 Years Over 5 Years Total Interest-earnings assets: Cash equivalents $ 1,624,454 $ — $ — $ — $ 1,624,454 Securities, FHLB stock 1,844,077 345,289 179,785 683,060 3,052,211 Loans, including LHFS 2,711,016 2,184,032 892,820 1,093,520 6,881,388 Interest-bearing liabilities: Deposits: Interest-bearing checking (2,281,282) — — — (2,281,282) Money market and savings (3,529,490) — — — (3,529,490) Certificates of deposit (2,175,951) (517,348) (235,129) — (2,928,428) Borrowings (18,018) (400,000) (1,000,000) — (1,418,018) Net: Current Period $ (1,825,194) $ 1,611,973 $ (162,524) $ 1,776,580 $ 1,400,835 Net: Cumulative $ (1,825,194) $ (213,221) $ (375,745) $ 1,400,835 As of December 31, 2025, the Company is considered liability sensitive as exhibited by the table above. However, the extent to which our net interest margin will be impacted by changes in prevailing interest rates will depend on a number of factors, including how quickly interest-earning assets and interest- bearing liabilities react to interest rate changes. It is not uncommon for rates on certain assets or liabilities to lag behind changes in the market rates of interest. Additionally, prepayments of loans and early withdrawals of certificates of deposit could cause interest sensitivities to vary. As a result, the relationship or “gap” between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as shown in the above table, is only a general indicator of interest rate sensitivity and the effect of changing rates of interest on our net interest income is likely to be different from that predicted solely on the basis of the interest rate sensitivity analysis set forth in the above table. Our IRR position and our sensitivity to changes in interest rates are regularly measured using two metrics: (i) Net Interest Income (“NII”) and (ii) Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”). Consistent with regulatory requirements, the Bank has established Board of Directors-approved IRR sensitivity limits for NII simulations and EVE calculations. These analyses are reviewed quarterly by the Asset/Liability Committee and the Board of Directors. If the analyses project changes which are outside our pre-established IRR limits, we may: (i) revise existing limits to address the changes in the Bank’s IRR, with the recommended limits being prudent and consistent with the Board’s risk tolerance; or (ii) retain the existing limits and implement a plan for an orderly return to compliance with these limits, where corrective actions may include, but are not limited to, restructuring the maturity profile of the Bank’s investment portfolio, changing deposit pricing, initiating off-balance sheet hedging actions, or adjusting the repricing characteristics of the loan portfolios. The NII simulation is used to measure and evaluate potential changes in our net interest income resulting from changes in interest rates. The model measures the impact over a range of instantaneous shocks in 100 basis points increments to our net interest income over a 12-month forecast period. The Board- approved limits on NII sensitivity and the actual computed changes to our NII based on the +/- 100 and +/- 200 basis points hypothetical interest rate scenarios as of December 31, 2025 are shown below: Estimated Increase (Decrease) in NetAssumed Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates Interest Income Board Limits + 100 basis points (2.19)% (6.00)% + 200 basis points (1.51)% (12.00)% - 100 basis points 1.44% (6.00)% - 200 basis points (0.19)% (12.00)%
Page 124
74
Page 125
Table of Contents 75 The modeled one-year NII results indicate that the Bank is more earnings sensitive in the rising rate shock scenarios of 100 through 200 basis points. The NII modeled results above are in compliance with the IRR Board limits. The EVE analysis measures the sensitivity of our market value equity to simultaneous changes in interest rates. EVE is derived by subtracting the economic value of the Bank’s liabilities from the economic value of its assets, assuming current and hypothetical interest rate environments. EVE is based on all of the future cash flows expected to be generated by the Bank’s current balance sheet, discounted to derive the economic value of the Bank’s assets and liabilities. These cash flows may change depending on the assumed interest rate environment and the resulting changes in other assumptions, such as prepayment speeds. The Bank has established IRR limits which specify the maximum EVE sensitivity allowed under current interest rates and for a range of hypothetical interest rate scenarios each in 100-basis point increments. The hypothetical scenarios are represented by immediate, permanent, parallel movements in the term structure of interest rates. The Board-approved limits on EVE sensitivity and the actual computed changes to our EVE based on the +/- 100 and +/- 200 basis points hypothetical interest rate scenarios as of December 31, 2025 are shown below: Estimated Increase (Decrease)in EconomicAssumed Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates Value of Equity Board Limits + 100 basis points 0.09% (10.00)% + 200 basis points (1.50)% (20.00)% - 100 basis points 0.55% (10.00)% - 200 basis points (3.02)% (20.00)% The results of the EVE are hypothetical, and a variety of factors might cause actual results to differ substantially from what is depicted. These could include, but are not limited to, non-parallel yield curve shifts, changes in market interest rate spreads and the actual reaction to changes in interest rate levels of interest- earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. It is not uncommon for rates on certain assets or liabilities to lag behind changes in the market rates of interest. Additionally, prepayments of loans and early withdrawals of certificates of deposit could cause interest sensitivities to vary. The EVE modeled results above are in compliance with the EVE Board limits. The NII and EVE sensitivity analysis are an interest rate risk management tool and the results are not necessarily an indication of our actual future results. Actual results may vary significantly from the results suggested by the tables above. Loan prepayments and deposit attrition, changes in our mix of earning assets or funding sources, and future asset/liability management decisions, among others, may vary significantly from our assumptions. The results of these analyses and simulations do not contemplate the actions that we may undertake in response to changes in interest rates. In response to actual or anticipated changes in interest rates, we have various alternatives for managing and reducing the Bank’s exposure to interest rate risk, such as entering into hedges and obtaining long-term fixed-rate FHLB advances. We believe our IRR management policy limits are consistent with prevailing practice in the regional banking industry. Capital Resources and Dividends The Capital Rules apply to United States-based bank holding companies and federally insured depository institutions and require the Company (on a consolidated basis) and FFB (on a stand-alone basis) to meet specific capital adequacy requirements that, for the most part, involve quantitative measures, primarily in terms of the ratios of their capital to their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items, calculated under regulatory accounting practices. For additional information regarding these Capital Rules, see Item 1 “Business - Capital Requirements Applicable to Banks and Bank Holding Companies” in Part I above.
Page 126
Table of Contents In addition, prompt corrective action regulations place a federally insured depository institution, such as FFB, into one of five capital categories on the basis of its capital ratios: (i) well-capitalized; (ii) adequately capitalized; (iii) undercapitalized; (iv) significantly undercapitalized; or (v) critically undercapitalized. A depository institution’s primary federal regulatory agency may determine that, based on certain qualitative assessments, the depository institution should be assigned to a lower capital category than the one indicated by its capital ratios. At each successive lower capital category, a depository institution is subject to greater operating restrictions and increased regulatory supervision by its federal bank regulatory agency. The following table sets forth the capital and capital ratios of FFI (on a consolidated basis) and FFB (on a stand-alone basis) as of the respective dates indicated below, as compared to the respective regulatory requirements applicable to them: To Be Well-Capitalized For Capital Under Prompt CorrectiveActual Adequacy Purposes Action Provisions (dollars in thousands) Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio FFI December 31, 2025 Common equity tier 1 ratio $ 823,501 10.75 % $ 344,865 4.50 % Tier 1 Leverage ratio 910,298 7.61 % 478,513 4.00 % Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 910,298 11.88 % 459,821 6.00 % Total risk-based capital ratio 1,179,651 15.39 % 613,094 8.00 % December 31, 2024 Common equity tier 1 ratio $ 912,919 10.54 % $ 389,938 4.50 % Tier 1 Leverage ratio 1,000,568 7.55 % 530,093 4.00 % Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 1,000,568 11.55 % 519,917 6.00 % Total risk-based capital ratio 1,209,565 13.96 % 693,223 8.00 % December 31, 2023 Common equity tier 1 ratio $ 931,272 10.02 % $ 418,142 4.50 % Tier 1 Leverage ratio 931,272 7.20 % 517,033 4.00 % Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 931,272 10.02 % 557,523 6.00 % Total risk-based capital ratio 1,140,312 12.27 % 743,363 8.00 % FFB December 31, 2025 Common equity tier 1 ratio $ 1,066,738 13.97 % $ 343,537 4.50 % $ 496,220 6.50 % Tier 1 Leverage ratio 1,066,738 8.94 % 477,535 4.00 % 596,918 5.00 % Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 1,066,738 13.97 % 458,049 6.00 % 610,732 8.00 % Total risk-based capital ratio 1,162,206 15.22 % 610,732 8.00 % 763,415 10.00 %December 31, 2024 Common equity tier 1 ratio $ 1,141,374 13.22 % $ 388,449 4.50 % $ 561,092 6.50 % Tier 1 Leverage ratio 1,141,374 8.63 % 529,129 4.00 % 661,412 5.00 % Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 1,141,374 13.22 % 517,931 6.00 % 690,575 8.00 % Total risk-based capital ratio 1,176,913 13.63 % 690,575 8.00 % 863,219 10.00 %December 31, 2023 Common equity tier 1 ratio $ 1,076,337 11.62 % $ 416,684 4.50 % $ 601,877 6.50 % Tier 1 Leverage ratio 1,076,337 8.35 % 515,753 4.00 % 644,691 5.00 % Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 1,076,337 11.62 % 555,579 6.00 % 740,772 8.00 % Total risk-based capital ratio 1,111,979 12.01 % 740,772 8.00 % 925,965 10.00 % As of each of the dates set forth in the above table, the Company exceeded the minimum required capital ratios applicable to it and FFB’s capital ratios exceeded the minimums necessary to qualify as a well- capitalized depository institution under the prompt corrective action regulations. The required ratios for capital adequacy set forth in the above table do not include the Capital Rules’ additional capital conservation buffer, though the Company and FFB maintained capital ratios necessary to satisfy the capital conservation buffer requirements as of the dates indicated. As of December 31, 2025, the amount of capital at FFB in excess of amounts required to be well- capitalized for purposes of the prompt corrective action regulations was $571 million for the common equity tier 1 ratio, $470 million for the leverage ratio, $456 million for the tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and $399 million for the total risk-based capital ratio.
Page 127
76 As of December 31, 2025, FFI had $36.7 million of available capital and, therefore, has the ability and financial resources to contribute additional capital to FFB, if needed.
Page 128
Table of Contents 77 The amount and declaration of future cash dividends are subject to approval by our Board of Directors and certain regulatory restrictions which are discussed in Item 1 “Business——Dividends and Stock Repurchases” in Part I above. During 2024, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.01 per share for the quarter ended March 31, 2024, with no subsequent declarations made. We had no material commitments for capital expenditures as of December 31, 2025. Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk For quantitative and qualitative disclosures regarding market risk in the Company’s portfolio, please see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Interest Rate Risk Management in Part II above.
Page 129
Table of Contents 78 Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data FIRST FOUNDATION INC INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated Financial Statements (ID 173) 79 Consolidated Balance Sheets: December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 83 Consolidated Statements of Operations: Years Ended December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023 84 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss): Years Ended December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023 85 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity: Years Ended December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023 86 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows: Years Ended December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023 87 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 88
Page 130
Table of Contents 79 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM Shareholders and the Board of Directors of First Foundation Inc. Dallas, Texas Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First Foundation Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2025 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, because of the effects of the material weakness discussed in the following paragraph, the Company has not maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by COSO. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management's report: the company did not maintain effective internal controls over maintaining entity level controls related to control environment, risk assessment and monitoring, the allowance for credit losses and internal controls over the timely review of service organization reports. We considered these material weaknesses identified above in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2025 consolidated financial statements, and our opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting does not affect our opinion on the financial statements. Basis for Opinions The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
Page 132
Table of Contents evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provides a reasonable basis for our opinions. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Critical Audit Matter The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. Critical Audit Matter – Allowance for Credit Losses (ACL) – Pooled Loans The ACL (as described in Note 1 and presented in Note 5) is an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses inherent in financial assets at the balance sheet date. As of December 31, 2025, the ACL of $93.9 million attributable to loans held for investment consists of 1) an allowance of $17.6 million on collateral dependent loans and 2) an allowance of $76.3 million on loans collectively evaluated for impairment. The ACL is estimated using relevant available information based on past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions. The Company measures expected credit losses of loans on a pool basis when the loans share similar risk characteristics. Depending on the nature of the pool of loans with similar risk characteristics, the Company estimates credit losses by applying a pool- specific probability of default (“PD”) and loss given default (“LGD”) rate to the expected exposure at default (“EAD”) over the contractual life of the loans, or a historical loss rate method. The Company applies a two-year forecast and gradually reverts to historical loss experience and also applies qualitative adjustments. Qualitative adjustments primarily relate to segments of the loan portfolio deemed by management to be of a higher-risk profile or other factors where management believes the quantitative component of the ACL model may not be fully reflective of levels deemed adequate in the judgment of management. We determined that auditing the ACL on pooled loans was a critical audit matter because of the extent of auditor judgment and effort to evaluate the subjective and complex judgments made by management and our response to the material weakness. The principal considerations resulting in our determination included the following:
Page 133
80
Page 134
Table of Contents 81 ● Significant auditor judgment and audit effort were required to evaluate reasonableness of the PD, LGD and EAD assumptions ● Significant auditor judgment and audit effort were required to evaluate the application of the reasonable and supportable forecast of economic variables ● Significant auditor judgment, audit effort, and auditor subjectivity in applying audit procedures to evaluate the qualitative adjustments used in the calculation ● Significant audit effort related to the relevance and reliability of the high volume of loan level data used in the model The primary procedures we performed to address the critical audit matter included: ● With the assistance of our internal specialists, evaluating the reasonableness of the PD, LGD, and EAD model assumptions, loan segmentation, the application of the reasonable and supportable forecasts of economic variables, and the conceptual design of the credit loss estimation models, including conducting a model assumption sensitivity analysis. ● Evaluating the reasonableness of management's judgments and assumptions related to the assessed level of risk for qualitative adjustments and the resulting allocations. ● Evaluating the relevance and reliability of internal loan data and external data used in the ACL estimate on pooled loans ● Testing the mathematical accuracy of the PD, LGD and EAD model on a pooled loan level. Crowe LLP We have served as the Company's auditor since 2024. Dallas, Texas March 16, 2026
Page 135
Table of Contents 82 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the shareholders and Board of Directors of First Foundation Inc. Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2023 of First Foundation Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”), and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. /s/ Eide Bailly LLP We served as the Company’s auditor from 2007 to 2023. Such date incorporates the acquisition of certain assets of Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP, by Eide Bailly LLP in 2019. Laguna Hills, California February 28, 2024
Page 136
Table of Contents 83 FIRST FOUNDATION INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) December 31, 2025 2024 ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,624,870 $ 1,016,132 Securities available-for-sale ("AFS"), at fair value (amortized cost of $2,426,995 and $1,335,225at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 respectively; net of allowance for credit losses of$557 and $4,134 at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 respectively) 2,430,475 1,313,885 Securities held-to-maturity ("HTM") (fair value of $587,289 and $636,840 at December 31, 2025and December 31, 2024, respectively) 634,333 712,105 Loans held for sale ("LHFS") 261,448 1,285,819 Loans held for investment 6,729,178 7,941,393 Less: Allowance for credit losses (93,850) (32,302) Total loans held for investment, net 6,635,328 7,909,091 Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") stock 43,616 37,869 Accrued interest receivable 45,822 54,804 Deferred taxes, net — 76,650 Premises and equipment, net 34,663 35,806 Real estate owned ("REO") 6,210 6,210 Bank owned life insurance 51,405 49,993 Core deposit intangibles 2,400 3,558 Derivative assets 8,785 5,086 Other assets 124,722 138,257 Total Assets $11,904,077 $12,645,265 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Liabilities: Deposits $ 9,284,570 $ 9,870,279 Borrowings 1,430,518 1,425,369 Subordinated debt 173,521 173,459 Derivative liabilities 6,938 — Accounts payable and other liabilities 95,943 122,795 Total Liabilities 10,991,490 11,591,902 Shareholders’ Equity Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 29,521 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025and 29,811 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024 86,797 87,649 Common stock, $0.001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2025 andDecember 31, 2024; 82,884,401 shares and 82,365,388 shares issued and outstanding,respectively 83 82 Additional paid-in-capital 855,270 849,509 Retained (deficit) earnings (30,119) 125,038 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 556 (8,915) Total Shareholders’ Equity 912,587 1,053,363 Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $11,904,077 $12,645,265 (See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements)
Page 137
Table of Contents 84 FIRST FOUNDATION INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (In thousands, except share and per share amounts) For the Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Interest income: Loans $ 388,466 $ 474,322 $ 488,718 Securities 93,613 81,949 39,912 FHLB Stock, fed funds sold and interest-bearing deposits 58,910 54,725 45,061 Total interest income 540,989 610,996 573,691 Interest expense: Deposits 283,926 358,515 310,760 Borrowings 62,312 62,988 53,791 Subordinated debt 7,348 6,849 6,835 Total interest expense 353,586 428,352 371,386 Net interest income 187,403 182,644 202,305 Provision (reversal) for credit losses 64,306 20,700 (482) Net interest income after provision for credit losses 123,097 161,944 202,787 Noninterest income: Asset management, consulting and other fees 34,373 36,229 35,272 (Loss) gain on sale of loans (9,566) 5,068 — Gain on sale of securities available-for-sale 5,930 1,204 2,304 Capital market activities 6,185 (119,138) — Gain on sale of REO — 679 — Other income 10,452 10,086 11,775 Total noninterest income 47,374 (65,872) 49,351 Noninterest expense: Compensation and benefits 96,652 83,917 84,297 Occupancy and depreciation 34,695 37,502 36,809 Professional services and marketing costs 33,188 17,997 15,184 Customer service costs 44,110 63,586 76,806 Goodwill impairment — — 215,252 Other expenses 33,371 30,450 23,854 Total noninterest expense 242,016 233,452 452,202 Loss before income taxes (71,545) (137,380) (200,064) Income tax expense (benefit) 83,612 (44,973) (1,000) Net loss $ (155,157) $ (92,407) $ (199,064) Net loss per share: Basic $ (1.88) $ (1.41) $ (3.53) Diluted $ (1.88) $ (1.41) $ (3.53) Shares used in computation: Basic 82,506,015 65,598,430 56,426,093 Diluted 82,506,015 65,598,430 56,426,093 (See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements)
Page 138
Table of Contents 85 FIRST FOUNDATION INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (In thousands) For the Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Net loss $(155,157) $(92,407) $(199,064) Other comprehensive income, net of tax: Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities arising during the period 20,570 2,863 (1,594) Reclassification adjustment for gain included in net income (4,195) (852) (1,630) Total change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities 16,375 2,011 (3,224) Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedge arising during this period (6,304) 5,324 — Reclassification adjustment for gain included in net income — (1,673) — Total change in unrealized loss on cash flow hedge (6,304) 3,651 — Amortization of unrealized loss on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity (600) (390) 980 Total other comprehensive income (loss) 9,471 5,272 (2,244) Total comprehensive loss $(145,686) $(87,135) $(201,308) (See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements)
Page 139
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (In thousands, except share amounts) Common Stock Preferred Stock Convertible Warrants Additional Accumulated Other Number Number Number Paid-in Retained Comprehensive of Shares Amount of Shares Amount of Warrants Amount Capital Earnings Income (Loss) Total Balance: December31, 2022 56,325,242 $ 56 —$ — — —$ 719,606 $ 426,659 $ (11,943) $1,134,378 Net loss — — — — — — — (199,064) — (199,064) Other comprehensive loss — — — — — — — — (2,244) (2,244) Stock based compensation — — — — — — 1,674 — — 1,674 Cash dividend — — — — — — — (9,020) — (9,020) Issuance of common stock: Exercise of options — — — — — — 158 — — 158 Stock grants – vesting of restricted stock units 19,500 — — — — — — — — — Repurchase of shares from restricted shares vesting 158,478 — — — — — — — — — Conversion of preferred shares to common shares (35,597) — — — — — (539) — — (539) Balance: December31, 2023 56,467,623 $ 56 —$ — — $ —$ 720,899 $ 218,575 $ (14,187) $ 925,343 Net loss — — — — — — — (92,407) — (92,407) Other comprehensive income — — — — — — — — 5,272 5,272 Stock based compensation — — — — — — 1,954 — — 1,954 Cash dividend — — — — — — — (1,130) — (1,130) Issuance of common stock: Stock grants – vesting of restricted stock units 119,040 — — — — — — — — — Issuance of common stock 11,308,676 11 — — — — 35,307 — — 35,318 Stock repurchase — 1 — — — — (1) — — — Repurchase of shares from restricted shares vesting (19,951) — — — — — (149) — — (149) Issuance of warrants — — — — 6 54,219 — — — 54,219 Issuance costs — — — (8,210) — (3,215) (2,094) — — (13,519) Issuance of preferred shares — — 44,301 138,462 — — — — — 138,462 Conversion of preferred shares to common shares 14,490,000 14 (14,490) (42,603) — — 42,589 — — — Other — — — — — — — — — — Balance: December31, 2024 82,365,388 $ 82 29,811 $ 87,649 6 $ 51,004 $ 798,505 $ 125,038 $ (8,915) $1,053,363 Net loss — — — — — — — (155,157) — (155,157) Other comprehensive income — — — — — — — — 9,471 9,471 Stock based compensation — — — — — — 5,342 — — 5,342 Issuance of common stock: Stock grants – vesting of restricted stock units 308,906 — — — — — — — — — Repurchase of shares from restricted shares vesting (79,893) — — — — — (433) — — (433) Conversion of preferred stock to common shares 290,000 1 (290) (852) — — 852 — — 1 Balance: December31, 2025 82,884,401 $ 83 29,521 $ 86,797 6 $ 51,004 $ 804,266 $ (30,119) $ 556 $ 912,587 (See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements)
Page 140
86
Page 141
Table of Contents 87 FIRST FOUNDATION INC.CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS(In thousands) For the Year Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Cash Flows from Operating Activities: Net loss $ (155,157) $ (92,407) $ (199,064) Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities: Goodwill impairment — — 215,252 Provision for credit losses - loans and other liabilities 65,483 22,149 871 Provision (reversal) for credit losses - securities AFS (216) (956) 752 Stock–based compensation expense 5,342 1,954 1,674 Depreciation and amortization 4,374 4,758 4,426 Deferred tax benefit (25,051) (49,773) (3,612) Valuation allowance on deferred tax asset 98,664 — — Amortization of premium (discount) on securities 4,104 (10,168) (6,377) Amortization of core deposit intangible 1,158 1,390 1,635 Amortization of mortgage servicing rights - net 2,114 1,827 2,138 Amortization of sub debt - net 62 62 62 Gain on sale of REO — (679) — Loss (gain) on sale of loans 9,566 (5,068) — Gain on sale of securities available-for-sale (5,930) (1,204) (2,304) Loss (gain) from hedging activities 11,899 (1,204) — LHFS LOCOM adjustment at time of transfer — 136,683 — Change in fair value of LHFS (21,197) (15,874) — Amortization of OCI - securities transfer to HTM (600) (382) 980 Valuation allowance on mortgage servicing rights - net — (2,753) (1,771) Decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets 9,120 19,533 11,224 Decrease in accounts payable and other liabilities (35,640) (16,610) (17,900) Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities (31,905) (8,722) 7,986 Cash Flows from Investing Activities: Net decrease in loans 1,242,213 344,929 540,971 Proceeds from sale of loans 1,003,933 471,504 — Proceeds from sale of REO — 2,850 — Purchase of premises and equipment (3,316) (2,726) (8,211) Disposals of premises and equipment 86 46 — Proceeds from sale of land — 1,650 — Loss on sale of land — 391 — Purchases of securities AFS (2,031,746) (1,871,576) (667,467) Proceeds from sale of securities available-for-sale 668,515 749,020 176,383 Maturities of securities AFS 274,633 531,342 17,202 Maturities of securities HTM 76,425 76,320 73,152 Impairment of securities AFS (3,361) (3,130) — Net (increase) decrease in FHLB stock (5,747) (13,256) 745 Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 1,221,635 287,364 132,775 Cash Flows from Financing Activities: Increase (decrease) in deposits (585,709) (818,653) 326,320 Proceeds from FHLB & FRB advances 1,600,100 2,793,475 92,744,127 Repayments on FHLB & FRB advances (1,600,100) (2,738,463) (92,204,139) Net change in federal funds purchased — — (200,000) Net increase (decrease) in line of credit 12,500 — (20,000) Net decrease in repurchase agreements (7,351) (38,699) (107,534) Dividends paid — (1,130) (9,020) Proceeds from exercise of stock options — — 158 Proceeds from issuance of common stock 1 35,318 — Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock — 138,462 — Proceeds from issuance of convertible warrants — 54,219 — Equity issuance costs — (13,519) — Repurchase of stock (433) (149) (538) Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities (580,992) (589,139) 529,374 Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 608,738 (310,497) 670,135 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 1,016,132 1,326,629 656,494 Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $ 1,624,870 $ 1,016,132 $ 1,326,629 Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: Cash paid during the period for: Income taxes $ — $ 177 $ (5,484) Interest $ 352,155 $ 400,643 $ 329,198 Noncash transactions: Transfer of loans to loans held for sale $ — $ 1,914,186 $ — Conversion of preferred stock into common stock $ 852 $ — $ — Right of use lease assets and liabilities recognized $ 1,963 $ 8,247 $ 1,019 Transfer of loans to REO $ — $ — $ 2,171 Chargeoffs against allowance for credit losses - loans $ 2,071 $ 18,414 $ 5,249 Chargeoffs against allowance for credit losses - securities $ 3,361 $ 3,130 $ 3,971 Mortgage servicing rights from loan sales $ 3,847 $ 2,753 $ — (See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements)
Page 142
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Business First Foundation Inc. (“FFI”) is a financial services holding company whose operations are conducted through its wholly owned subsidiaries: First Foundation Advisors (“FFA”) and First Foundation Bank (“FFB” or the “Bank”) and the wholly owned subsidiaries of FFB, First Foundation Public Finance (“FFPF”), and Blue Moon Management, LLC (collectively the “Company”). FFI also has two inactive wholly owned subsidiaries, First Foundation Consulting (“FFC”) and First Foundation Advisors, LLC (“FFA LLC”). FFI is incorporated in the state of Delaware. The corporate headquarters for FFI is located in Dallas, Texas. The Company provides a comprehensive platform of financial services to individuals, businesses and other organizations and has offices in California, Nevada, Florida, Texas, and Hawaii. FFA, established in 1985 and incorporated in the state of California, began operating in 1990 as a fee-based registered investment advisor. FFA provides (i) investment management and financial planning services for high net-worth individuals, retirement plans, charitable institutions and private foundations; (ii) financial, investment and economic advisory and related services to high net-worth individuals and their families, family-owned businesses, and other related organizations; and (iii) support services involving the processing and transmission of financial and economic data for charitable organizations. At the end of 2025, these services were provided to approximately 1,300 clients, primarily located in Southern California, with an aggregate of $5.1 billion of assets under management. The Bank commenced operations in 2007, is incorporated in the state of California and currently operates in California, Nevada, Florida, Texas, and Hawaii. The Bank offers a wide range of deposit instruments including personal and business checking and savings accounts, interest-bearing negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market accounts, and time certificates of deposit (“CD”) accounts. As a lender, the Bank originates, and retains for its portfolio, loans secured by real estate and commercial loans. The Bank also offers a wide range of specialized services including trust services, on-line banking, remote deposit capture, merchant credit card services, ATM cards, Visa debit cards, and business sweep accounts. The Bank has a state non-member bank charter and is subject to continued examination by the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation, the FDIC, and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau CFPB. Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and revenues and expenses during the reporting periods and related disclosures. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Variable Interest Entities The Company may have variable interests in Variable Interest Entities (“VIEs”) arising from debt, equity or other monetary interests in an entity, which change with fluctuations in the fair value of the entity’s assets. VIEs are entities that, by design, either (1) lack sufficient equity to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, or (2) have equity investors that do not have the ability to make significant decisions relating to the entity’s operations through voting rights, or do not have the obligation to absorb the expected losses, or do not have the right to receive the residual returns of the entity. The primary beneficiary of a VIE (i.e., the party that has a controlling financial interest) is required to consolidate the assets and liabilities of the VIE. The primary beneficiary is the party that has both (1) the power to direct the activities of an entity that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic
Page 143
88
Page 144
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 89 performance; and (2) through its interests in the VIE, the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company has sold loans, in 2025, 2024, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018, 2016 and 2015, through securitizations sponsored by a government sponsored entity, Freddie Mac, who also provided credit enhancement of the loans through certain guarantee provisions. The Company retained the right to provide servicing for the loans except for special servicing for which an unrelated third party was engaged by the VIE. For the 2016 and 2015 securitizations, the Company acquired the “B” piece of the securitizations, which is structured to absorb any losses from the securitizations, as well as interest only strips from the securitization. For the 2025, 2024, 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018 securitizations, the Company provides collateral to support its obligation to reimburse for credit losses incurred on loans in the securitization. Because the Company does not act as the special servicer for the VIE and because of the power of Freddie Mac over the VIE that holds the assets from the mortgage loan securitizations, the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE and therefore the VIE is not consolidated. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents include cash, due from banks, certificates of deposits with original maturities of less than ninety days, investment securities with original maturities of less than ninety days, money market mutual funds and federal funds sold. At times, the Company maintains cash at major financial institutions in excess of FDIC insured limits. However, as the Company places these deposits with major well-capitalized financial institutions and monitors the financial condition of these institutions, management believes the risk of loss to be minimal. The Company maintains most of its excess cash at the Federal Reserve Bank, with well-capitalized correspondent banks or with other depository institutions at amounts less than the FDIC insured limits. At December 31, 2025, included in cash and cash equivalents were $1.5 billion in funds held at the Federal Reserve Bank. Certificates of Deposit From time to time, the Company may invest funds with other financial institutions through certificates of deposit. Certificates of deposit are included as cash and cash equivalents. Certificates of deposit are carried at cost. Investment Securities Investment securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are reported at cost, adjusted for premiums and discounts that are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the period to maturity. Investment securities classified as trading are those securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Investments not classified as trading securities nor as held-to-maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale securities and recorded at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities are excluded from net income and reported as an amount net of taxes as a separate component of other comprehensive income included in shareholders’ equity. Premiums or discounts on held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities are amortized or accreted into income using the interest method. The interest method takes into consideration prepayments received on investment securities such as mortgage-backed securities as the amortization or accretion is based on the estimated average lives of the securities. Loan Origination Fees and Costs Loan origination fees and direct costs associated with lending are deferred and amortized to interest income as an adjustment to yield over the respective lives of the loans using the interest method. The amortization of deferred fees and costs is discontinued on loans that are placed on nonaccrual status. When a loan is paid off, any unamortized deferred fees and costs are recognized in interest income.
Page 145
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 90 Loans Held for Investment Loans held for investment are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of cumulative charge-offs, interest applied to principal (for loans accounted for using the cost recovery method), unamortized net deferred loan origination fees and costs and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Interest on loans is accrued and recognized as interest income at the contractual rate of interest. When a loan is designated as held for investment, the intent is to hold these loans for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff. If subsequent changes occur, the Company may change its intent to hold these loans. Once a determination has been made to sell such loans, they are immediately transferred to loans held for sale and carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Loans Held for Sale Loans designated for sale through securitization or in the secondary market are classified as loans held for sale. Loans held for sale are accounted for at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. The fair value of loans held for sale is based upon a discounted cash flow model which involves estimating the future cash flows from the loans in the portfolio and discounting to a present value. Contractual cash flows associated with the loans are adjusted to reflect certain assumptions, such as prepayment, default, and loss severity assumptions, to form expected prepayment and credit-adjusted expected cash flows. The expected cash flows are then discounted to present value at a rate of return which considers other costs and risks, such as market risk and liquidity. Related gains and losses are recognized in net gain on mortgage loan origination and sale activities. Loans held for sale balances were recorded at their fair value and totaled $261 million and $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2025, and 2024, respectively. Nonaccrual Loans Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when the full and timely collection of principal and interest is doubtful, generally when the loan becomes 90 days or more past due for principal or interest payment. All payments received on nonaccrual loans are accounted for using the cost recovery method. Under the cost recovery method, all cash collected is applied to first reduce the principal balance. A loan may be returned to accrual status if all delinquent principal and interest payments are brought current and the collectability of the remaining principal and interest payments in accordance with the loan agreement is reasonably assured. Loans that are well secured and in the collection process may be maintained on accrual status, even if they are 90 days or more past due. Allowance for Credit Losses The ACL represents the estimated amount considered necessary to cover lifetime expected credit losses inherent in financial assets at the balance sheet date. The measurement of expected credit losses is applicable to loans held for investment and investment securities. The measurement of expected credit losses is not applicable to loans held for sale, as credit risk on loans held for sale is considered in its fair value adjustment instead of in the ACL. It also applies to off-balance sheet credit exposures such as unfunded loan commitments. The allowance is established through a provision for credit losses that is charged against income. The methodology for determining the ACL for loans held for investment is and investment securities are considered critical accounting estimates by management because of a high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the forecasted economic environment that could result in changes in the amount of the recorded ACL The ACL for loans held for investment and investment securities are reported separately as contra-assets on the consolidated balance sheets. The expected credit loss for unfunded loan commitments is reported on the consolidated balance sheets in accounts payable and other liabilities. See Note 5: Allowance for Loan Losses in the consolidated financial statements for additional information related to our allowance for credit losses on loans held for investment.
Page 146
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 91 ACL – Investment Securities The ACL on investment securities is determined for both held-to-maturity and available-for-sale classifications of the investment portfolio and is evaluated on a quarterly basis. The ACL for held-to-maturity investment securities is determined on a collective basis, based on shared risk characteristics, and is determined at the individual security level when we deem a security to no longer possess shared risk characteristics. The Company’s portfolio of held-to-maturity investment securities consists of agency mortgage-backed securities, such as those guaranteed by the U.S. government or government sponsored entities, where we have reason to believe the credit loss exposure is remote. For these held-to-maturity securities, a zero-loss expectation is applied, resulting in no estimate and recognition of ACL. For AFS securities in an unrealized loss position, we first evaluate whether we intend to sell, or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through income. If neither criterion is met, we are required to assess whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or noncredit-related factors. In determining whether a security’s decline in fair value is credit related, we consider a number of factors including, but not limited to: (i) the extent to which the fair value of the investment is less than its amortized cost; (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; (iii) downgrades in credit ratings; (iv) payment structure of the security; and (v) the ability of the issuer of the security to make scheduled principal and interest payments. If, after considering these factors, the present value of expected cash flows to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists, and an allowance for credit loss is recorded through income as a component of provision for credit loss expense. Any interest received after the security has been placed on nonaccrual status is recognized on a cash basis. If the assessment indicates that a credit loss does not exist, we record the decline in fair value through other comprehensive income, net of related income tax effects. We have elected to exclude accrued interest receivable on securities from the estimate of credit losses and report accrued interest separately on the consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recorded as provision for (or reversal of) credit loss expense. Losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a security is confirmed or when either of the criterion regarding intent or requirement to sell is met. See Note 3: Securities in the consolidated financial statements for additional information related to our allowance for credit losses on securities AFS. The provision (reversal) for credit losses on the consolidated statement of operations includes the provision (reversal) for credit losses for loans held for investment and securities AFS. The provision (reversal) for credit losses was $64.3 million, $20.7 million, and ($0.5) million respectively for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023. Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received. Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank Stock As a member of the FHLB, the Bank is required to purchase FHLB stock in accordance with its advances, securities and deposit agreement. This stock, which is carried at cost, may be redeemed at par value. However, there are substantial restrictions regarding redemption and the Company can only receive a full redemption in connection with the Company surrendering its FHLB membership. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company held $43.6 million and $37.9 million of FHLB stock, respectively. The Company does not believe that this stock is currently impaired and no adjustments to its carrying value have been recorded.
Page 147
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 92 Premises and Equipment Premises and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, which is charged to expense on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of 3 to 10 years. Premises under leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments of premises and equipment are capitalized and those for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciable assets sold or retired are removed from the asset and related accumulated depreciation accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the statement of operations. The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets, such as premises and equipment, to ensure the carrying value has not been impaired. A valuation allowance is established for any impaired long-lived assets. The Company did not have impaired long-lived assets as of December 31, 2025 or 2024. Real Estate Owned Real estate owned (“REO”) represents the collateral acquired through foreclosure in full or partial satisfaction of the related loan. REO is recorded at the fair value less estimated selling costs at the date of foreclosure. Any write-down at the date of transfer is charged to the allowance for credit losses related to loans. The recognition of gains or losses on sales of REO is dependent upon various factors relating to the nature of the property being sold and the terms of sale. REO values are reviewed on an ongoing basis and any decline in value is recognized as foreclosed asset expense in the current period. All legal fees and direct costs, including foreclosure and other related costs, are expensed as incurred. Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) The Bank has bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) acquired through a prior bank acquisition. BOLI is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract, which is the cash surrender value. Changes in the cash surrender value of BOLI and the death benefits received under these policies are recorded as noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, BOLI totaled $51.4 million and $50.0 million, respectively. Mortgage Servicing Rights When mortgage loans are sold with servicing retained, servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value with the statement of operations effect recorded in gains on sales of loans. Fair value is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. All classes of servicing assets are subsequently measured using the amortization method which requires servicing rights to be amortized into noninterest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans. Servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to carrying amount. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual grouping, to the extent that fair value is less than the carrying amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists for a particular grouping, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, mortgage servicing rights net of the valuation allowance totaled $8.2 million and $6.4 million, respectively and is classified as a component of other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Servicing fee income, which is reported on the statement of operations as other income, is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal. The amortization of mortgage servicing rights is netted against loan servicing fee income.
Page 148
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 93 Derivative Instruments (Cash Flow Hedge) On February 1, 2024, the Bank entered into an interest rate swap agreement with an institutional counterparty used to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates as part of our overall interest rate risk management strategy. This agreement was solely undertaken as a cash flow hedge of interest rate risk, specifically of the risk of changes in cash flows on interest payments associated with a stream of variable- rate, short-term borrowings for a corresponding amount that are attributable to changes in the future financing rates of each rolling maturity. This agreement is a derivative instrument and qualifies for hedge accounting under ASU 2017-12 “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities”. To qualify for hedge accounting, the cash flow hedge must be highly effective at reducing the risk associated with the hedged exposure. The effectiveness of the hedging relationship is documented at inception and is monitored on at least a quarterly basis through the life of the transaction. A cash flow hedge that is designated as highly effective is carried at fair value with the change in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”). If the cash flow hedge becomes ineffective, the change in fair value is reclassified from AOCI to earnings. The cash flow hedge is classified as either derivative assets (if fair value is a net asset) or derivative liabilities (if fair value is a net liability) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The earnings and cash flow impact from this derivative asset are classified as an offset to interest expense which is consistent with the underlying hedged item. Core Deposit Intangibles Core deposit intangibles are deemed to have definite useful lives and arise from whole bank acquisitions. Core deposit intangibles are amortized on an accelerated method over their estimated useful lives, which range from 7 to 10 years. Leases The Company accounts for its leases in accordance with ASC 842- Leases. Most leases are recognized on the balance sheet by recording a right-of-use asset and lease liability for each lease. The right- of-use asset represents the right to use the asset under lease for the lease term, and the lease liability represents the contractual obligation to make lease payments. The right-of-use asset is tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. As a lessee, the Company enters into operating leases for certain Bank branches. The right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are initially recognized based on the net present value of the remaining lease payments which include renewal options where the Company is reasonably certain they will be exercised. The net present value is determined using the incremental collateralized borrowing rate at commencement date. The right-of-use asset and lease liability is amortized over the individual lease terms. Right-of-use assets are included in other assets, while right-of-use liabilities are included in accounts payable and other liabilities in the consolidated financial statements. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For additional information regarding leases, see Note 19: Leases. Transfers of Financial Assets Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
Page 149
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 94 Revenue Recognition The Company accounts for certain of its revenue streams deemed to arise from contracts with customers in accordance with ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. Revenue streams within the scope of and accounted for under Topic 606 include: service charges and fees on deposit accounts; fees associated with our wealth management and trust administration services; and fees from other services the Bank provides its customers. These revenue streams are included in noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income. Topic 606 requires revenue to be recognized when the Company satisfies related performance obligations by transferring to the customer a good or service. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for the transfer of goods or services to the associated customer. The Company’s primary sources of revenues are generated from financial instruments, such as loans and investment securities that are not within the scope of Topic 606 and are accounted for under other applicable GAAP. Contracts with Customers Contracts with customers are open-ended, and we provide services on an ongoing basis for an unspecified contract term. For these ongoing services, the fees are variable, since they are dependent on factors such as the value of underlying assets under management or volume of transactions. Contract liabilities, or deferred revenue, are recorded when payments from customers are received in advance of providing services to customers. We generally receive payments for our services during the period or at the time services are provided, therefore, we do not have deferred revenue balances at period-end. Employees receive incentive compensation in the form of commissions, which are considered incremental and recoverable costs to obtain the contract. We utilize the practical expedient not to capitalize such costs as the amortization period of the asset is less than 12 months, and therefore we expense the commissions as incurred. Descriptions of our primary revenue-generating activities that are presented in our statements of operations are as follows: Interest on Loans Interest income is accrued daily on the Company’s outstanding loan balances. Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as nonaccrual loans. Accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when reasonable doubt exists as to the full, timely collection of interest or principal and, generally, when a loan becomes contractually past due for ninety days or more with respect to principal or interest. The accrual of interest may be continued on a well-secured loan contractually past due ninety days or more with respect to principal or interest if the loan is in the process of collection or collection of the principal and interest is deemed probable. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period income. Interest on such loans is then recognized only to the extent that cash is received and where the future collection of principal is probable. Accrual of interest is resumed on loans only when, in the judgment of management, the loan is estimated to be fully collectible. The Bank continues to accrue interest on modified loans since full payment of principal and interest is expected and such loans are performing or are less than ninety days delinquent and, therefore, do not meet the criteria for nonaccrual status. Modified loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status are returned to accrual status when the remaining loan balance, net of any charge-offs related to the restructure, is estimated to be fully collectible by management and performing in accordance with the applicable loan terms.
Page 150
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 95 Wealth management and trust fee income Asset management fees are billed on a monthly or quarterly basis based on the amount of assets under management and the applicable contractual fee percentage. Asset management fees are recognized as revenue in the period in which they are earned. Financial planning fees are due and billed at the completion of the planning project and are recognized as revenue at that time. Service charges on deposit accounts Service charges on deposit accounts represent general service fees for monthly account maintenance and activity or transaction-based fees. Revenue is recognized when our performance obligation is completed which are generally monthly for account maintenance services or when a transaction has been completed. Payment for such performance obligations is generally received at the time the performance obligations are satisfied. Gains and Losses on Sales of REO To record a sale of REO, the Bank evaluates if: (a) a commitment on the buyer’s part exists, (b) collection is probable in circumstances where the initial investment is minimal and (c) the buyer has obtained control of the asset, including the significant risks and rewards of the ownership. If there is no commitment on the buyer’s part, collection is not probable or the buyer has not obtained control of the asset, then a gain cannot be recognized. Other non-interest income includes revenue related to mortgage servicing activities and gains on sales of loans, and securities which are not subject to the requirements of ASU 2014-09. Stock-Based Compensation The Company issues various forms of stock-based compensation awards to officers, directors, and employees of the Company, including stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”). The related compensation costs are based on the grant-date fair value of those awards. This cost is recognized in the statement of operations over the period in which they are expected to vest. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock units. Marketing Costs The Company expenses marketing costs, including advertising, in the period incurred. Marketing costs in the amount of $0.6 million, $0.6 million, and $1.0 million were expensed during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. Income Taxes The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. A valuation allowance is established if it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2025, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance on 100% of its deferred tax asset balance. There was no valuation allowance at December 31, 2024. The tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the financial statements only if, based on its merits, the position is more likely than not to be sustained on audit by the taxing authorities. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recorded as part of income tax expense.
Page 151
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 96 Comprehensive Income (loss) Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Changes in unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, cash flow hedge, and the related tax costs or benefits are the only components of other comprehensive income (loss) for the Company. Total comprehensive income (loss) and the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are presented in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) Basic earnings per share represents income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate to outstanding stock options, restricted stock units, and warrants which are all determined using the treasury stock method. Fair Value Measurement Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 2: Fair Value. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect these estimates. New Accounting Pronouncements In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which requires disclosure of disaggregated income taxes paid, prescribes standard categories for the components of the effective tax rate reconciliation, and modifies other income tax-related disclosures. The Company adopted ASU 2023-09 on a prospective basis for the year ended December 31, 2025. See Note 18, Income Taxes, for further information. NOTE 2: FAIR VALUE Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Current accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s estimates for market assumptions. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy: Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date. An active market is a market in which transactions occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. A quoted price in an active market provides the most reliable evidence of fair value and shall be used to measure fair value whenever possible. Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Page 153
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 97 Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Valuations may be determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques. The following tables show the recorded amounts of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of: Fair Value Measurement Level (dollars in thousands) Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 December 31, 2025: Investment securities available-for-sale: Collateralized mortgage obligations $ 1,466,950$ — $ 1,466,950$ — Agency mortgage-backed securities 812,838 — 812,838 — Municipal bonds 44,618 — 44,618 — SBA securities 6,970 — 6,970 — Beneficial interests in FHLMC securitization 480 — — 480 Corporate bonds 95,227 — 95,227 — U.S. Treasury 1,003 1,003 — — Unallocated portfolio layer fair value basis adjustments (1) 2,389 — 2,389 — Total investment securities available for sale at fair value on a recurring basis $ 2,430,475$ 1,003 $ 2,428,992$ 480 Derivative assets: Cash flow hedge $ 8,785 $ — $ 8,785 $ — Derivative liabilities: Interest rate swap and cash flow hedge $ 6,938 $ — $ 6,938 $ — December 31, 2024: Investment securities available-for-sale: Collateralized mortgage obligations $ 9,842 $ — $ 9,842 $ — Agency mortgage-backed securities 1,121,626 — 1,121,626 — Municipal bonds 45,535 — 45,535 — SBA securities 9,145 — 9,145 — Beneficial interests in FHLMC securitization 1,242 — — 1,242 Corporate bonds 125,817 14,100 111,717 — U.S. Treasury 678 678 — — Total investment securities available for sale at fair value on a recurring basis $ 1,313,885$ 14,778 $ 1,297,865$ 1,242 Derivatives assets: Cash flow hedge $ 5,086 $ — $ 5,086 $ — (1) Represents the amount of portfolio layer method basis adjustments related to AFS MBS securities hedged in a closed portfolio.Under U.S. GAAP, portfolio layer method basis adjustments are not allocated to individual securities, however the amounts impactthe unrealized gains or losses for the individual securities being hedged. The decrease in Level 3 assets from December 31, 2024 was due to the write-down of the security to its expected cash flow and securitization paydowns in the FHLMC portfolio during 2025. Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis From time to time, we may be required to measure at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.
Page 154
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 98 Loans. Loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include collateral dependent loans held for investment. The specific reserves for these loans are based on collateral value, net of estimated disposition costs and other identified quantitative inputs. Collateral value is determined based on independent third-party appraisals or internally developed discounted cash flow analyses. Internal discounted cash flow analyses are also utilized to estimate the fair value of these loans, which consider internally developed, unobservable inputs such as discount rates, default rates, and loss severity. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, we measure the impaired loan at nonrecurring Level 2. When an appraised value is not available, or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price or a discounted cash flow has been used to determine the fair value, we measure the impaired loan at nonrecurring Level 3. Loans for which an appraised value is not available include commercial loans which are secured by non-real estate assets such as accounts receivable and inventory. To establish fair value for these loans, we apply a recovery factor against eligible receivables and inventory. This recovery factor may be either increased or decreased subject to additional support and analysis of the quality of receivables and the companies owning the receivables. The balance of collateral dependent loans, net of ACL allocation, were $14.8 million and $26.4 million at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Specific reserves related to these loans were $17.6 million and $0.7 million at December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively. Real Estate Owned (“REO”). The fair value of REO is based on external appraised values that include adjustments for estimated selling costs and assumptions of market conditions that are not directly observable, resulting in a Level 3 classification. Real estate owned classified as Level 3 totaled $6.2 million at December 31, 2025 and at December 31, 2024. For additional information regarding REO, see Note 7: Real Estate Owned. Mortgage Servicing Rights. When mortgage loans are sold with servicing retained, servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value with the income statement effect recorded in gains on sales of loans. Fair value is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income, resulting in a Level 3 classification. Servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to the carrying amount. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual grouping, to the extent that fair value is less than the carrying amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists for a particular grouping, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income. All classes of servicing assets are subsequently measured using the amortization method which requires servicing rights to be amortized into noninterest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans. Significant assumptions in the valuation of these Level 3 mortgage servicing rights as of December 31, 2025 included prepayment rates ranging from 10% to 30% and a discount rate of 10%. Significant assumptions in the valuation of these Level 3 mortgage servicing rights as of December 31, 2024 included prepayment rates ranging from 20% to 30% and a discount rate of 10%. For additional information regarding mortgage servicing rights, see Note 10: Loan Sales and Mortgage Servicing Rights. Loans Held for Sale. Loans held for sale are accounted for at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. The fair value for the loans held for sale portfolio is based upon a discounted cash flow model which involves estimating the future cash flows from the loans in the portfolio and discounting to a present value. Contractual cash flows associated with the loans are adjusted to reflect certain assumptions, such as prepayment, default, and loss severity assumptions, to form expected prepayment and credit-adjusted expected cash flows. The expected cash flows are then discounted to present value at a rate of return which considers other costs and risks, such as market risk and liquidity. The carrying amount and fair value of loans held for sale were $261.5 million and $1.3 billion, at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Significant assumptions in the valuation of these Level 3 loans held for sale as of December 31, 2025, included prepayment rates of 5% and 15% for fixed-rate and floating-rate loans, respectively; discount rates ranging from 2.25% to 5.45%; and annual expected loss assumption rate of 0.05%. These assumptions applied to 73.1% of the total principal balance of the loan portfolio. The remaining 26.9% of the principal balance of the loan portfolio consisted of 30 loans that were rated as substandard, and for which separate assumptions were used to account for the lower credit quality of the loans.
Page 156
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 Fair Value of Financial Instruments FASB ASC 825, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” requires disclosure of the fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate such value. The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis are discussed above. The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by management using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies, and are based on the exit price notion set forth by ASU 2016-1. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other market value techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, cannot be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument. The aggregate fair value amounts presented below do not represent the underlying value of the Company. Fair value estimates are made at a discrete point in time based on relevant market information and other information about the financial instruments. Because no active market exists for a significant portion of our financial instruments, fair value estimates are based in large part on judgments we make primarily regarding current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, prepayment rates, and future expected loss experience. These estimates are subjective in nature and invariably involve some inherent uncertainties. Additionally, unexpected changes in events or circumstances can occur that could require us to make changes to our assumptions and which, in turn, could significantly affect our metrics and require us to make changes to our previous estimates of fair value. In addition, the fair value estimates are based on existing on and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of existing and anticipated future customer relationships and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments, such as premises and equipment and other real estate owned. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments: Cash and Cash Equivalents. The fair value of cash and cash equivalents approximates its carrying value. Interest-Bearing Deposits with Financial Institutions. The fair values of interest-bearing deposits maturing within ninety days approximate their carrying values. These financial instruments are classified as a component of cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Investment Securities Available-for-Sale. Investment securities available-for-sale are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the investment security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. When a market is illiquid or there is a lack of transparency around the inputs to valuation, the investment securities are classified as Level 3 and reliance is placed upon external third-party models, and management judgment and evaluation for valuation. Level 1 investment securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the NYSE, U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level 2 investment securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities. Investment securities classified as level 3 include beneficial interests in FHLMC securitizations. Significant assumptions in the valuation of these Level 3 investment securities as of December 31, 2025 included a prepayment rate of 20% and a discount rate of 5.61%. Significant assumptions in the valuation of these Level 3 investment securities as of December 31, 2024 included a prepayment rate of 20% and a discount rate of 6.87%. Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity. Investment securities held-to-maturity are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for premiums and discounts that are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the period to maturity. Investment securities held-to-maturity consist of agency mortgage-backed securities issued by government
Page 157
99
Page 158
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 100 sponsored entities. Fair value is determined based upon the same independent pricing model utilized for valuation of Level 2 investment securities available-for-sale. Investment in Equity Securities. The fair value on investment in equity securities is the carrying amount and is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis. Loans Held for Investment. The fair value for loans with variable interest rates is the carrying amount. The fair value of fixed-rate loans is derived by calculating the discounted value of future cash flows expected to be received by the various homogeneous categories of loans or by reference to secondary market pricing. All loans have been adjusted to reflect changes in credit risk. Accrued Interest Receivable. The fair value of accrued interest receivable on loans and investment securities approximates the carrying value. Derivative Instruments (Cash Flow Hedge). The Bank entered into a pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swap agreement with a counterparty. This agreement was solely undertaken as a cash flow hedge of interest rate risk, specifically of the risk of changes in cash flows on interest payments associated with a stream of variable-rate, short-term borrowings for a corresponding amount that are attributable to changes in the future financing rates of each rolling maturity. We estimate the fair value of this agreement based on inputs from a third-party pricing model, which incorporates such factors as the Treasury curve, the secured overnight financial rate (“SOFR”), and the pay rate on the interest rate swaps. The fair value of this derivative instrument is based on a discounted cash flow approach. The observable nature of the inputs used in deriving its fair value results in a Level 2 classification. Deposits. The fair value of demand deposits, savings deposits, and money market deposits is defined as the amounts payable on demand resulting in a Level 1 classification. The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated based on the discounted value of the future cash flows expected to be paid on the deposits resulting in a Level 2 classification. Borrowings. The fair value of borrowings is the carrying value of overnight FHLB advances and federal funds purchased that approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments, resulting in a Level 2 classification. The fair value of borrowings in the form of FHLB putable advances also approximates carrying value and are classified as Level 2 instruments. Subordinated Debt. The fair value of term borrowings is derived by calculating the discounted value of future cash flows expected to be paid out by the Company resulting in a Level 3 classification. Accrued Interest Payable. The fair value of accrued interest payable on deposits, borrowings, and subordinated debt approximates its carrying value.
Page 159
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 101 The following table sets forth the estimated fair values and related carrying amounts of our financial instruments as of: Carrying Fair Value Measurement Level (dollars in thousands) Value 1 2 3 Total December 31, 2025: Assets: Cash and cash equivalents $1,624,870 $1,624,870 $ — $ — $1,624,870 Securities AFS, net 2,430,475 1,003 2,428,992 480 2,430,475 Securities HTM 634,333 — 587,289 — 587,289 Loans held for sale 261,448 — — 261,448 261,448 Loans held for investment, net 6,635,328 — 31,730 6,227,280 6,259,010 Investment in equity securities 11,810 — — 11,810 11,810 Accrued interest receivable 45,822 45,822 — — 45,822 Derivative assets 8,785 — 8,785 — 8,785 Liabilities: Deposits $9,284,570 $6,443,184 $2,850,840 $ — $9,294,024 Borrowings 1,430,518 — 1,455,361 — 1,455,361 Subordinated debt 173,521 — — 157,372 157,372 Accrued interest payable 29,123 29,123 — — 29,123 Derivative liabilities 6,938 — 6,938 — 6,938 December 31, 2024: Assets: Cash and cash equivalents $1,016,132 $1,016,132 $ — $ — $1,016,132 Securities AFS, net 1,313,885 14,778 1,297,865 1,242 1,313,885 Securities HTM 712,105 — 636,840 — 636,840 Loans held for sale 1,285,819 — — 1,285,819 1,285,819 Loans held for investment, net 7,909,091 — 16,663 7,595,925 7,612,588 Investment in equity securities 11,798 — — 11,798 11,798 Accrued interest receivable 54,804 54,804 — — 54,804 Derivative assets 5,086 — 5,086 — 5,086 Liabilities: Deposits $9,870,279 $7,476,826 $2,389,896 $ — $9,866,722 Borrowings 1,425,369 — 1,430,337 — 1,430,337 Subordinated debt 173,459 — — 142,631 142,631 Accrued interest payable 27,701 27,701 — — 27,701
Page 160
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 102 NOTE 3: SECURITIES The following table provides a summary of the Company’s AFS securities portfolio as of: Amortized Gross Unrealized Allowance for Estimated(dollars in thousands) Cost Gains Losses Credit Losses Fair Value December 31, 2025: Collateralized mortgage obligations $1,467,688 $ 558 $ (1,296) $ — $1,466,950 Agency mortgage-backed securities 804,037 8,974 (173) — 812,838 Municipal bonds 45,992 — (1,374) — 44,618 SBA securities 7,027 4 (61) — 6,970 Beneficial interests in FHLMC securitization 511 — — (31) 480 Corporate bonds 100,741 — (4,988) (526) 95,227 U.S. Treasury 999 8 (4) — 1,003 Unallocated portfolio layer fair value basis adjustments (1) — 2,389 — — 2,389 Total $2,426,995 $ 11,933 $ (7,896) $ (557) $2,430,475 December 31, 2024: Collateralized mortgage obligations $ 11,121 $ — $ (1,279) $ — $ 9,842 Agency mortgage-backed securities 1,126,861 2,308 (7,543) — 1,121,626 Municipal bonds 48,921 — (3,386) — 45,535 SBA securities 9,236 2 (93) — 9,145 Beneficial interests in FHLMC securitization 4,619 — — (3,377) 1,242 Corporate bonds 133,767 — (7,193) (757) 125,817 U.S. Treasury 700 — (22) — 678 Total $1,335,225 $ 2,310 $(19,516) $ (4,134) $1,313,885 (1) Represents the amount of portfolio layer method basis adjustments related to AFS MBS securities hedged in a closed portfolio.Under U.S. GAAP, portfolio layer method basis adjustments are not allocated to individual securities, however the amounts impactthe unrealized gains or losses for the individual securities being hedged. The following table provides a summary of the Company’s HTM securities portfolio as of: Amortized Gross Unrecognized Allowance for Estimated(dollars in thousands) Cost Gains Losses Credit Losses Fair Value December 31, 2025: Agency mortgage-backed securities $634,333 $ 2 $ (47,046) $ — $587,289 Total $634,333 $ 2 $ (47,046) $ — $587,289 December 31, 2024: Agency mortgage-backed securities $712,105 $ — $ (75,265) $ — $636,840 Total $712,105 $ — $ (75,265) $ — $636,840 As of December 31, 2025, the tables above include $361.5 million of agency mortgage-backed securities pledged to the state of Florida for the required collateralization of Florida public funds on deposit with FFB to meet regulatory requirements; $1.8 million in U.S. Treasury securities and agency mortgage- backed securities pledged as collateral to various states to meet regulatory requirements related to the Bank’s trust operations; $260.8 million of agency mortgage-backed securities pledged as collateral as support for the Bank’s obligations under securitization agreements entered into from 2018 and 2021; $459.0 million in securities consisting of agency mortgage-backed securities pledged as collateral as support for the Bank’s obligations under the FHLB secured lending program; and $70.5 million in securities consisting
Page 161
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 103 of SBA securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and agency mortgage-backed securities pledged as collateral for repurchase agreements obtained from a prior bank acquisition. A total of $1.8 billion in SBA and agency mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate and municipal bonds are pledged as collateral to the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window from which the Bank may borrow. As of December 31, 2024, the tables above include $325.7 million of agency mortgage-backed securities pledged as collateral to the state of Florida to meet regulatory requirements; $1.3 million in U.S. Treasury securities pledged as collateral to various states to meet regulatory requirements related to the Bank’s trust operations; $256.5 million of agency mortgage-backed securities pledged as collateral as support for the Bank’s obligations under loan sales and securitization agreements entered into from 2018 and 2021; and $77.3 million in securities consisting of SBA securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and agency mortgage-backed securities pledged as collateral for repurchase agreements obtained from a prior bank acquisition. A total of $916.8 million in SBA and agency mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate and municipal bonds are pledged as collateral to the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window from which the Bank may borrow. We monitor the credit quality of these securities by evaluating various quantitative attributes. The credit quality indicators the Company monitors include, but are not limited to, credit ratings of individual securities and the credit rating of United States government-sponsored enterprises that guarantee the securities. Credit ratings express opinions about the credit quality of a security. Securities rated investment grade, as defined by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”), are generally considered by the rating agencies and market participants to be low credit risk. As of December 31, 2025, all of the Company’s securities were either investment grade or were issued by a U.S. government agency or government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) with an investment grade rating, with the exception of two corporate bonds having a combined fair value of $33.2 million, and one agency commercial mortgage-backed security with a fair value of $511 thousand, which were below investment grade. The tables below indicate the gross unrealized losses and fair values of our AFS securities portfolio, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position. Securities with Unrealized Loss at December 31, 2025 Less than 12 months 12 months or more Total Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized(dollars in thousands) Value Loss Value Loss Value Loss Collateralized mortgage obligations $554,440 $ (372) $ 9,131 $ (924) $563,571 $ (1,296) Agency mortgage-backed securities 4,429 — 2,067 (173) 6,496 (173) Municipal bonds 9,981 (42) 31,767 (1,332) 41,748 (1,374) SBA securities 228 (1) 5,979 (60) 6,207 (61) Corporate bonds — — 94,754 (4,988) 94,754 (4,988) U.S. Treasury — — 496 (4) 496 (4) Total $569,078 $ (415) $144,194 $ (7,481) $713,272 $ (7,896) Securities with Unrealized Loss at December 31, 2024 Less than 12 months 12 months or more Total Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized(dollars in thousands) Value Loss Value Loss Value Loss Collateralized mortgage obligations $ 2,874 $ (51) $ 6,968 $ (1,228) $ 9,842 $ (1,279) Agency mortgage-backed securities 719,329 (7,218) 4,280 (325) 723,609 (7,543) Municipal bonds 2,129 (101) 43,405 (3,285) 45,534 (3,386) SBA securities 614 (1) 7,739 (92) 8,353 (93) Corporate bonds 14,242 (758) 112,333 (6,435) 126,575 (7,193) U.S. Treasury — — 678 (22) 678 (22) Total $739,188 $ (8,129) $175,403 $(11,387) $914,591 $(19,516)
Page 163
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 104 Unrealized losses in the AFS securities portfolio have not been recognized into income because the securities are either of high credit quality, management does not intend to sell, it is not more likely than not that management would be required to sell the securities prior to their anticipated recovery, or the decline in fair value is largely due to changes in discount rates and assumptions regarding future interest rates. The fair value is expected to recover as the bonds approach maturity. The tables below indicate the gross unrecognized losses and fair value of our HTM securities portfolio, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrecognized loss position. Securities with Unrecognized Loss at December 31, 2025 Less than 12 months 12 months or more Total Fair Unrecognized Fair Unrecognized Fair Unrecognized(dollars in thousands) Value Loss Value Loss Value Loss Agency mortgage-backed securities $ — $ — $585,791 $ (47,046) $585,791 $ (47,046) Total $ — $ — $585,791 $ (47,046) $585,791 $ (47,046) Securities with Unrecognized Loss at December 31, 2024 Less than 12 months 12 months or more Total Fair Unrecognized Fair Unrecognized Fair Unrecognized (dollars in thousands) Value Loss Value Loss Value Loss Agency mortgage-backed securities $ 15,440 $ (61) $621,400 $ (75,204) $636,840 $ (75,265) Total $ 15,440 $ (61) $621,400 $ (75,204) $636,840 $ (75,265)
Page 164
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 105 For the year ended December 31, 2025, securities available-for-sale with a par value of $663 million were sold, resulting in a gain of $5.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2024, securities available-for- sale with a par value of $748 million were sold, resulting in a gain of $1.2 million. The following is a roll forward of the Company’s allowance for credit losses related to investments for the year ended December 31: Beginning Provision (Reversal) Ending(dollars in thousands) Balance for Credit Losses Charge-offs Recoveries Balance Year Ended December 31, 2025: Beneficial interests in FHLMC securitization $ 3,377 $ 15 $ (3,361)$ — $ 31 Corporate bonds 757 (231) — — 526 Total $ 4,134 $ (216) $ (3,361) $ — $ 557 Year Ended December 31, 2024: Beneficial interests in FHLMC securitization $ 6,818 $ (311)$ (3,130)$ — $3,377 Corporate bonds 1,402 (645) — — 757 Total $ 8,220 $ (956) $ (3,130) $ — $4,134 Year Ended December 31, 2023: Beneficial interests in FHLMC securitization $ 11,439 $ (650)$ (3,971)$ — $6,818 Corporate bonds — 1,402 — — 1,402 Total $ 11,439 $ 752 $ (3,971) $ — $8,220 Provision (reversal) for credit losses of $(0.2) million, $(1.0) million, and $0.8 million were recorded on the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. On a quarterly basis, the Company engages with an independent third party to perform an analysis of expected credit losses for its municipal and corporate bond securities to supplement our own internal review. During 2025, an interest-only strip security was written down to its expected cash flow, resulting in a charge- off of $3.4 million to the provision. The ACL related to available-for-sale securities totaled $0.6 million at December 31, 2025. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded charge-offs of $3.1 million related to several interest-only strip securities. The ACL related to available-for-sale securities totaled $4.1 million at December 31, 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded charge- offs of $4.0 million related to several interest-only strip securities. The ACL related to available-for-sale securities totaled $8.2 million at December 31, 2023. The amortized cost and fair value of investment AFS and HTM securities by contractual maturity are shown in the tables below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities for securities whereby borrowers have the right to prepay such obligations without penalty such as agency mortgage-backed securities and beneficial interests in FHLMC securitizations.
Page 165
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 106 The amortized cost and fair value of investment AFS securities by contractual maturity were as follows for the periods indicated: 1 Year or More than 1 Year More than 5 Years More than (dollars in thousands) Less through 5 Years through 10 Years 10 Years Total December 31, 2025 Amortized Cost: Collateralized mortgage obligations$ — $ 156 $ 357 $1,467,175 $1,467,688 Agency mortgage-backed securities— 781 — 803,256 804,037 Municipal bonds — 23,317 21,581 1,094 45,992 SBA securities — 413 91 6,523 7,027 Beneficial interests in FHLMC securitization 511 — — — 511 Corporate bonds — 37,978 57,763 5,000 100,741 U.S. Treasury 500 499 — — 999 Total $ 1,011 $ 63,144 $ 79,792 $2,283,048 $2,426,995 Weighted average yield 0.40% 5.09% 3.15% 4.90% 4.85% Estimated Fair Value: Collateralized mortgage obligations$ — $ 150 $ 340 $1,466,460 $1,466,950 Agency mortgage-backed securities— 762 — 812,076 812,838 Municipal bonds — 22,910 20,793 915 44,618 SBA securities — 412 91 6,467 6,970 Beneficial interests in FHLMC securitization 511 — — — 511 Corporate bonds — 37,050 54,635 4,068 95,753 U.S. Treasury 496 507 — — 1,003 Unallocated portfolio layer fair value basis adjustments (1) — — — 2,389 2,389 Total $ 1,007 $ 61,791 $ 75,859 $2,292,375 $2,431,032 (1) Represents the amount of portfolio layer method basis adjustments related to AFS MBS securities hedged in a closed portfolio.Under U.S. GAAP, portfolio layer method basis adjustments are not allocated to individual securities, however the amounts impactthe unrealized gains or losses for the individual securities being hedged.
Page 166
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 107 1 Year or More than 1 Year More than 5 Years More than (dollars in thousands) Less through 5 Years through 10 Years 10 Years Total December 31, 2024 Amortized Cost: Collateralized mortgage obligations $ — $ 276 $ 154 $ 10,691 $ 11,121 Agency mortgage-backed securities 48 2,992 — 1,123,821 1,126,861 Municipal bonds 2,594 14,874 29,218 2,235 48,921 SBA securities — 418 388 8,430 9,236 Beneficial interests in FHLMC securitization — 4,619 — — 4,619 Corporate bonds — 61,961 66,282 5,524 133,767 U.S. Treasury 200 500 — — 700 Total $ 2,842 $ 85,640 $ 96,042 $1,150,701 $1,335,225 Weighted average yield 1.99% 5.83% 3.01% 5.50% 5.34% Estimated Fair Value: Collateralized mortgage obligations $ — $ 256 $ 150 $ 9,436 $ 9,842 Agency mortgage-backed securities 47 2,882 — 1,118,697 1,121,626 Municipal bonds 2,573 14,120 27,065 1,777 45,535 SBA securities — 416 388 8,341 9,145 Beneficial interests in FHLMC securitization — 4,619 — — 4,619 Corporate bonds — 60,318 61,889 4,367 126,574 U.S. Treasury 200 478 — — 678 Total $ 2,820 $ 83,089 $ 89,492 $1,142,618 $1,318,019 The amortized cost and fair value of investment HTM securities by contractual maturity were as follows for the periods indicated: 1 Year or More than 1 Year More than 5 Years More than (dollars in thousands) Less through 5 Years through 10 Years 10 Years Total December 31, 2025 Amortized Cost: Agency mortgage-backed securities$ — $ 5,881 $ 6,901 $621,551 $634,333 Total $ — $ 5,881 $ 6,901 $621,551 $634,333 Weighted average yield —% 1.13% 1.91% 2.41% 2.39% Estimated Fair Value: Agency mortgage-backed securities$ — $ 5,644 $ 6,423 $575,222 $587,289 Total $ — $ 5,644 $ 6,423 $575,222 $587,289 1 Year or More than 1 Year More than 5 Years More than (dollars in thousands) Less through 5 Years through 10 Years 10 Years Total December 31, 2024 Amortized Cost: Agency mortgage-backed securities$ — $ 4,542 $ 8,900 $698,663 $712,105 Total $ — $ 4,542 $ 8,900 $698,663 $712,105 Weighted average yield —% 0.99% 1.58% 2.24% 2.22% Estimated Fair Value: Agency mortgage-backed securities$ — $ 4,287 $ 8,128 $624,425 $636,840 Total $ — $ 4,287 $ 8,128 $624,425 $636,840
Page 167
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 108 NOTE 4: LOANS The following is a summary of our loans held for investment as of: December 31, December 31, (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Outstanding principal balance: Loans secured by real estate: Residential properties: Multifamily $ 3,239,609 $ 3,341,823 Single-family 784,420 873,491 Total real estate loans secured by residential properties 4,024,029 4,215,314 Commercial properties 679,034 904,167 Land and construction 9,400 69,246 Total real estate loans 4,712,463 5,188,727 Commercial and industrial loans 2,008,445 2,746,351 Consumer loans 1,348 1,137 Total loans 6,722,256 7,936,215 Premiums, discounts and deferred fees and expenses 6,922 5,178 Total $ 6,729,178 $ 7,941,393 The Company’s loans held for investment portfolio is segmented according to loans that share similar attributes and risk characteristics. In addition, the Company’s loans held for sale portfolio, which is not included in the table above, and consists entirely of multifamily loans, totaled $261 million at December 31, 2025 and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2024, respectively. Loans secured by real estate include those secured by either residential or commercial real estate properties, such as multifamily and single-family residential loans; owner occupied and non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans; and land and construction loans. Commercial and industrial loans are loans to businesses where the operating cash flow of the business is the primary source of payment. This segment includes commercial revolving lines of credit and term loans, municipal finance loans, equipment finance loans and SBA loans. Consumer loans include personal installment loans and line of credit, and home equity lines of credit. These loan products are offered as an accommodation to clients of our primary business lines. Loans with a collateral value totaling $174 million and $176 million were pledged as collateral to secure borrowings with the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Loans with a market value of $3.9 billion and $4.1 billion were pledged as collateral to secure borrowings with the FHLB at December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2025, loans totaling $1.0 billion in unpaid principal balance were sold, resulting in a net loss on sale of loans of $9.6 million. For the year ended December 31, 2024, loans totaling $496.9 million in unpaid principal balance were sold, resulting in a net gain on sale of loans of $5.1 million. There were no loan sales for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Page 168
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 109 The following table summarizes our delinquent and nonaccrual loans as of: Past Due and Still Accruing Total Past90 Days Due and(dollars in thousands) 30–59 Days 60-89 Days or More Nonaccrual Nonaccrual Current Total December 31, 2025: Real estate loans: Residential properties$ 9,518 $ — $ — $ 4,212 $ 13,730 $4,019,663$4,033,393 Commercial properties 1,263 — — 2,563 3,826 675,001 678,827 Land and construction — — — — — 9,368 9,368 Commercial and industrial loans 2,022 294 — 30,900 33,216 1,973,025 2,006,241 Consumer loans — — — — — 1,349 1,349 Total $ 12,803 $ 294 $ — $ 37,675 $ 50,772 $6,678,406$6,729,178 Percentage of total loans 0.19% 0.00% —% 0.56% 0.75% December 31, 2024: Real estate loans: Residential properties$ 7,083 $ — $ — $ 23,324 $ 30,407 $4,193,994$4,224,401 Commercial properties 7,944 428 12,900 7,946 29,218 874,463 903,681 Land and construction — — — — — 69,134 69,134 Commercial and industrial loans 997 617 — 9,174 10,788 2,732,226 2,743,014 Consumer loans — — — — — 1,163 1,163 Total $ 16,024 $ 1,045 $12,900 $ 40,444 $ 70,413 $7,870,980$7,941,393 Percentage of total loans 0.20% 0.01% 0.16% 0.51% 0.89% The following table summarizes our nonaccrual loans as of: Nonaccrual Nonaccrualwith Allowance with no Allowance(dollars in thousands) for Credit Losses for Credit Losses December 31, 2025: Real estate loans: Residential properties $ 654 $ 3,558 Commercial properties 157 2,406 Commercial and industrial loans 30,793 107 Total $ 31,604 $ 6,071 December 31, 2024: Real estate loans: Residential properties $ 1,420 $ 21,904 Commercial properties 3,449 4,497 Commercial and industrial loans 9,174 — Total $ 14,043 $ 26,401
Page 169
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 110 The Company adopted ASU 2022-02, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures on January 1, 2023. The amendments in this ASU eliminate the accounting guidance for TDRs by creditors in Subtopic 310-40, Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors, while enhancing disclosure requirements for certain loan refinancings and restructurings by creditors when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty. The amendments in this ASU were applied prospectively, and therefore, loan modification and charge-off information is provided for only those items occurring after the January 1, 2023 adoption date. Based on the guidance in ASU 2022-02, a loan modification or refinancing results in a new loan if the terms of the new loan are at least as favorable to the lender as the terms with customers with similar collection risks that are not refinancing or restructuring their loans and the modification to the terms of the loan are more than minor. If a loan modification or refinancing does not result in a new loan, it is classified as a loan modification. There are additional disclosures for modification of loans with borrowers experiencing financial difficulty that result in a direct change in the timing or amount of contractual cash flows. The disclosures are applicable to situations where there is interest rate reduction, term extensions, principal forgiveness, other- than-insignificant payment delays, or a combination of any of these items.
Page 170
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 111 The following table presents our loan modifications made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty by type of modification for the 12 months ended December 30, 2025 and 2024, with related amortized cost balances, respective percentage share of the total class of loans, and the related financial effect: December 31, 2025: Term Extension Amortized Cost Basis % of Total Class of Loans Financial Effect Residential loans $ 35 —% 1 loan with 4 months of payment deferrals. Commercial and industrial loans $ 11,829 0.59% 8 loans with payment deferrals of either 2 or 3 months with $100 monthly payments; 2 loans with payment deferrals of 2 months; 4 loans with term extensions and payment deferrals ranging from 6 to 52 months; 1 loan with term extension of 12 months with quarterly principal curtailments; 1 loan with term extension of 151 months and 50% payments until paid in full. Total $ 11,864 Payment Deferrals Amortized Cost Basis % of Total Class of Loans Financial Effect Residential loans $ 10,856 0.27% 1 loan with 3-month forbearance Commercial and industrial loans $ 936 0.05% 4 loans each with partial payment deferrals for 3 months Total $ 11,792 Combination Amortized Cost Basis % of Total Class of Loans Financial Effect Commercial and industrial loans $ 2,065 0.10% 6 loans with extensions of loan maturity of 2 and 3 months and payment deferral. 2 loans with extensions of loan maturity of 12 months with principal curtailments. Total $ 2,065 Total Amortized Cost Basis % of Total Class of Loans Residential loans $ 10,891 0.27% Commercial and industrial loans 14,830 0.74% Total $ 25,721 December 31, 2024: Term Extension Amortized Cost Basis % of Total Class of Loans Financial Effect Residential loans $ 5 —% 1 loan with term extension of 22 months. Commercial real estate loans 12,900 1.43% 1 loan with term extension of 10 months. Commercial and industrial loans $ 2,266 0.08% 5 loans with various extensions of loan maturity ranging from 3 to 63 months and payment deferral. 2 loans with payment extensions and forbearance. 1 loan with 3-month extension and 3-month forbearance. 1 loan with $100 payments through 3 months. Total $ 15,171 Payment Deferrals Amortized Cost Basis % of Total Class of Loans Financial Effect Residential loans $ 399 0.01 % 1 loan with 3-month interest deferral Total $ 399 Combination Amortized Cost Basis % of Total Class of Loans Financial Effect Commercial and industrial loans 5,021 0.18% 8 loans with various extensions of loan maturity ranging from 5 to 12 months and payment deferral. Total $ 5,021 Total Amortized Cost Basis % of Total Class of Loans Residential loans $ 404 0.01% Commercial real estate loans 12,900 1.43% Commercial and industrial loans 7,287 0.26% Total $ 20,591
Page 171
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 112 The following table presents the amortized cost basis of loans that had a payment default since modification for the 12 months ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024: December 31, 2025: Payment Deferrals # of Loans Defaulted Amortized Cost Basis Residential loans 1 $ 10,856 Total 1 10,856 Combination # of Loans Defaulted Amortized Cost Basis Commercial and industrial loans 1 $ 32 Total 1 $ 32 Total # of Loans Defaulted Amortized Cost Basis Residential loans $ 1 $ 10,856 Commercial and industrial loans 1 $ 32 Total 2 $ 10,888 December 31, 2024: Combination # of Loans Defaulted Amortized Cost Basis Commercial and industrial loans 3 $ 2,264 Total 3 $ 2,264 Total # of Loans Defaulted Amortized Cost Basis Commercial and industrial loans 3 $ 2,264 Total 3 $ 2,264 The following table presents the payment status of our loan modifications made during the twelve months ended December 31, 2025 and 2024: 30-89 Days 90+ Days (dollars in thousands) Current Past Due Past Due Nonaccrual Total December 31, 2025: Residential loans $10,891 $ — $ — $ — $10,891 Commercial and industrial loans 9,399 19 52 5,360 14,830 Total $20,290 $ 19 $ 52 $ 5,360 $25,721 30-89 Days 90+ Days(dollars in thousands) Current Past Due Past Due Nonaccrual Total December 31, 2024: Residential loans $ 404 $ — $ — $ — $ 404 Commercial real estate loans — — 12,900 — 12,900 Commercial and industrial loans 2,313 — — 4,974 7,287 Total $ 2,717 $ — $12,900 $ 4,974 $20,591
Page 172
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 113 NOTE 5: ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES The Company accounts for ACL related to loans in accordance with ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires the Company to record an estimate of current expected credit losses (“CECL”) for loans at the time of origination. The ACL is maintained at a level deemed appropriate by management to provide for expected credit losses in the portfolio as of the date of the consolidated balance sheet. The measurement of the ACL is performed by collectively pooling and evaluating loans with similar risk characteristics. The quantitative CECL model estimates credit losses by applying pool-specific probability of default (“PD”) and loss given default (“LGD”) rates to the expected exposure at default ("EAD") over the contractual life of the loans. A significant portion of the ACL is calculated and measured on a collective pool basis, representing $6.6 billion or approximately 98.2% of the total blended loans held for investment portfolio as of December 31, 2025. Pooled loan segments consisted of multifamily, commercial, single-family, non-owner occupied commercial real estate, and construction loans. The remaining portion of the loan portfolio, as of December 31, 2025, representing $88.2 million or approximately 1.3% of the total blended loans held for investment portfolio, consisted of small homogeneous loan portfolios which has its quantitative reserve calculated separately based on historical loss factors for the respective portfolios or, if no historical loss is available, based on peer group historical losses. These loan portfolios include equipment finance, land, consumer and commercial small balance loans. In addition, collateral dependent loans totaling $32.4 million or 0.5% of the total blended loans held for investment portfolio, are separately valued based on the fair value of the underlying collateral. As of December 31, 2024, the ACL was calculated and measured on a collective pool basis, representing $7.8 billion or approximately 97.6% of the total blended loans held for investment portfolio. Pooled loan segments consisted of multifamily, commercial, single-family, non-owner occupied commercial real estate, and construction loans. The remaining portion of the loan portfolio, representing $164.7 million or 2.1% of the total blended loan portfolio, consisted of small homogeneous loan portfolios which have their quantitative reserve calculated separately based on historical loss factors for the respective portfolios or, if no historical loss is available, based upon peer group historical losses. These loan portfolios include equipment finance, land, consumer and commercial small balance loans. In addition, collateral dependent loans totaling $27.0 million or 0.3% of the total blended portfolio were separately valued based on the fair value of the underlying collateral. The measurement also incorporates qualitative components such as internal and external risk factors that may not be adequately assessed in the quantitative model. Qualitative adjustments primarily relate to segments of the loan portfolio deemed by management to be of a higher-risk profile or other factors where management believes the quantitative component of the ACL model may not be fully reflective of levels deemed adequate in the judgment of management. Qualitative adjustments may also relate to uncertainty as to future macroeconomic conditions and the related impact on certain loan segments. Management reviews the need for an appropriate level of quantitative adjustments on a quarterly basis, and as such, the amount and allocation of qualitative adjustments may change in future periods. Management applies a two-year time horizon in its ACL model at which there is a gradual reversion back to historical loss experience over two year period. For purposes of calculating the ACL, the Company has elected to include deferred loan fees and expenses in the loan balance and exclude accrued interest from loan balances. During the third quarter of 2025, the Company revised several key assumptions within its ACL methodology for various loan segments. These changes are in response to changes in economic conditions and increased economic uncertainty. The primary changes included the following:
Page 173
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 114 Reversion to Unadjusted Historical Information The Company incorporated external peer loss data into its long-term reversion estimates for PD and LGD. Prior to third quarter of 2025, the Company’s reversion to unadjusted historical information was to our own historical experience. For the third quarter of 2025, the Company reverted to a weighted average of our own historical and peer data, using a 50/50 weighting. As the Company’s historical losses were lower than peer losses, this change drove an increase in the ACL. LGD Floor Adjustment The Company increased the floor for LGD from 5% to 10% for multifamily and non-owner occupied commercial real estate portfolios. The increase in the LGD floor was made in response to the continued decline in the price of rental properties in California and the recent increased rental vacancy rate. These refinements have been accounted for as changes in accounting estimates in accordance with FASB ASC 250 – Accounting Changes and Error Corrections and are being applied prospectively beginning with the quarter ended September 30, 2025. The Company considers individual events or data observations as indicators of emerging risks and whether these events and observations, when assessed together over time, constitute a trend that is expected to continue into the future and affect the Company’s portfolio. Credit performance data and economic data can be volatile in the short term, requiring management judgment and multiple data points for trend identification. Observations in a single quarter typically do not constitute a trend. The increasing economic uncertainty and portfolio credit deterioration starting in the second quarter of 2025 continued in the third quarter of 2025, confirming these negative trends and triggering the implementation of changes in assumptions in the third quarter of 2025. Although some economic and credit indicators have longer emerging trends (e.g. multifamily real estate price declines and increased vacancy rates started in 2022), these longer-term trends by themselves did not constitute an assumption change trigger. However, combined with certain portfolio performance indicator trends first observed in the second quarter of 2025, and confirmed in the third quarter of 2025, these indicators support sufficient change in current conditions that required re-evaluation of historical information used and as a result, the change in assumptions in the third quarter of 2025. The impact of the following factors (individually and collectively) were key drivers in the decision to make the refinements noted above effective in the third quarter of 2025: 1) An increase in the level of substandard loans in the second and third quarters of 2025. 2) A large loan moved from the pooled estimation to an individually-evaluated loan, resulting in a significant increase in the ACL. This large loan downgrade in the third quarter of 2025 confirmed a trend in the C&I portfolio after three loan defaults in the fourth quarter of 2024 that were previously considered one- off idiosyncratic events. 3) Significant downgrades in the CRE portfolio in the third quarter of 2025, together with continued weakness in other portfolios. 4) Growing economic uncertainty and negative economic trends surfacing in the first quarter of 2025 and becoming increasingly evident in the second quarter of 2025 resulting from unintended consequences of tariff wars and new economic policies.
Page 174
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 115 The following is a roll forward of the allowance for credit losses related to loans held for investment for the years ended December 31: Provision Beginning (Reversal) for Ending(dollars in thousands) Balance Credit Losses Chargeoffs Recoveries Balance 2025: Real estate loans: Residential properties $ 7,216 $ 35,815 $ — $ 6 $ 43,037 Commercial properties 6,683 702 — — 7,385 Land and construction 61 (2) — — 59 Commercial and industrial loans 18,333 26,086 (2,071) 1,010 43,358 Consumer loans 9 2 — — 11 Total $ 32,302 $ 62,603 $ (2,071) $ 1,016 $ 93,850 2024: Real estate loans: Residential properties $ 9,921 $ (2,048) $ (657) $ — $ 7,216 Commercial properties 4,148 3,499 (964) — 6,683 Land and construction 332 (271) — — 61 Commercial and industrial loans 14,796 19,815 (16,770) 492 18,333 Consumer loans 8 23 (23) 1 9 Total $ 29,205 $ 21,018 $ (18,414) $ 493 $ 32,302 2023: Real estate loans: Residential properties $ 8,306 $ 1,615 $ — $ — $ 9,921 Commercial properties 8,714 (4,317) (249) — 4,148 Land and construction 164 168 — — 332 Commercial and industrial loans 16,521 1,171 (4,998) 2,102 14,796 Consumer loans 26 (18) (2) 2 8 Total $ 33,731 $ (1,381) $ (5,249) $ 2,104 $ 29,205 The ACL related to loans held for investment was $93.9 million December 31, 2025 and $32.3 million at December 31, 2024. The increase from 2024 was primarily due to $36.4 million recorded as a result of changes in ACL model assumptions and $16.8 million associated with one large C&I loan which was moved from pool evaluation to individually evaluation. The Company maintained an allowance for unfunded loan commitments totaling $2.5 million at December 31, 2025, and $1.3 million at December 31, 2024, which is included in accounts payable and other liabilities. The allowance is calculated based mostly on loss rates for the type of loan/collateral in which the loan commitment relates with a drawdown probability applied to the available credit balance based on utilization rates for the prior year. The Company’s primary regulatory agencies periodically review the allowance for credit losses and such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on information and factors available to them at the time of their examinations. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the Company will not recognize additional provisions for credit losses with respect to the loan portfolio.
Page 175
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 116 Credit Risk Management The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as current financial information, historical payment experience, collateral adequacy, credit documentation, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis typically includes larger, non-homogeneous loans such as loans secured by multifamily or commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans. This analysis is performed on an ongoing basis as new information is obtained. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings: Pass: Loans classified as pass are strong credits with no existing or known potential weaknesses deserving of management’s close attention. Special Mention: Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution’s credit position at some future date. Substandard: Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loans listed as pass include larger non-homogeneous loans not meeting the risk rating definitions above and smaller, homogeneous loans not assessed on an individual basis.
Page 176
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 117 The following tables present risk categories of loans held for investment based on year of origination, and include gross charge-offs in accordance with ASU 2022-02 as of the dates presented: Revolving(dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Prior Loans Total December 31, 2025:Loans secured by real estate:ResidentialMultifamily Pass $106,188 $ 87,335 $ 529 $1,553,677 $ 761,180 $ 395,599 $ — $2,904,508Special mention — — — 117,260 11,315 52,425 — 181,000Substandard — — — 37,275 3,633 118,973 — 159,881Doubtful — — — — — — — — Total $106,188 $ 87,335 $ 529 $1,708,212 $ 776,128 $ 566,997 $ — $3,245,389 Gross charge-offs $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — Single-familyPass $ 16,919 $ 5,387 $ 9,357 $ 234,020 $ 241,438 $ 242,067 $ 33,874 $ 783,062Special mention — — — — — — 513 513Substandard — — — 1,546 — 2,783 100 4,429 Doubtful — — — — — — — — Total $ 16,919 $ 5,387 $ 9,357 $ 235,566 $ 241,438 $ 244,850 $ 34,487 $ 788,004 Gross charge-offs $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — Commercial real estate Pass $ — $ 2,742 $ 2,357 $ 198,863 $ 74,396 $ 366,997 $ — $ 645,355Special mention — — — 5,776 — 14,131 — 19,907Substandard — — — 5,208 2,977 5,380 — 13,565Doubtful — — — — — — — — Total $ — $ 2,742 $ 2,357 $ 209,847 $ 77,373 $ 386,508 $ — $ 678,827 Gross charge-offs $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — Land and constructionPass $ — $ 120 $ — $ — $ 4,302 $ 4,946 $ — $ 9,368Special mention — — — — — — — —Substandard — — — — — — — — Doubtful — — — — — — — — Total $ — $ 120 $ — $ — $ 4,302 $ 4,946 $ — $ 9,368 Gross charge-offs $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — Commercial Pass $ 38,069 $ 43,594 $ 64,787 $ 782,546 $ 133,643 $ 91,403 $732,816 $1,886,858Special mention — — 1 7,918 31,476 43 6,268 45,706Substandard 1,553 3,899 13,499 267 20,076 2,632 8,263 50,189Doubtful 1,073 — 15,985 — — — 6,430 23,488 Total $ 40,695 $ 47,493 $ 94,272 $ 790,731 $ 185,195 $ 94,078 $753,777 $2,006,241 Gross charge-offs $ — $ 32 $ 609 $ 993 $ 319 $ 30 $ 88 $ 2,071 ConsumerPass $ 4 $ — $ 498 $ — $ 97 $ 39 $ 711 $ 1,349Special mention — — — — — — — —Substandard — — — — — — — — Doubtful — — — — — — — — Total $ 4 $ — $ 498 $ — $ 97 $ 39 $ 711 $ 1,349 Gross charge-offs $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — Total loans Pass $161,180 $139,178 $ 77,528 $2,769,106 $1,215,056 $1,101,051 $767,401 $6,230,500Special mention — — 1 130,954 42,791 66,599 6,781 247,126Substandard 1,553 3,899 13,499 44,296 26,686 129,768 8,363 228,064Doubtful 1,073 — 15,985 — — — 6,430 23,488 Total $163,806 $143,077 $107,013 $2,944,356 $1,284,533 $1,297,418 $788,975 $6,729,178 Gross charge-offs $ — $ 32 $ 609 $ 993 $ 319 $ 30 $ 88 $ 2,071
Page 177
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 118 Revolving(dollars in thousands) 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 Prior Loans Total December 31, 2024:Loans secured by real estate:ResidentialMultifamilyPass $101,311 $ 539 $1,701,974 $ 749,864 $369,887 $241,935 $ — $3,165,510Special mention — — — 47,090 18,572 8,623 — 74,285Substandard — — 13,231 — 18,234 76,185 — 107,650 Doubtful — — — — — — — — Total $101,311 $ 539 $1,715,205 $ 796,954 $406,693 $326,743 $ — $3,347,445 Gross charge-offs $ — — — — — 657 — $ 657 Single-familyPass $ 5,410 $ 9,441 $ 247,252 $ 255,096 $ 90,422 $203,116 $ 44,580 $ 855,317Special mention — — — — — — 510 510Substandard — — — — — 21,104 25 21,129 Doubtful — — — — — — — — Total $ 5,410 $ 9,441 $ 247,252 $ 255,096 $ 90,422 $224,220 $ 45,115 $ 876,956 Gross charge-offs $ — — — — — — — $ — Commercial real estatePass $ 3,784 $ 2,398 $ 217,827 $ 115,582 $136,414 $378,101 $ — $ 854,106Special mention — — 1,637 1,299 7,966 4,795 — 15,697Substandard — 12,900 — — 845 20,133 — 33,878 Doubtful — — — — — — — — Total $ 3,784 $ 15,298 $ 219,464 $ 116,881 $145,225 $403,029 $ — $ 903,681 Gross charge-offs $ — — — — — 964 — $ 964 Land and constructionPass $ 125 $ 24,970 $ 32,877 $ 4,444 $ 1,035 $ 5,683 $ — $ 69,134Special mention — — — — — — — —Substandard — — — — — — — — Doubtful — — — — — — — — Total $ 125 $ 24,970 $ 32,877 $ 4,444 $ 1,035 $ 5,683 $ — $ 69,134 Gross charge-offs $ — — — — — — — $ — CommercialPass $ 66,699 $151,580 $ 972,111 $ 234,062 $ 88,657 $ 27,220 $1,147,464 $2,687,793Special mention 690 3,400 9,430 24,087 — 605 7,602 45,814Substandard 2,593 31 28 422 12 2,218 4,103 9,407 Doubtful — — — — — — — — Total $ 69,982 $155,011 $ 981,569 $ 258,571 $ 88,669 $ 30,043 $1,159,169 $2,743,014 Gross charge-offs $ 572 622 1,310 795 3,437 4,530 5,504 $ 16,770 ConsumerPass $ 89 $ 5 $ — $ 107 $ — $ 49 $ 913 $ 1,163Special mention — — — — — — — —Substandard — — — — — — — — Doubtful — — — — — — — — Total $ 89 $ 5 $ — $ 107 $ — $ 49 $ 913 $ 1,163 Gross charge-offs $ — — — — — — 23 $ 23 Total loansPass $177,418 $188,933 $3,172,041 $1,359,155 $686,415 $856,104 $1,192,957 $7,633,023Special mention 690 3,400 11,067 72,476 26,538 14,023 8,112 136,306Substandard 2,593 12,931 13,259 422 19,091 119,640 4,128 172,064 Doubtful — — — — — — — — Total $180,701 $205,264 $3,196,367 $1,432,053 $732,044 $989,767 $1,205,197 $7,941,393 Gross charge-offs $ 572 622 1,310 795 3,437 6,151 5,527 $ 18,414
Page 178
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 119 A loan is considered collateral dependent when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and repayment of the loan is expected to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of the collateral. Collateral dependent loans are evaluated individually to determine expected credit losses and any ACL allocation is determined based upon the amount by which amortized costs exceed the estimated fair value of the collateral, adjusted for estimated selling costs (if applicable). The following table presents the amortized cost basis of collateral dependent loans, and the related ACL allocated to these loans as of the dates indicated: Equipment/ ACL(dollars in thousands) Real Estate Cash Receivables Total Allocation December 31, 2025: Loans secured by real estate: Residential properties Multifamily $ 1,409 $ — $ — $ 1,409 $ — Single-family 2,149 — — 2,149 — Commercial real estate loans 2,406 — — 2,406 — Commercial loans 107 — 26,335 26,442 17,573 Total $ 6,071 $ — $ 26,335 $ 32,406 $ 17,573 December 31, 2024: Loans secured by real estate: Residential properties Multifamily $ 2,802 $ — $ — $ 2,802 $ — Single-family 15,856 — — 15,856 — Commercial real estate loans 4,497 — — 4,497 — Commercial loans — — 3,935 3,935 697 Total $ 23,155 $ — $ 3,935 $ 27,090 $ 697 NOTE 6: PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT A summary of premises and equipment is as follows at December 31: (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Leasehold improvements and artwork $ 29,024 $ 27,160 Information technology equipment 13,529 13,933 Furniture and fixtures 2,795 3,311 Land and auto 14,095 14,096 Total 59,443 58,500 Accumulated depreciation and amortization (24,780) (22,694) Net $ 34,663 $ 35,806 Depreciation expense for premises and equipment was $4.4 million, $4.8 million, and $4.4 million as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Page 179
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 120 NOTE 7: REAL ESTATE OWNED The activity in our portfolio of REO is as follows during the periods ending December 31: (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Beginning balance $ 6,210 $ 8,381 Loans transferred to REO — — Dispositions of REO — (2,171) Ending balance $ 6,210 $ 6,210 During the year ended December 31, 2024, one of the two REO properties held at the beginning of 2024 was sold, resulting in a gain on sale of REO of $0.7 million, which is included in the consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2025, REO consisted of one property which is carried at amortized cost as the appraised value adjusted for estimated selling costs exceeded the amortized cost basis. NOTE 8: GOODWILL AND CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLES Goodwill is recorded upon completion of a business combination as the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired. Goodwill is deemed to have an indefinite useful life and as such is not subject to amortization and instead is tested for impairment annually unless a triggering event occurs thereby requiring an updated assessment. Our regular annual impairment assessment occurs in the fourth quarter. Impairment exists when the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to that excess as a charge to noninterest expense in the consolidated statement of operations. The closure of three large regional banks during the year ended December 31, 2023, coupled with the drastic change in macroeconomic conditions and persistent rate increases by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) caused a significant decline in bank stock prices including our own. These triggering events required an updated assessment of our goodwill as of June 30, 2023, which concluded that our goodwill was impaired. As a result, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge equal to our entire goodwill balance of $215.3 million in the second quarter of 2023 as the estimated fair value of equity was less than book value. The updated assessment utilized three approaches, each receiving equal weighting: (1) the guideline public company (“GPC”) method which compares benchmarking data of the Company to a set of comparable GPCs; (2) the guideline transaction (“GT”) method utilizing financial results of the Company for the latest twelve months and comparing to publicly available transaction data, and (3) a discounted cash flow method, taking into consideration expectations of the Company’s growth and profitability going forward. The goodwill impairment was a non-cash charge and had no impact on our regulatory capital ratios, cash flows, or liquidity position. Core deposit intangibles are deemed to have definite useful lives and arise from whole bank acquisitions. Core deposit intangibles are amortized on an accelerated method over their estimated useful lives, which range from 7 to 10 years. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, core deposit intangible assets totaled $2.4 million and $3.6 million, respectively, and we recognized $1.2 million, $1.4 million and $1.6 million in core deposit intangible amortization expense in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. NOTE 9: DERIVATIVE ASSETS On February 1, 2024, the Bank entered into an interest rate swap agreement with an institutional counterparty to hedge against our exposure to changes in interest rates as part of our overall interest rate risk management strategy. On the date the agreement was entered into, the derivative was designated as a cash flow hedge, as it was undertaken to manage the risk of changes in cash flows on interest payments associated with a stream of variable-rate, short-term borrowings for a corresponding amount that are attributable to changes in the future financing rates of each rolling maturity. At inception
Page 180
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 and on a quarterly basis thereafter, an assessment is performed to determine the effectiveness of the derivative at reducing the risk associated with the hedged exposure. A cash flow hedge designated as highly effective is carried at fair value on the balance sheet with the portion of change in fair value of the cash flow hedge considered highly effective recognized in AOCI. If the cash flow hedge becomes ineffective, the portion of the change in fair value of the cash flow hedge considered ineffective is reclassified from AOCI to earnings. The hedging instrument is a pay-fixed, receive variable interest rate swap agreement having a beginning notional amount of $450 million. The Bank pays quarterly interest at a fixed rate of 3.583% and receives quarterly interest payments calculated at the Daily Simple SOFR over the same period. The original term of the agreement was five years, expiring on February 1, 2029. On March 28, 2024, the original hedge position notional amount was reduced by $100 million, and a corresponding amount of the hedged item was simultaneously de-designated, resulting in the recording of a gain of $1.7 million, classified as capital markets activities on the accompanying statements of operations. At December 31, 2025, the fair value of the cash flow hedge was $(6.9) million and is classified in derivative liabilities with a corresponding amount classified as a component of AOCI on the accompanying balance sheet. At December 31, 2024, the fair value of the cash flow hedge was $5.1 million and is classified in derivative assets with a corresponding amount classified as a component of AOCI on the accompanying balance sheet. On January 29, 2025, the Bank entered into an interest rate swap agreement with an institutional counterparty to hedge the interest rate risk to earnings associated with fair value changes in the valuation allowance previously established as a result of loans that were reclassified from loans held for investment to loans held for sale during the second half of 2024. The hedging instrument is a pay-fixed, receive variable interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $1.0 billion that will amortize down to $400 million over four years. The Bank will pay quarterly interest at a fixed rate of 4.03% and receive quarterly interest payments calculated at the Daily Simple SOFR over the same period. The original term of the agreement was four years, expiring on January 29, 2029. Since the fair value changes of the valuation allowance for reclassified loans in loans held for sale already flow through earnings, the Bank has elected to not designate the hedge for hedge accounting to ensure that changes in the derivative’s value are reported in current earnings each period. Interest rate swaptions hedge the interest rate exposure of the Company against changes in the fair value of fixed rate callable assets when the benchmark rate exceeds the strike rate of the hedging instrument. During the fourth quarter of 2025, the Company purchased a combined $1.2 billion of interest rate swaptions which were designated as fair value hedges utilizing the portfolio layer method (ASC 815-20-25-12A). The hedged item for each swaption was a pool of fixed-rate callable available-for-sale securities or a pool of loans. For those hedging relationships, the Company excludes time value from the assessment of hedge effectiveness and recognizes changes in intrinsic value of the swaptions in current earnings in net interest income. The change in the time value of the swaptions is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) and amortized into earnings (net interest income) over its legal term. As of December 31, 2025, we held one fixed rate payer swaption with a notional amount of $662 million and an expiration date on April 30, 2026, one fixed rate payer swaption with a notional amount of $304 million and an expiration date on April 30, 2026, one fixed rate payer swaption with a notional amount of $175 million and an expiration date on April 30, 2026, and one fixed rate payer swaption with a notional amount of $60 million and an expiration date on April 30, 2026. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative instrument as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged asset or liability attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current earnings. The gain or loss on the derivative instrument is presented on the same income statement line item as the earnings effect of the hedged item. The Company utilizes interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges to mitigate the effect of changing interest rates on the fair values of certain fixed-rate callable assets including available-for-sale securities and loans. The hedging strategy economically converts the fixed interest rates to variable interest rates based on federal funds rates or SOFR. During the fourth quarter of 2025, the Company executed five interest rate swap agreements for a total notional amount of $799 million. Under the portfolio layer method, the hedged item is designated as a hedged layer on a closed portfolio of available-for-sale securities that is anticipated to remain outstanding throughout the hedge period ending April 1, 2030.
Page 181
121
Page 182
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 122 NOTE 10: LOAN SALES AND MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS The Company retained servicing rights for most of the loans sold and recognized mortgage servicing rights in connection with multifamily loan sale transactions that occurred in 2025, 2024, as well as 2021 and prior. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, mortgage servicing rights net of valuation allowance totaled $8.2 million and $6.4 million, respectively, and is classified as a component of other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The amount of loans serviced for others totaled $1.8 billion and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Servicing fees collected in 2025, 2024, and 2023 were $4.3 million, $2.5 million, and $2.5 million, respectively. In 2025, $1.0 billion principal balance of multifamily loans were sold, and the Company recognized a loss of $9.6 million in earnings and recorded mortgage servicing rights asset of $3.8 million on the consolidated balance sheet. In 2024, $489 million principal balance of multifamily loans were sold, and the Company recognized a gain of $4.4 million in earnings and recorded a mortgage servicing right asset of $2.8 million on the consolidated balance sheets. There were no loan sale transactions in 2023 that resulted in the recognition of mortgage servicing rights. There were no loan purchase transactions in 2025 or 2024. NOTE 11: DEPOSITS The following table summarizes the outstanding balance of deposits and average rates paid thereon as of: 2025 2024 Weighted Weighted (dollars in thousands) Amount Average Rate Amount Average Rate Demand deposits: Noninterest-bearing $1,235,589 — $1,956,628 — Interest-bearing 1,677,461 2.70% 1,995,397 3.29% Money market and savings 3,530,134 3.29% 3,524,801 3.60% Certificates of deposit 2,841,386 4.24% 2,393,453 4.72% Total $9,284,570 3.04% $9,870,279 3.09% The following table provides the remaining maturities of certificates of deposit accounts greater than $250,000 as of: December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Large Denomination Certificates of Deposit Maturity Distribution (dollars in thousands) 3 months or less $ 85,998 $ 76,691 Over 3 months through 6 months 64,187 44,619 Over 6 months through 12 months 31,809 92,960 Over 12 months — 13,417 Total $ 181,994 $ 227,687 Large depositor relationships, consisting of deposit relationships which exceed 2% of total deposits, accounted for, in the aggregate, 9.7% and 19.7% of our total deposits as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The composition of our large depositor relationships includes mortgage servicing clients who have maintained long-term depository relationships with us. The balances in these depository accounts are subject to seasonal inflows and outflows, common in the mortgage servicing industry, and average balances in the portfolio unexpectedly grew in the later part of 2024.
Page 183
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 Accrued interest payable on deposits, which is included in accounts payable and other liabilities, was $24.7 million and $27.7 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. NOTE 12: BORROWINGS The Bank has established secured and unsecured lines of credit under which it may borrow funds from time to time on a term or overnight basis from the FHLB, Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (the “Federal Reserve Bank”), and other institutions. At December 31, 2025, our borrowings consisted of $1.0 billion in FHLB putable advances at the Bank, $400 million of FHLB term advances at the Bank, $18 million in repurchase agreements at the Bank, and a $12.5 million line of credit at the holding company. At December 31, 2024, our borrowings consisted of $1.0 billion in FHLB putable advances at the Bank, $400 million of FHLB term advances at the Bank, and $25 million in repurchase agreements at the Bank. FHLB Advances The FHLB putable advances outstanding at December 31, 2025 had a weighted average remaining life of 5.25 years and a weighted average interest rate of 3.74%. The putable advances can be called quarterly until maturity at the option of the FHLB at various put dates. $300 million were eligible for exercising in March 2025 and the remaining $700 million were eligible for exercising beginning in June 2025. None of the puts were exercised in 2025. The FHLB term advances outstanding at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 consisted of the following: $300 million in a three-year fixed-rate advance maturing on May 28, 2027 at an interest rate of 4.95% $100 million in a five-year fixed-rate advance maturing on June 28, 2028 at an interest rate of 4.21% FHLB advances are collateralized primarily by loans secured by single-family, multifamily, and commercial real estate properties with a market value of $3.3 billion and $4.1 billion as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The Bank’s total unused borrowing capacity from the FHLB was $1.4 billion and $1.7 billion as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The Bank had in place $151 million in letters of credit from the FHLB as of December 31, 2025, $141 million of which is used as collateral for the 2024 multifamily loan sale/securitization, and $10 million of which is used as collateral for public fund deposits. The FHLB putable advances outstanding at December 31, 2024 had a weighted average remaining life of 6.25 years and a weighted average interest rate of 3.74%. Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings The Bank has a secured line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank including the secured borrowing capacity through the Federal Reserve Bank’s Discount Window, and Borrower-in-Custody (“BIC”) programs. Borrowings under the BIC program are overnight advances with interest chargeable at the primary credit borrowing rate. At December 31, 2025, the Bank did not have any borrowings outstanding under any of the Federal Reserve Bank programs. At December 31, 2025, the Bank had secured unused borrowing capacity of $1.8 billion under this agreement. At December 31, 2024, the Bank did not have any borrowings outstanding under any of the Federal Reserve Bank programs. At December 31, 2024, the Bank had secured unused borrowing capacity of $1.1 billion under this agreement. Uncommitted Credit Facilities: The Bank has a total of $240 million in borrowing capacity through unsecured federal funds lines, ranging in size from $20 million to $100 million, with six correspondent financial institutions. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no balances outstanding under these arrangements. Holding Company Line of Credit: FFI has entered into a loan agreement with an unaffiliated lender that provides for a revolving line of credit for up to $20 million maturing in June 2026. The loan bears an interest rate of Prime rate, plus 50 basis points (0.50%). FFI’s
Page 184
123
Page 185
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 124 obligations under the loan agreement are secured by, among other things, a pledge of all of its equity in the Bank. As of December 31, 2025, there was a $12.5 million balance outstanding under this agreement. We had a breach to one of our debt covenants under the agreement, but we received a waiver from the lender. We maintain the ability to pay off the line of credit with FFI cash and liquidity from our FFA subsidiary. Repurchase Agreements: The repurchase agreements are treated as overnight borrowings with the balance associated with obligations to repurchase securities sold reflected as a liability. The investment securities underlying these agreements remain in the Company’s securities AFS portfolio. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the repurchase agreements are collateralized by investment securities with a fair value of approximately $70.5 million and $77.3 million, respectively. NOTE 13: SUBORDINATED DEBT At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, FFI had two issuances of subordinated notes outstanding with an aggregate carrying value of $174 and $173 million, respectively. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, FFI was in compliance with all covenants under its subordinated debt agreements. The following table summarizes the outstanding subordinated notes as of the dates indicated: Current Current Carrying Value Stated Interest Principal December 31, December 31,(dollars in thousands) Maturity Rate Balance 2025 2024 Subordinated notes Subordinated notes due 2032, 3.50% per annum until February 1, 2027, 3-month SOFR + 2.04% thereafter. February 1, 2032 3.50%$150,000 $ 148,538$ 148,298 Subordinated notes due 2030, 6.0% per annum until June 30, 2025, 3-month SOFR + 5.90% thereafter. June 30, 2030 10.19% 24,165 24,983 25,161 Total $174,165 $ 173,521$ 173,459 NOTE 14: SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY FFI is a holding company and does not have any direct operating activities. Any future cash flow needs of FFI are expected to be met by its existing cash and cash equivalents and dividends from its subsidiaries. The Bank is subject to various laws and regulations that limit the amount of dividends that a bank can pay without obtaining prior approval from bank regulators. FFI’s cash and cash equivalents totaled $11.2 million and $7.7 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. On July 8, 2024, the Company raised approximately $228 million of gross proceeds in an equity capital raise (“July 2024 Capital Raise”) with certain investors. In the July 2024 Capital Raise, the Company sold and issued to the investors: (a) 11,308,676 shares of common stock at a purchase price per share of $4.10 (on July 1, 2024, the day before the announcement of the July 2024 Capital Raise, the closing price of the common stock was $6.47); (b) 29,811 shares of a new series of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company designated as Series A Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), at a price per share of $4,100, and each share of which is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock, and all of which shares of Series A Preferred Stock represent the right (on an as converted basis) to receive approximately 29,811,000 shares of common stock; (c) 14,490 shares of a new series of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company designated as Series B Noncumulative Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), at a price per share of $4,100, each share of which is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock, and all of which shares of Series B Preferred Stock represent the right (on an as converted basis) to receive approximately 14,490,000 shares of common stock; and (d) Issued Warrants, affording the holder thereof the right, until the seven-year anniversary of the issuance of such Issued Warrant, to purchase for $5,125 per share, 22,239 shares of
Page 187
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 125 Series C non-voting, common-equivalent preferred stock (the “Series C NVCE Stock”). Each share of Series C NVCE Stock is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock, all of which shares of Series C NVCE Stock, upon issuance, will represent the right (on an as converted basis) to receive approximately 22,239,000 shares of common stock. The investors were subject to a 180-day lock-up period with respect to the securities purchased. Net proceeds from the July 2024 Capital Raise of $214.5 million, consisting of the $228 million gross proceeds less issuance costs of $13.5 million, were allocated amongst the newly issued equity instruments under the relative fair value method. Under the relative fair value method, each equity instrument was allocated a portion of the net proceeds based on the proportion of its fair value to the sum of the fair values of all of the equity instruments covered in the allocation. The terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C NVCE Stock are more fully described in the respective Certificates of Designation, which were included as Exhibit 3.1, Exhibit 3.2, and Exhibit 3.3, respectively to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 9, 2024, and incorporated by reference therein. The terms of the Issued Warrants are more fully described in the Issued Warrant, a form of which was included as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 9, 2024, and incorporated by reference therein. On September 30, 2024, stockholders approved and adopted an amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended, to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from 100,000,000 shares to 200,000,000 shares, and also approved the issuance of shares of common stock in connection with the July 2024 Capital Raise pursuant to NYSE listing rules. As a result of these approvals, all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock automatically converted into shares of common stock as of the close of business on October 2, 2024, in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Designation for the Series B Preferred Stock. In addition, the quarterly non-cumulative cash dividend (annual rate of 13%) and liquidation preference rights of the Series A Preferred Stock ceased to apply. Shares of Series A Preferred Stock (a) are now entitled to receive dividends at the same time and on the same terms as shares of common stock in accordance with the Certificate of Designation for the Series A Preferred Stock, and (b) rank as equal to shares of common stock in any liquidation of the Company. Furthermore, the Company will not be required to issue any cash-settled warrants to the investors who participated in the July 2024 Capital Raise. At December 31, 2025, there were no declared dividends outstanding with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock. FFB has agreed not to pay dividends to the Company without the FDIC and DFPI’s prior written approval.
Page 188
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 126 NOTE 15: EARNINGS PER SHARE Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income or loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock that would then share in earnings. Contracts to issue common stock include warrants, convertible preferred stock, stock options, restricted stock, and other contingent shares. As the average common share price was above the $5.125 per share exercise price (on an as-converted basis) of the warrants, the warrants would have been included in the dilutive share count and diluted earnings per share as of December 31, 2025, if the Company had positive earnings for the period. The following table sets forth the Company’s earnings per share calculations for the years ended December 31: 2025 2024 2023 (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) Basic Diluted Basic Diluted Basic Diluted Net loss $ (155,157) $ (155,157) $ (92,407) $ (92,407) $ (199,064) $ (199,064) Weighted averagebasic common sharesoutstanding 82,506,015 82,506,015 65,598,430 65,598,430 56,426,093 56,426,093 Dilutive effect ofoptions, restrictedstock, warrants, andcontingent sharesissuable — — — Diluted commonshares outstanding 82,506,015 65,598,430 56,426,093 Net loss per share $ (1.88) $ (1.88) $ (1.41) $ (1.41) $ (3.53) $ (3.53) Stock options for the 22,550 shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2023 were not considered in computing earnings per share because they are antidilutive. There were no stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2025. NOTE 16: STOCK BASED COMPENSATION In 2015, shareholders approved an equity incentive plan (“2015 Plan”) whereby: the Company can no longer issue Equity Incentive Awards under the previously approved plans; 750,000 shares of common stock will be available for the grant of Equity Incentive Awards to the Company’s executive officers, other key employees and directors; Equity Incentive Awards that are outstanding under the prior plans will remain outstanding and unchanged and subject to the terms of those Plans; and upon termination, cancellation or forfeiture of any of the Equity Incentive Awards that are outstanding under the prior plans, those shares will be added to the pool of shares available for future grants of Equity Incentive Awards under the plan approved in 2015. In 2024, shareholders approved an equity incentive plan (“2024 Plan”) that replaced the 2015 Plan with respect to issuing new equity compensation awards. Awards outstanding under the 2015 Plan will continue to be governed by the terms of the 2015 Plan. The 2024 Plan permits the discretionary award of incentive stock options (“ISOs”), nonqualified stock options (“NSOs”), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), and restricted stock units to directors, officers, employees and consultants or the directors, officers, employees, and consultants of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates as well as prospective employees and consultants who have agreed to serve the Company. The 2024 Plan was amended in 2025 to, among other things, increase the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the 2024 Plan to 4,000,000 shares of common stock, which number is subject to adjustment per terms of the 2024 Plan. The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $5.3 million, $2.0 million, and $1.7 million in 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively, related to RSUs.
Page 189
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 127 Stock options, when granted, have an exercise price not less than the current market value of the common stock and expire after ten years if not exercised. If applicable, vesting periods are set at the date of grant and the Plans provide for accelerated vesting should a change in control occur. The following table summarizes the activities in the Plans during 2023: Weighted Average Weighted Average (dollars in thousands except Exercise Price per Remaining Aggregateper share amounts) Options Granted Share Contractual Term Intrinsic Value Balance: December 31, 2023 22,550 $ 9.00 Options forfeited (22,550) 9.00 Balance: December 31, 2024 — — Options exercisable — $ — $ The intrinsic value of stock options exercised in 2023 was $0. The following table provides a summary of the RSUs issued by the Company under its equity incentive plans for the periods ended December 31: 2025 2024 2023 Weighted Weighted WeightedAverage Grant Average Grant Average GrantShares Date Fair Value Shares Date Fair Value Shares Date Fair Value Balance: January 1 950,265 $ 3.87 146,384 $ (9.12) 199,016 $ 31.92 New RSUs 1,216,229 5.33 1,053,224 7.66 267,480 14.04 Shares vested and issued (308,906) 8.15 (119,040) 14.06 (158,478) 18.90 RSUs forfeited (450,763) 5.94 (130,303) 10.61 (161,634) 18.82 Balance December 31 1,406,825 $ 3.52 950,265 $ 3.87 146,384 $ (9.12) The fair value of the shares vested and issued was $1.7 million, $0.9 million and $1.9 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $4.9 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to outstanding RSUs, which will be recognized through March 2028 subject to the related vesting requirements. NOTE 17: 401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN The Company’s employees participate in the Company’s 401(k) profit sharing plan (the “401k Plan”) that covers all employees eighteen years of age or older who have completed three months of employment. Each employee eligible to participate in the 401k Plan may contribute up to 100% of his or her compensation, subject to certain statutory limitations. In 2025, 2024, and 2023, the Company matched 100% of a participant’s contribution up to 3% of a participant’s compensation and an additional 50% of a participant’s contribution up to the next 2% of a participant’s compensation. These employer contributions are subject to the plan’s vesting schedule. The Company contributions of $2.0 million, $2.0 million and $2.4 million were included in compensation and benefits for 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company may also make an additional profit-sharing contribution on behalf of eligible employees. No profit-sharing contributions were made in 2025, 2024 or 2023.
Page 190
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 128 NOTE 18: INCOME TAXES The Company is subject to federal income tax and California franchise tax. Income tax expense (benefit) was as follows for the years ended December 31: (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Current expense (benefit): Federal $ 6,833 $ 4,534 $ 4,536 State 130 266 (1,924) Deferred expense (benefit): Federal (24,201) (39,052) (3,170) State (850) (10,721) (442) Total current and deferred benefit (18,088) (44,973) (1,000) Change in valuation allowance expense 101,700 — — Total $ 83,612 $(44,973) $(1,000) All losses before income tax expense were from U.S. operations for the years ended December 31, 2023 through 2025. The following is a comparison of the federal statutory income tax rates to the Company’s effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31: 2025 (dollars in thousands) Amount Rate U.S. federal statutory income tax $ (15,024) 21.00% Domestic state and local income taxes, net of federal effect 3,548 (4.96)% Domestic federal tax effects: Nontaxable and nondeductible items Tax exempt interest income (2,835) 3.96% Merger costs 1,276 (1.78)% Partnership losses (1,108) 1.55% Tax credits (9,022) 12.61% Other items: Low income housing, net benefit 6,833 (9.55)% Deferred tax expense from change in accounting method for LIHTC investments 4,590 (6.42)% Windfall benefit – exercise of stock options 177 (0.25)% Other 190 (0.27)% Change in valuation allowance 94,987 (132.77)% Effective tax rate $ 83,612 (116.87)%
Page 191
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 129 2024 2023 (dollars in thousands) Amount Rate Amount Rate (Loss) income before taxes $(137,380) $(200,064) Federal tax statutory rate $ (28,850) 21.00% $ (42,013) 21.00% State tax, net of Federal benefit (9,382) 6.83% (14,435) 7.22% Windfall benefit – exercise of stock options 333 (0.24)% 299 (0.15)% Goodwill impairment — —% 60,733 (30)% Low income housing, net benefit (4,093) 2.98% (1,020) 0.51% Tax exempt interest income (3,713) 2.70% (3,751) 1.87% Other items, net 732 (0.53)% (813) 0.41% Effective tax rate $ (44,973) 32.74% $ (1,000) 0.50% As a result of the valuation allowance, the Company changed the method that it accounts for low- income tax housing credit investments from the proportional amortization method to the equity method. The Company’s state tax primarily consists of California, Florida, and Texas. Deferred taxes are a result of differences between income tax accounting and generally accepted accounting principles with respect to income tax recognition. The following is a summary of the components of the net deferred tax assets recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31: (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Deferred tax assets (liabilities) Allowance for credit losses $ 25,593 $ 11,788 Net operating loss 55,466 50,467 LIHTC tax credit carryforwards 17,471 8,310 State taxes 27 27 Stock-based compensation 1,008 223 Market valuation: merger 2,491 2,704 Capital activities – mark to market 349 500 Compensation related 1,061 1,044 Core deposit intangible (668) (990) Prepaid expenses (2,227) (2,143) Depreciation (776) (1,257) Accumulated other comprehensive income 561 3,599 LIHTC partnership investment (5,783) — Other 4,061 2,378 Valuation allowance (98,634) — Net deferred tax assets $ — $ 76,650 As part of a merger in 2012, the Company acquired operating loss carryforwards of $13.4 million. These operating loss carryforwards are subject to limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and expire in 2032. As a result, the Company will only be able to utilize operating loss carryforwards of $7.6 million, ratably over a period of 20 years. As part of a merger in 2015, the Company acquired operating loss carryforwards of $3.6 million. These operating loss carryforwards are subject to limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and expire in 2035. As part of the mergers in 2017 and 2018, the Company acquired operating loss carryforwards of $0.7 and $3.2 million, respectively. These operating loss carryforwards are subject to limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and have been fully utilized as of the end of 2020. As of December 31, 2025, the remaining operating loss carryforwards from acquisitions available to be utilized by the Company were $5.2 million. The Company estimates it will have at total $200 million of net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2025 that do not expire. The Company has state operating loss carryforwards from acquisitions of $5.6 million that begin to expire in 2031, and state operating loss carryforwards of $146.8 million that begin to expire in 2043.
Page 192
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 130 The Company has $17.5 million in low-income housing tax credits. $8 million will expire in 2044 and the remainder will expire in 2045. The Company accounts for income taxes by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities based upon future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Management evaluates the realizability of deferred tax assets on a regular basis, considering all available evidence, both positive and negative. Due to the current year’s loss as well as cumulative losses, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized and therefore recorded a valuation allowance against its entire net deferred tax asset balance of $98.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2025. The Company will continue to assess the need for a valuation allowance in future periods and will adjust the allowance as necessary based on changes in circumstances or new information. Company paid $45,000 and $77,000 in state taxes, net of refunds, in 2025 and 2024, respectively. The Company’s federal income tax returns for the periods 2022 through 2024 are open to audit. The Company’s California and other state income tax returns for the periods ranging between 2021 through 2024 are open to audit. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. No interest or penalties were recognized during the years presented. NOTE 19: LEASES The Company leases certain facilities for its corporate offices and branch operations under non- cancelable operating leases that expire through 2035. Right-of-use assets are classified as other assets and their corresponding lease liabilities are classified as accounts payable and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Certain leases include options to renew, with renewal terms that can extend the lease term. The depreciable life of leased assets are limited by the expected lease term. The following table presents supplemental lease information at or for the twelve months ended December: (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Balance Sheet: Right-of-use assets $18,469 $22,313 Lease liabilities 24,283 28,321 2025 2024 2023 Statement of Operations: Operating lease cost classified as occupancy and equipment expense $ 6,906 $ 6,661 $ 7,446 Weighted average lease term, in years 4.62 5.26 5.36 Weighted average discount rate 5.57% 5.50% 5.73% Operating cash flows $ 6,850 $ 6,053 $ 6,869 The calculated amount of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the table above are impacted by the length of the lease term and the discount rate used to present value the minimum lease payments. The Company’s lease agreements often include one or more options to renew at the Company’s discretion. GAAP requires the use of the rate implicit in the lease whenever this rate is readily determinable. As this rate is rarely determinable, the Company utilizes its incremental borrowing rate at lease inception, on a collateralized basis, over a similar term. For operating leases existing prior to January 1, 2019, the rate for the remaining lease term as of January 1, 2019 was used.
Page 193
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 131 Lease expense for 2025, 2024, and 2023 was $5.7 million, $6.7 million, and $6.9 million, respectively and is included in occupancy and depreciation expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Future minimum lease commitments under all non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2024 are as follows: (dollars in thousands) 2026 $ 6,789 2027 5,946 2028 5,915 2029 4,830 2030 1,881 2030 and after 2,045 Total future minimum lease payments $ 27,406 Discount on cash flows (3,123) Total lease liability $ 24,283 NOTE 20: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk In the normal course of business, the Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of customers and to reduce exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments may include commitments to extend credit and standby and commercial letters of credit. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Standby and commercial letters of credit and financial guarantees are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The following table provides the off-balance sheet arrangements of the Bank as of December 31: (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Commitments to fund new loans $ 778 $ — Commitments to fund under existing loans, lines of credit 1,124,434 1,032,887 Commitments under standby letters of credit 22,820 34,901 Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include deposits, marketable securities, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, motor vehicles and real estate. Other Commitments The Company has commitments to invest in qualified affordable housing projects as discussed in Note 22: Qualified Affordable Housing Project Investments. Litigation From time to time, the Company may become party to various lawsuits which have arisen in the course of business. While it is not possible to predict with certainty the outcome of such litigation, it is the opinion of management,
Page 194
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 based in part upon opinions of counsel, that the liability, if any, arising from such lawsuits would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. NOTE 21: RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS The Bank held $1.4 million and $2.4 million of deposits from related parties, including directors and executive officers of the Company and their affiliates, as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Interest paid on deposit accounts held by related parties was $8,000 in 2025, $17,000 in 2024 and $180,000 in 2023. As of December 31, 2023, related parties, including directors and executive officers of the Company and their affiliates, held $4.8 million in assets under management with FFA and FFB. In 2023 the Company received $20,000 in fees related to these assets under management. NOTE 22: QUALIFIED AFFORDABLE HOUSING PROJECT INVESTMENTS The Company began investing in qualified affordable housing projects in the last quarter of 2019. These investments may qualify for Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) credit and generate low-income housing tax credits (“LIHTC”) and other tax benefits over an approximate 10-year period. The Company records these investments using the proportional amortization method and amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax benefits, and the net benefit is recognized in the statement of operations as a component of income tax expense. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the balance of the investment for qualified affordable housing projects were $64.2 million and $73.6 million, respectively. Total unfunded commitments related to the investments in qualified affordable housing projects was $6.9 million and $27.1 million at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The Company expects to fulfill these commitments between 2024 and 2038. During 2025, 2024, and 2023, the Company recognized amortization expense of $8.7 million, $8.7 million, and $7.4 million, respectively, and recognized tax credits from its investment in affordable housing tax credits of $10.5 million, $8.0 million, and $6.2 million respectively. These amounts were included within income tax expense. The Company had no impairment losses during 2025, 2024 and 2023. NOTE 23: REGULATORY MATTERS FFI and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possible additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on FFI and the Bank’s financial condition. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of FFI and the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgment by the regulators about components, risk-weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies. FFI and the Bank are required to meet risk-based capital standards under the revised capital framework referred to as Basel III set by their respective regulatory authorities. The risk-based capital standards require the achievement of a minimum common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% and the total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%. In addition, the regulatory authorities require the highest rated institutions to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%. To be considered “well-capitalized” for bank regulatory purposes, the Bank and the Company are required to have a Tier 1 leverage ratio equal to or greater than 5.0%, a CET1 risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 6.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 8.0%, and total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 10.0%. In addition to meeting the minimum capital requirements, under the Basel III Capital Rules, FFI and the Bank must also maintain the required Capital Conservation Buffer to avoid becoming subject to restrictions
Page 195
132
Page 196
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 133 on capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management. The Capital Conservation Buffer is calculated as a ratio of CET1 risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets, and it effectively increases the required minimum risk-based capital ratios. The Capital Conservation Buffer is now at its fully phased-in level of 2.5% and with the minimum required plus capital conservation buffer of 7.0% for the common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) risk-based capital ratio, 8.5% for the Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and 10.5% for the total risk-based capital ratio. If a banking organization does not hold a capital conservation buffer composed of common equity tier 1 capital above its minimum risk-based capital requirements, it will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and executive compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Quantitative measures established by the regulators to ensure capital adequacy require FFI and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, that FFI and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements. The following table sets forth the capital and capital ratios of FFI (on a consolidated basis) and FFB (on a stand-alone basis) as of the respective dates and as compared to the respective regulatory requirements applicable to them: To Be Well-Capitalized For Capital Under Prompt Corrective Actual Adequacy Purposes Action Provisions (dollars in thousands) Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio FFI December 31, 2025 Common equity tier 1 ratio $ 823,501 10.75% $344,865 4.50% Leverage ratio 910,298 7.61% 478,513 4.00% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 910,298 11.88% 459,821 6.00% Total risk-based capital ratio 1,179,651 15.39% 613,094 8.00% December 31, 2024 Common equity tier 1 ratio $ 912,919 10.54% $389,938 4.50% Leverage ratio 1,000,568 7.55% 530,093 4.00% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 1,000,568 11.55% 519,917 6.00% Total risk-based capital ratio 1,209,565 13.96% 693,223 8.00% FFB December 31, 2025 Common equity tier 1 ratio $1,066,738 13.97% $343,537 4.50% $ 496,220 6.50% Leverage ratio 1,066,738 8.94% 477,535 4.00% 596,918 5.00% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 1,066,738 13.97% 458,049 6.00% 610,732 8.00% Total risk-based capital ratio 1,162,206 15.22% 610,732 8.00% 763,415 10.00% December 31, 2024 Common equity tier 1 ratio $1,141,374 13.22% $388,449 4.50% $ 561,092 6.50% Leverage ratio 1,141,374 8.63% 529,129 4.00% 661,412 5.00% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 1,141,374 13.22% 517,931 6.00% 690,575 8.00% Total risk-based capital ratio 1,176,913 13.63% 690,575 8.00% 863,219 10.00% As of each of the dates set forth in the above table, FFI exceeded the minimum required capital ratios applicable to it and FFB’s capital ratios exceeded the minimums necessary to qualify as a well-capitalized depository institution under the prompt corrective action regulations. The required ratios for capital adequacy set forth in the above table do not include the additional capital conservation buffer, though each of the Company and FFB maintained capital ratios necessary to satisfy the capital conservation buffer requirements as of the dates indicated. As of December 31, 2025, the amount of capital at FFB in excess of amounts required to be well capitalized was $571 million for the Common equity tier 1 ratio, $470 million for the Leverage ratio, $456 million for the Tier 1 risk-based
Page 198
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 134 capital ratio and $399 million for the Total risk-based capital ratio. No conditions or events have occurred since December 31, 2025 that we believe have changed FFI’s or FFB’s capital adequacy classifications from those set forth in the above table. NOTE 24: NONINTEREST INCOME The following table represents revenue from contracts with customers as well as other noninterest income for the years ended December 31: (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Asset management, consulting and other fees: Wealth management $27,328 $29,462 $28,165 Trust fees 6,650 6,458 6,753 Consulting fees 395 309 354 Total $34,373 $36,229 $35,272 Other income (loss): Deposit fees $ 2,167 $ 1,843 $ 2,019 Loan related fees 7,683 5,608 7,213 Valuation gain (loss) on equity investment (42) 204 1 Other 644 2,431 2,542 Total $10,452 $10,086 $11,775 Valuation loss on equity investment at December 31, 2025 relates to the Company’s equity investment in NYDIG which is recorded as a component of other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. NOTE 25: OTHER EXPENSES The following items are included in the consolidated statements of operations as other expenses for the years ended December 31: (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Regulatory assessments $21,503 $20,454 $14,729 Directors’ compensation expenses 1,203 1,073 1,009 The increase in regulatory assessment expense is due to an increase in FDIC insurance premiums.
Page 199
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 135 NOTE 26: SEGMENT REPORTING In 2025, 2024, and 2023 the Company had two reportable business segments: Banking (“FFB”) and Wealth Management (“FFA”). The results of FFI and any elimination entries are included in the column labeled Other. The reportable segments are determined by products and services offered and the corporate structure. Business segment earnings before taxes are the primary measure of the segment’s performance as evaluated by management. Business segment earnings before taxes include direct revenue and expenses of the segment as well as corporate and inter-company cost allocations. Allocations of corporate expenses, such as finance and accounting, data processing and human resources, are calculated based on estimated activity or usage levels. The management accounting process measures the performance of the operating segments based on the Company’s management structure and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial services companies. If the management structures and/or the allocation process changes, allocations, transfers and assignments may change. In accordance with ASU 2023-07 “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures”, the significant expenses shown in the tables below are those that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) who regularly uses them, along with other information in assessing the segment’s performance and in decisions regarding allocation of resources. With respect to ASU 2023-07, the CODM for the Company is the Chief Executive Officer. The following tables show key operating results for each of our business segments used to arrive at our consolidated totals for the years ended December 31:
Page 200
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 136 Wealth (dollars in thousands) Banking Management Other Total 2025: Interest income $ 540,989 $ — $ — $ 540,989 Interest expense 346,159 — 7,427 353,586 Net interest income 194,830 — (7,427) 187,403 Provision for credit losses 64,306 — — 64,306 Noninterest income 20,382 28,435 (1,443) 47,374 Noninterest expense Compensation and benefits 76,531 20,911 (790) 96,652 Customer service costs 44,110 — — 44,110 Professional services and marketing costs 22,269 3,962 6,957 33,188 Other 63,671 2,608 1,787 68,066 (Loss) income before income taxes (55,675) 954 (16,824) (71,545) Income tax (benefit) expense 77,255 364 5,993 83,612 Net (loss) income $(132,930) $ 590 $ (22,817) $(155,157) 2024: Interest income $ 610,996 $ — $ — $ 610,996 Interest expense 421,503 — 6,849 428,352 Net interest income 189,493 — (6,849) 182,644 Provision for credit losses 20,700 — — 20,700 Noninterest income 22,518 30,583 (1,456) 51,645 LHFS LOCOM adjustment (117,517) — — (117,517) Noninterest expense Compensation and benefits 64,954 16,602 2,361 83,917 Customer service costs 63,586 — — 63,586 Professional services and marketing costs 12,574 3,825 1,598 17,997 Other 63,903 2,606 1,443 67,952 (Loss) income before income taxes (131,223) 7,550 (13,707) (137,380) Income tax expense (benefit) (43,790) 2,129 (3,312) (44,973) Net (loss) income $ (87,433) $ 5,421 $ (10,395) $ (92,407) 2023: Interest income $ 573,691 $ — $ — $ 573,691 Interest expense 364,310 — 7,076 371,386 Net interest income 209,381 — (7,076) 202,305 Provision (reversal) for credit losses (482) — — (482) Noninterest income 21,540 29,358 (1,547) 49,351 Noninterest expense Goodwill impairment 215,252 — — 215,252 Compensation and benefits 67,114 16,049 1,134 84,297 Customer service costs 76,806 — — 76,806 Professional services and marketing costs 9,626 3,487 2,071 15,184 Other 56,968 2,564 1,131 60,663 Income (loss) before income taxes (194,363) 7,258 (12,959) (200,064) Income tax expense (benefit) 560 2,072 (3,632) (1,000) Net income (loss) $(194,923) $ 5,186 $ (9,327) $(199,064)
Page 201
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 137 The following tables show the financial position for each of our business segments, and of FFI which is included in the column labeled Other, and the eliminating entries used to arrive at our consolidated totals at December 31: Wealth (dollars in thousands) Banking Management Other Eliminations Total 2025: Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,624,454$ 14,226 $ 11,179 $ (24,989) $ 1,624,870 Securities AFS, net 2,430,475 — — — 2,430,475 Securities HTM, net 634,333 — — — 634,333 Loans held for sale 261,448 — — — 261,448 Loans held for investment, net 6,635,328 — — — 6,635,328 Investment in FHLB Stock 43,616 — — — 43,616 Accrued interest receivable 45,822 — — — 45,822 Deferred taxes — — — — — Premises and equipment, net 34,444 83 136 — 34,663 Real estate owned ("REO") 6,210 — — — 6,210 Bank owned life insurance 51,405 — — — 51,405 Core deposit intangibles 2,400 — — — 2,400 Derivative assets 8,785 — — — 8,785 Other assets 103,242 405 1,097,878 (1,076,803) 124,722 Total assets $11,881,962$ 14,714 $1,109,193$(1,101,792) $11,904,077 Deposits $ 9,309,559$ — $ — $ (24,989) $ 9,284,570 Borrowings 1,418,018 — 12,500 — 1,430,518 Subordinated debt — — 173,521 — 173,521 Derivative liabilities 6,938 — — — 6,938 Intercompany balances 2,583 1,230 (3,813) — — Accounts payable and other liabilities 78,874 2,671 14,398 — 95,943 Shareholders’ equity 1,065,990 10,813 912,587 (1,076,803) 912,587 Total liabilities and equity $11,881,962$ 14,714 $1,109,193$(1,101,792) $11,904,077 2024: Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,015,832$ 20,668 $ 7,692 $ (28,060) $ 1,016,132 Securities AFS, net 1,313,885 — — — 1,313,885 Securities HTM, net 712,105 — — — 712,105 Loans held for sale 1,285,819 — — — 1,285,819 Loans held for investment, net 7,909,091 — — — 7,909,091 Investment in FHLB Stock 37,869 — — — 37,869 Accrued interest receivable 54,804 — — — 54,804 Deferred taxes 69,669 (3,004) 9,985 — 76,650 Premises and equipment, net 35,492 178 136 — 35,806 Real estate owned ("REO") 6,210 — — — 6,210 Bank owned life insurance 49,993 — — — 49,993 Core deposit intangibles 3,558 — — — 3,558 Derivative assets 5,086 — — — 5,086 Other assets 112,485 524 1,231,925 (1,206,677) 138,257 Total assets $12,611,898 $ 18,366 $1,249,738$(1,234,737) $12,645,265 Deposits $ 9,898,339$ — $ — $ (28,060) $ 9,870,279 Borrowings 1,425,369 — — — 1,425,369 Subordinated debt — — 173,459 — 173,459 Intercompany balances (1,031) (2,046) 3,077 — — Accounts payable and other liabilities 100,549 2,406 19,839 1 122,795 Shareholders’ equity 1,188,672 18,006 1,053,363 (1,206,678) 1,053,363 Total liabilities and equity $12,611,898 $ 18,366 $1,249,738$(1,234,737) $12,645,265
Page 202
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 138 NOTE 27: QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) (dollars in thousands, First Second Third Fourth except per share amounts) Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Full Year Year Ended December 31, 2025: Interest income $141,742 $ 137,125 $ 134,737 $127,385 $ 540,989 Interest expense 89,943 87,043 88,659 87,941 353,586 Net interest income 51,799 50,082 46,078 39,444 187,403 Provision (reversal) for credit losses 3,417 2,366 65,045 (6,522) 64,306 Noninterest income 19,602 1,338 17,519 8,915 47,374 Noninterest expense 61,721 59,924 57,482 62,889 242,016 (Loss) income before income taxes 6,263 (10,870) (58,930) (8,008) (71,545) Income tax (benefit) expense (633) (3,180) 87,393 32 83,612 Net income (loss) $ 6,896 $ (7,690) $(146,323) $ (8,040) $(155,157) Income (loss) per share Basic $ 0.08 $ (0.09) $ (1.78) $ (0.10) $ (1.88) Diluted $ 0.08 $ (0.09) $ (1.78) $ (0.10) $ (1.88) Year Ended December 31, 2024: Interest income $150,453 $ 150,914 $ 157,156 $152,473 $ 610,996 Interest expense 112,067 107,085 108,037 101,163 428,352 Net interest income 38,386 43,829 49,119 51,310 182,644 Provision (reversal) for credit losses 577 (806) 282 20,647 20,700 Noninterest income 12,683 13,658 11,937 13,367 51,645 LHFS LOCOM adjustment — — (117,517) — (117,517) Noninterest expense 50,609 55,629 60,225 66,989 233,452 Income (loss) before income taxes (117) 2,664 (116,968) (22,959) (137,380) Income tax expense (benefit) (910) (421) (34,794) (8,848) (44,973) Net income (loss) $ 793 $ 3,085 $ (82,174) $(14,111) $ (92,407) Income (loss) per share Basic $ 0.01 $ 0.05 $ (1.23) $ (0.17) $ (1.41) Diluted $ 0.01 $ 0.05 $ (1.23) $ (0.17) $ (1.41) Year Ended December 31, 2023: Interest income $137,000 $ 145,328 $ 144,765 $146,598 $ 573,691 Interest expense 78,245 96,344 92,692 104,105 371,386 Net interest income 58,755 48,984 52,073 42,493 202,305 Provision (reversal) for credit losses 417 887 (2,015) 229 (482) Noninterest income 11,698 12,079 11,698 13,876 49,351 Noninterest expense Goodwill impairment — 215,252 — — 215,252 Operating 59,340 57,512 64,206 55,892 236,950 Income (loss) before income taxes 10,696 (212,588) 1,580 248 (200,064) Income tax expense (benefit) 2,200 (300) (600) (2,300) (1,000) Net income (loss) $ 8,496 $(212,288) $ 2,180 $ 2,548 $(199,064) Income per share Basic $ 0.15 $ (3.76) $ 0.04 $ 0.05 $ (3.53) Diluted $ 0.15 $ (3.76) $ 0.04 $ 0.05 $ (3.53)
Page 203
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 139 NOTE 28: PARENT-ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BALANCE SHEETS December 31, (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents $ 11,179 $ 7,692 Premises and equipment, net 136 136 Deferred taxes — 9,985 Investment in subsidiaries 1,076,803 1,206,678 Other assets 21,075 25,247 Total Assets $1,109,193 $1,249,738 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Liabilities: Borrowings $ 12,500 $ — Subordinated debt 173,521 173,459 Intercompany payable (3,813) 3,077 Accounts payable and other liabilities 14,398 19,839 Total Liabilities 196,606 196,375 Shareholders’ Equity Preferred Stock 86,797 87,649 Common Stock 83 82 Additional paid-in-capital 855,270 849,509 Retained earnings (30,119) 125,038 Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax 556 (8,915) Total Shareholders’ Equity 912,587 1,053,363 Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $1,109,193 $1,249,738 STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS For the Year EndedDecember 31, (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Interest expense—borrowings and subordinated debt $ 7,427 $ 6,849 $ 7,076 Noninterest income: (Loss) earnings from investment in subsidiaries (132,340) (82,012) (189,737) Other (loss) income — — (1) Total noninterest (loss) income (132,340) (82,012) (189,738) Noninterest expense: Compensation and benefits (790) 2,361 1,135 Occupancy and depreciation 7 25 9 Professional services and marketing costs 8,399 3,054 3,617 Other expenses 1,781 1,418 1,120 Total noninterest expense 9,397 6,858 5,881 (Loss) income before income taxes (149,164) (95,719) (202,695) Income tax (benefit) expense 5,993 (3,312) (3,631) Net (loss) income $(155,157) $(92,407) $(199,064)
Page 204
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 140 STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) For the Year EndedDecember 31, (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Net loss $ (155,157) $ (92,407) $ (199,064) Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities arising during the period 20,570 2,863 (1,594) Reclassification adjustment for gain included in net income (4,195) (852) (1,630) Total change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for- sale securities 16,375 2,011 (3,224) Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge arising during this period (6,304) 3,651 — Amortization of unrealized loss on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity (600) (390) 980 Total other comprehensive income (loss) 9,471 5,272 (2,244) Total comprehensive loss (145,686) (87,135) (201,308)
Page 205
Table of Contents FIRST FOUNDATION INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 141 STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS For the Year EndedDecember 31, (dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Cash Flows from Operating Activities: Net (loss) income $(155,157) $ (92,407) $(199,064) Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities: Loss (Earnings) from investment in subsidiaries 132,340 82,012 189,737 Stock–based compensation expense (621) 842 148 Deferred tax liability (benefit) 784 (7,943) 2,407 Decrease in valuation allowance on deferred tax asset 11,548 — — (Increase) decrease in other assets 4,860 (36) 3,522 (Decrease) increase in accounts payable and other liabilities (5,440) (53) 2,283 Net cash used in operating activities (11,686) (17,585) (967) Cash Flows from Investing Activities: Investment in subsidiaries — (200,000) (35,000) Dividend from subsidiary 9,500 — 47,500 Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities 9,500 (200,000) 12,500 Cash Flows from Financing Activities: Net (decrease) increase in line of credit 12,500 — (20,000) Net increase in subordinated debt 62 62 62 Proceeds from issuance of common stock — 35,318 — Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock — 138,462 — Proceeds from issuance of warrants — 54,219 — Equity issuance costs — (13,519) — Proceeds from the sale of stock, net 1 — 158 Repurchase of stock — — — Intercompany accounts, net (increase) decrease (6,890) (3,398) 8,447 Dividends paid — (1,130) (9,020) Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 5,673 210,014 (20,353) (Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents 3,487 (7,571) (8,820) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 7,692 15,263 24,083 Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $ 11,179 $ 7,692 $ 15,263 NOTE 29: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS FFI and FirstSun announced the receipt of regulatory approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to complete the proposed merger of FFI with and into FirstSun on March 12, 2026, and the receipt of regulatory approval from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to complete the proposed merger of First Foundation Bank with and into Sunflower Bank on February 25, 2026. As a result, all necessary bank regulatory approvals to complete the mergers have been received. The mergers are expected to close on April 1, 2026 subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the remaining closing conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement.
Page 206
Table of Contents 142 Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure None. Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Disclosure Controls and Procedures We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognized that any system of controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, as ours are designed to do, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. As required by SEC rules, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the effectiveness as of December 31, 2025, of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a- 15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2025, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Changes in Internal Controls Except as described below under “Remediation Efforts”, there was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2025, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Management of First Foundation Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes those written policies and procedures that: ● pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; ● provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; ● provide reasonable assurance that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of our management and board of directors; and ● provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Page 208
Table of Contents 143 Internal control over financial reporting includes the controls themselves, monitoring and internal auditing practices and actions taken to correct deficiencies as identified. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of such controls to future periods are subject to the risks that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Our management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design and operational effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. During our evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, management determined the Company did not design and maintain entity-level controls necessary to support the achievement of its internal control over financial reporting objectives, as management did not design and maintain an effective control environment, perform effective risk assessment processes to identify and assess risks of material misstatement, or perform effective monitoring activities to evaluate whether internal controls were operating as designed. These deficiencies were primarily due to the Company not maintaining sufficient personnel with the requisite expertise in accounting and internal control over financial reporting. These material weaknesses also contributed to ineffective control activities in certain financial reporting processes and information technology systems supporting financial reporting. Specifically: We identified a material weakness related to the allowance for credit losses due to the following: ● Insufficient oversight and governance over the ACL model; ● Insufficient review and information technology controls around certain significant loan-level data inputs into the ACL and credit analyses; ● Inadequate design of controls over the review of the qualitative factor framework and adjustments; and ● Insufficient review controls to validate the relevance and reliability of significant ACL model assumptions and qualitative adjustments. Additionally, we identified a material weakness related to internal controls over the timely review of service organization reports. Specifically, management did not obtain or review service organization control reports or other information regarding the control environment for certain third-party systems that support financial reporting processes during the period. In addition, management did not evaluate whether complementary user entity controls associated with these service providers were identified and implemented, and did not perform procedures to validate the automated controls within these systems that support financial reporting processes. Based on that assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2025, the Company did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. These weaknesses did not result in a material misstatement of our financial results; however, they could lead to a misstatement if not remediated. The foregoing report on internal control over financial reporting shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section. Crowe, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, which audited our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, as stated in their report included in Item 8.
Page 209
Table of Contents Remediation Efforts Management implemented a remediation plan to address the material weakness identified in the prior year related to the ACL. The remediation plan included the engagement of external subject matter specialists with relevant ACL expertise to assist management in evaluating control design and recommending enhancements, including oversight and review of ACL model data inputs and assumptions. As a result, management implemented additional review controls and enhanced documentation requirements. Management is continuing to evaluate and test the operating effectiveness of the enhanced controls. The material weakness related to the ACL will be considered remediated only after management concludes the controls have operated for a sufficient period. For further discussion on the Company’s remediation efforts in this area, see Note 5: Allowance for Credit Losses. Management is redesigning its internal controls to ensure the timely receipt and review of service organization reports. The remediation plan includes clarifying roles, responsibilities, and due dates for obtaining and reviewing service organization reports, establishing a centralized request and tracking process for the reports, and developing a standardized review checklist and documentation standard, which includes the assessment of user entity controls. Management has obtained the service organization reports for key service providers for the current financial reporting period and did not identify any reports with adverse audit opinions or material control deficiencies. Item 9B. Other Information. None of our directors or executive officers adopted or terminated a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or a non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement (as defined in Item 408(c) of Regulation S-K) during the fourth quarter of 2025. Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections. Not applicable. PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. Except for the information regarding our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics below, the information required by this Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement, expected to be filed with the SEC on or before April 30, 2026, for its 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Our Board has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to our Board of Directors, principal executive officer, and principal financial officer as well as all of our other employees. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available in the Investor Relations section of our website at www.firstfoundationinc.com. To the extent required by applicable rules of the SEC and the NYSE, we will disclose on our website any amendments to the Code and any waivers of the requirements of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that may be granted to our executive officers, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or persons performing similar functions. Item 11. Executive Compensation The information required by this Item 11 is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement, expected to be filed with the SEC on or before April 30, 2026, for its 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. The information required by this Item 12 is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement, expected to be filed with the SEC on or before April 30, 2026, for its 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
Page 210
144
Page 211
Table of Contents 145 Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. The information required by this Item 13 is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement, expected to be filed with the SEC on or before April 30, 2026, for its 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services The information required by this Item 14 is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement, expected to be filed with the SEC on or before April 30, 2026, for its 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. PART IV Item 15. Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules. (a) Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules See page 76 for an index of the financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10- K. No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto. (b) Exhibits See the Index of Exhibits on page E-1 for a list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which Index of Exhibits is incorporated herein by reference. Item 16. Form 10-K Summary. None
Page 212
Table of Contents E-1 INDEX OF EXHIBITS Exhibit No. Description 2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between FirstSun Capital Bancorp and First Foundation, Inc., dated October 27, 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 30, 2025).* 2.2 Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 5, 2026, by and between FirstSun Capital Bancorp and First Foundation Inc. (including revised Exhibit E (Form of Certificate of Amendment)) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 6, 2026).* 3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 29, 2015). 3.2 Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 3, 2024) 3.3 Certificate of Designations for Series A Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 9, 2024). 3.4 Certificate of Designation for Series B Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 9, 2024) 3.5 Certificate of Designation for Series C NVCE Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 9, 2024). 3.6 Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 27, 2024). 4.1 Specimen Certificate for Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A, filed on August 3, 2015). 4.2 Form of Issued Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 9, 2024). 4.3 Description of Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 2, 2020). 4.4 Indenture, dated January 24, 2022, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 24, 2022). 4.5 First Supplemental Indenture, dated January 24, 2022, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 24, 2022). 4.6 Form of 3.50% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due 2032 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 24, 2022). 10.1 Investment Agreement, dated July 2, 2024, by and between the Company and CF1 Foundation Investors LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 2, 2024).*
Page 214
Table of Contents E-2 Exhibit No. Description 10.2 Investment Agreement, dated July 2, 2024, by and between the Company and affiliates of Canyon Partners, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 2, 2024). 10.3 Investment Agreement, dated July 2, 2024, by and between the Company and Strategic Value Investors, LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 2, 2024).* 10.4 Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 8, 2024, by and among the Company and the purchasers party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 9, 2024).* 10.5 Amendment to Investment Agreement, dated September 25, 2024, by and between the Company and CF1 Foundation Investors LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 10-Q, filed on November 8, 2024).* 10.6(1) First Foundation Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.99 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed on October 28, 2015). 10.7(1) First Foundation Inc. Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10- K, filed on March 15, 2016). 10.8(1) First Foundation Inc. Form of Stock Option Agreement for 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 15, 2016). 10.9(1) First Foundation Inc. Amended and Restated 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 30, 2025). 10.10(1) First Foundation Inc. Form of Registered Stock Unit Agreement for 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8- K, filed on May 29, 2024). 10.11(1) First Foundation Inc. Form of Stock Option Agreement for 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 29, 2024). 10.12(1) First Foundation Inc. Retention Bonus Plan and Form Participation Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 21, 2024). 10.13(1) Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 17, 2025). 10.14(1) Employment Agreement, dated February 11, 2025, among First Foundation Inc., First Foundation Bank and Thomas C. Shafer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 13, 2025). 10.15(1) Employment Agreement, dated February 11, 2025, among First Foundation Inc., First Foundation Bank and Simone Lagomarsino (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 13, 2025).
Page 215
Table of Contents E-3 Exhibit No. Description 10.16(1) Employment Agreement, dated August 14, 2023, between First Foundation Inc. and James Britton (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 15, 2023). 10.17(1) Change in Control Severance Compensation Agreement, dated August 14, 2023, between First Foundation Inc. and James Britton (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 15, 2023). 10.18(1) Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement Severance Compensation Agreement, dated August 6, 2020, by and between the Company and John Hakopian (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on February 28, 2023). 10.19(1)(2) Employment Agreement, dated May 8, 2023, by and between First Foundation Bank and David Mitsuuchi, as amended by that certain First Amendment, dated as of December 31, 2024, and that certain Second Amendment, dated November 18, 2025. 10.20(1) Employment Agreement, dated October 21, 2025, by and between First Foundation Bank and Parham Medhat (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 21, 2025). 10.21(1) Employment Agreement, dated October 21, 2025, by and between First Foundation Bank and Stuart Bernstein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 21, 2025). 19.1 Insider Trading Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 17, 2025). 21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 17, 2025). 23.1(2) 23.2(2) Consent of Eide Bailly, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. Consent of Crowe, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. 24.1 Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). 31.1(2) Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 31.2(2) Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 32.1(3) Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 32.2(3) Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 97.1 Clawback Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on February 28, 2024).
Page 216
Table of Contents E-4 Exhibit No. Description 101.INS Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. 101.SCH Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. 101.CAL Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. 101.DEF Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. 101.LAB Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. 101.PRE Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. 104 The cover page from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 has been formatted in Inline XBRL. (1) Management contract or compensatory plan. (2) Filed herewith. (3) Furnished herewith. * Pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K, certain schedules and similar attachments have been omitted. The registrant hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedule or similar attachment to the SEC upon request.
Page 217
Table of Contents S-1 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Dallas, Texas on March 16, 2026. FIRST FOUNDATION INC. By: /s/ THOMAS C. SHAFER Thomas C. Shafer Chief Executive Officer POWER OF ATTORNEY Each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas C. Shafer, Max A. Briggs. and James Britton, and each of them, acting severally, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and file on his or her behalf and in each capacity stated below, all amendments and/or supplements to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which amendments or supplements may make changes and additions to this Report as such attorneys-in-fact, or any of them, acting severally, may deem necessary or appropriate. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. SIGNATURE TITLE DATE /s/ THOMAS C. SHAFER Chief Executive Officer and Director March 16, 2026Thomas C. Shafer (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ JAMES BRITTON Chief Financial Officer March 16, 2026James Britton (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) /s/ MAX A. BRIGGS Chairman and Director March 16, 2026Max A. Briggs /s/ SIMONE LAGOMARSINO Director March 16, 2026Simone Lagomarsino /s/ JACOB P. SONENSHINE Director March 16, 2026Jacob P. Sonenshine /s/ MITCHELL M. ROSENBERG Director March 16, 2026Mitchell M. Rosenberg /s/ ELIZABETH A. PAGLIARINI Director March 16, 2026Elizabeth A. Pagliarini /s/ SAM EDELSON Director March 16, 2026Sam Edelson /s/ HENCHY R. ENDEN Director March 16, 2026Henchy R. Enden /s/ BENJAMIN MACKOVAK Director March 16, 2026Benjamin Mackovak /s/ C. ALLEN PARKER Director March 16, 2026C. Allen Parker
Page 218
Exhibit 10.19 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), by and between First Foundation Bank, a California state chartered commercial bank (“FFB” or the “Employer”), and David Mitsuuchi (the “Executive”), is made and entered into as of May 8, 2023. WHEREAS, Employer is a bank chartered by the Department of Financial Protection and Innovation of the State of California (the “DFPI”) and conducts a banking business; First Foundation Advisors, a California corporation (“FFA”), is engaged in the business of providing investment management, wealth management and advisory services primarily to high net worth individuals; and both Employer and FFA are wholly-owned subsidiaries of First Foundation Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), which, through its subsidiaries (collectively “Affiliates”), provides commercial banking, investment management, wealth management, advisory services, trust services and other financial services to the public. WHEREAS, Employer desires to employ Executive, and Executive desires to be employed by Employer, in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions hereof. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, the Employer and the Executive agree as follows: 1. Employment. Employer agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to be employed by Employer, on a full-time basis, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. 2. Capacity. The Executive shall serve the Employer as its Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer. The Executive shall be principally responsible for loan portfolio growth, risk management, and contribution to profit, subject to the directions of the Employer’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) or Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”). Executive shall also serve Employer in such other or additional offices and capacities as the Executive may be requested to serve by the Board or the CEO and shall perform such services and duties in connection with the business, affairs and operations of, Employer as may be assigned or delegated from time to time to Executive, which may include rendering services to Affiliates, when rendering services in such other or additional capacities, by or under the authority of the Board or the CEO. 3. Extent of Service. During Executive’s employment under this Agreement, Executive shall devote Executive’s full business time, best efforts and business judgment, skill, and knowledge to the advancement of Employer’s business and interests and to the discharge of Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. Executive shall not engage in any other business activity that (x) conflicts with the interests of Employer, (y) interferes with the proper and efficient performance of Executive’s duties for Employer, or (z) interferes with Executive’s exercise of judgment in the Employer’s best interests, except as may be approved in writing and in advance by the Board; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as preventing Executive from: (a) investing Executive’s assets in any company or other entity in a manner not prohibited by Section 8(d) hereof and in such form or manner as shall not require any material activities on Executive’s part in connection with the operations or affairs of the companies or other entities in which such investments are made; or (b) engaging in religious, charitable or other community or non-profit activities that do not impair Executive’s ability to fulfill his/her duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. 4. Term. Unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 6 hereof, the term of Executive’s employment with Employer pursuant to this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and end on December 31, 2024 (the “Term”).
Page 219
2 5. Compensation and Benefits. The regular compensation and benefits payable to Executive under this Agreement shall be as follows: (a) Salary. For all services rendered by Executive under this Agreement, Employer shall pay Executive a salary at the annual rate of Three Hundred and Seventy Five Thousand dollars ($375,000), as the same may be increased in the sole discretion of the Board or its Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”), at any time or from time to time hereafter (the “Base Annual Salary”). Executive’s Base Annual Salary shall be payable in periodic installments in accordance with Employer’s usual payroll practices for its senior executives. (b) Bonus Compensation. Executive shall be entitled to participate in the annual incentive bonus programs for Employer’s senior executives; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 5(b) or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be construed to create any obligation on the part of Employer to maintain the effectiveness of any annual incentive bonus program. The performance measures and goals that will be used to determine Executive’s entitlement to an annual incentive bonus under any such bonus program that is established by Employer shall be determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee. (c) Regular Employee Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in any qualified or any other retirement plans, stock option and equity incentive plans, stock purchase plans, medical insurance plans, life insurance plans, disability insurance or income plans, vacation plans, expense reimbursement plans and other benefit plans which Employer may from time to time have in effect for all or most of its senior executives; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 5(c) or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be construed to create any obligation on the part of Employer to establish any such plan or to maintain the effectiveness of any such plan which may be in effect from time to time during the Term. The extent and the terms and conditions of Executive’s participation in any such plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions in the applicable plan documents, generally applicable policies of the Employer, applicable law and the discretion of the Board, the Compensation Committee or any administrative or other committee provided for in or contemplated by any such plan. (d) Reimbursement of Business Expenses. Employer shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by him/her in performing services pursuant to this Agreement, in accordance with Employer’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures for its senior executives, as in effect from time to time. (e) Taxation of Compensation Payments and Benefits. Employer shall be entitled and shall undertake to make deductions, withholdings, and tax reports with respect to compensation payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement to the extent that Employer reasonably and in good faith believes that it is required to make such deductions, withholdings and tax reports. Payments under this Agreement shall be in amounts net of any such deductions or withholdings. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require Employer to make any payments to compensate Executive for any adverse tax consequences associated with or arising out of any payments or benefits or for any deduction or withholding from any payments or benefits. (f) Exclusivity of Salary and Benefits. Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits other than those expressly provided for in this Agreement. 6. Termination of Employment. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4, Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall terminate prior to the end of the Term under the following circumstances and in accordance with the terms and provisions set forth below in this Section 6. (a) Termination by Employer for Cause. Executive’s employment under this Agreement may be terminated for Cause, without further liability on the part of Employer, effective immediately upon a determination by the CEO or a vote of the Board and written notice to the Executive.
Page 220
3 Each of the following shall constitute “Cause” that shall entitle Employer to terminate Executive’s employment for Cause: (i) any act of gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination by Executive with respect to Employer or any of its Affiliates, or any act of fraud, whether or not involving Employer or any Affiliate of Employer; or (ii) a violation by Executive of any laws or government regulations applicable to Employer which could reasonably be expected to subject Employer or any of its Affiliates (including any of their respective officer or directors) to disciplinary or enforcement action by any governmental agency, including the assessment of civil money damages on Employer, or which could reasonably be expected to adversely affect Employer’s or any of its Affiliates’ reputation or goodwill with clients, customers, regulatory agencies or suppliers doing business with the Employer or any of its Affiliates; or (iii) the issuance of an order under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) requiring Executive to be removed or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Employer’s business; or (iv) the commission by Executive of an act which would constitute (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty, or fraud; or (v) any failure of Executive to perform, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, a substantial portion of Executive’s duties and responsibilities assigned or delegated to him/her under this Agreement, which failure continues, in the judgment of the Board, for more than thirty (30) days following the giving of written notice to Executive of such failure; or (vi) a breach by Executive of any of Executive’s material obligations under this Agreement, which breach remains uncured within fifteen (15) days following Executive’s receipt of written notice of the existence of such breach and, for such purposes, the term “material obligations” shall include each of Executive’s covenants and obligations contained in Section 8 hereof; or (vii) a violation by Executive of any conflict-of-interest policy, ethical conduct policy or employment policy adopted by Employer or Parent or a breach by Executive of any of his/her fiduciary duties to Employer or Parent; or (viii) the issuance of an order or directive by any government agency having jurisdiction over Employer or any of its Affiliates or over Executive which requires Executive to disassociate himself/herself from Employer or any of its Affiliates, suspends Executive’s employment or requires Employer to terminate Executive’s employment. (b) Termination by Employer Without Cause. Executive’s employment under this Agreement may be terminated by Employer without Cause upon written notice to Executive, whereupon Executive shall become entitled to the severance compensation and benefits set forth in Section 7(b) of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary that may be contained in this Agreement, it is acknowledged and agreed that a termination pursuant to any of Sections 6(d) (entitled “Termination due to Death”), 6(e) (entitled “Disability”) or 6(f) (entitled “Expiration of Term”) below, shall not be deemed to be or constitute a termination without Cause for purposes of this Agreement. (c) Termination by Executive for Good Reason. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth hereinafter in this Section 6(c), Executive shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement and his/her employment with Employer hereunder for “Good Reason” and to receive the severance compensation set forth in Section 7(b) below, if Employer takes any of the actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) below (each a “Good Reason Action”):
Page 221
4 (i) Reduction or Adverse Change of Authority and Responsibilities. Employer materially reduces Executive's authority, duties or responsibilities with Employer, unless such reduction is made as a consequence of (i) any acts or omissions of Executive which would entitle Employer to terminate Executive’s employment for Cause (as defined in Section 6(a) of this Agreement), or (ii) Executive’s Disability (determined as provided in Section 6(e) of this Agreement); (ii) Material Reduction in Salary. Employer materially reduces Executive's base salary or base compensation below the amount thereof as prescribed by Executive’s Employment Agreement, unless such reduction is made (A) as part of an across-the-board cost-cutting measure that is applied equally or proportionately to all senior executives of Employer, rather than discriminatorily against Executive, or (B) as a result of any acts or omissions of Executive which would entitle Employer to terminate Executive’s employment for Cause (as defined in Section 6(a) of this Agreement), or (C) by and at the election of the Employer as a result of Executive’s Disability (determined as provided in Section 6(e) of this Agreement); (iii) Relocation. Employer relocates Executive’s principal place of employment to an office (other than Employer's headquarters offices) located more than thirty (30) miles from Executive’s then principal place of employment (other than for temporary assignments or required travel in connection with the performance by Executive of his/her duties for Employer); or (iv) Breach of Material Employment Obligations. Employer commits a breach of any of its material obligations to Executive under this Agreement which breach continues uncured for a period of thirty (30) days following written notice thereof from Executive. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary that may be contained in this Section 6(c) or elsewhere in this Agreement: (x) the following conditions must be satisfied in order for Executive to terminate this Agreement and his/her employment for Good Reason: (1) Executive shall have given Employer a written notice of termination for Good Reason (a “Good Reason Termination Notice”) prior to the expiration of a period of fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days commencing on the date that Executive is first notified in writing that Employer has taken any such Good Reason Action, (2) Employer shall have failed to rescind or cure such Good Reason Action within thirty (30) consecutive calendar days following its receipt of such Good Reason Termination Notice, and (3) the Good Reason Termination Notice must expressly state that Executive is terminating his/her employment for Good Reason pursuant to this Section 6(c) and must describe in reasonable detail the Good Reason Action that entitles Executive to terminate this Agreement and his/her employment for Good Reason; and (y) Executive shall not be entitled to terminate his/her employment for Good Reason, if Executive shall have consented to the taking of such Good Reason Action by Employer or if Employer was required to take any of the above-described actions in order to comply with any applicable laws or government regulations or any order, ruling, instruction or determination of any court or other tribunal or any government agency having jurisdiction over Employer or any of its Affiliates. (d) Termination due to Death. Executive’s employment with Employer shall terminate upon his/her death. (e) Disability. If Executive shall become disabled so as to be unable to perform the essential functions of Executive’s then existing position or positions with Employer under this Agreement, then, upon the expiration of the lesser of (i) six (6) months thereafter or (ii) the then remainder of the Term of this Agreement (the “Interim Disability Period”), Executive’s employment may be terminated by Employer without liability to Executive, subject to the following terms and provisions. The Board may remove Executive from any responsibilities and/or reassign Executive to another position with Employer for and the during the Interim Disability Period, provided, however, that Executive shall continue to receive
Page 222
5 his/her full Base Annual Salary (less any disability pay or sick pay benefits to which the Executive may be entitled under the Employer’s policies or benefit programs), together with benefits Executive receives pursuant to Section 5 hereof (except to the extent that Executive may be ineligible for one or more such benefits under applicable plan terms), for and during the Interim Disability Period. If any question shall arise as to whether Executive is disabled so as to be unable to perform the essential functions of Executive’s then existing position or positions, with or without reasonable accommodation, Executive may, and at the request of Employer shall, submit to Employer a physician’s certification (in reasonable detail) as to whether Executive is so disabled and how long such disability is expected to continue. Such certification shall be obtained only from a physician who is selected by Employer and to whom Executive or Executive’s guardian (as the case may be) has no reasonable objection and the certification so obtained shall for purposes of this Agreement be conclusive of such question or any issue as to the matters addressed in such certification. Executive shall cooperate with any reasonable request of that physician in connection with such certification, including a request that Executive undergo any physical or mental examination or tests, as deemed appropriate by such physician. If Executive shall fail to submit to such an examination or any such tests, as such physician deems in his/her discretion to be appropriate for purposes of enabling physician to make such certification, then, Employer’s determinations with respect to the questions of whether Executive is disabled and how long such disability is expected to continue shall be binding on Executive. Nothing in this Section 6(e) shall be construed to waive the Executive’s rights, if any, under existing law including, without limitation, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. §2601 et seq. and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq. (f) Terminations due to Certain Regulatory Actions Affecting Employer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary that may be contained elsewhere in this Agreement, this Agreement, and Executive’s employment hereunder, shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) A conservator, receiver, or other legal custodian is appointed for the Employer pursuant to any adjudication or other official determination by any court of competent jurisdiction, the FDIC, or any governmental authority having jurisdiction over Employer; or (ii) the Commissioner of the DFPI or the Chairman of the FDIC, or his or her designee, requires this Agreement to be terminated due to (A) the entry, by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Employer under the authority contained in 13(c) of the FDIA; or (B) the approval of a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operations of the Employer or (C) a determination by Commissioner of the DFPI or the Chairman of the FDIC that the Employer is in an unsafe or unsound condition. (g) Expiration of Term. Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall terminate automatically on and as of the expiration date of the Term. (h) Survival. Upon expiration or any termination of Executive’s employment with Employer pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 6, this Agreement also shall terminate; provided, however, that the following shall survive and remain in full force and effect after the expiration or any termination of this Agreement: (i) the respective representations and warranties of each party contained in this Agreement, which shall continue in effect throughout the Term, and (ii) the respective rights, obligations and covenants and agreements of the parties contained in Section 7 (entitled "Compensation Upon Termination"), Section 8 (entitled "Protective Covenants"), Section 9 (entitled "Arbitration of Disputes") and Section 10 (entitled "Miscellaneous") hereof. (i) Suspension of Employment. If Executive is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Employer’s business by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA (a “Suspension Notice”), the Employer’s obligations under the Agreement shall be suspended as of the date on which service of such Suspension Notice is made, unless such
Page 224
6 suspension is stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the Suspension Notice are dismissed, Employer may, in its discretion (i) pay the Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while Employer’s obligations hereunder were suspended, and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the obligations of Employer that were suspended. 7. Compensation Upon Termination. (a) Termination Generally. If Executive’s employment with Employer expires or is terminated (whether by Employer or Executive) for any reason during the Term, Employer shall pay or provide to Executive (or to his/her authorized representative or estate): (i) any unpaid Base Annual Salary earned through the date of such termination; (ii) any unpaid incentive compensation that is deemed earned and has become payable under the terms of any incentive compensation program in which Executive was participating at the time of or had participated prior to such expiration or termination of employment; (iii) unpaid expense reimbursements; (iv) accrued but unused vacation, and (v) any vested benefits Executive may have earned under any employee benefit plan of Employer or Parent prior to the expiration or termination of Executive’s employment; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(a), if Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause pursuant to Section 6(a) above or pursuant to Section 6(f), due to certain Regulatory Actions, then, unless otherwise required by applicable law, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any unpaid incentive compensation that might otherwise have been due to Executive and Executive will not be eligible for any Severance Payment. All payments required to be made pursuant to this Section 7(a) shall be made within thirty (30) days following termination or on such earlier date as is required by applicable law. (b) Termination by the Employer Without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason. In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment by Employer without Cause pursuant to Section 6(b) above, or by Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 6(c) above, then subject to Executive’s execution, delivery and non-revocation within sixty (60) days following the date of termination of an agreement, that is satisfactory in a form and substance to Employer, releasing any and all legal claims (known or unknown) Executive may have against Employer or any or its Affiliates, Employer shall provide to Executive the following termination benefits (“Termination Benefits”): (i) A severance payment (the “Severance Payment”) in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Annual Salary or (y) the aggregate Base Annual Salary that would have been paid to Executive for the remainder of the Term of the Agreement if such remaining Term is shorter than the aforementioned 12-month period, as the case may be (the “Termination Benefits Period”); and (ii) continuation during the Termination Benefits Period of group health plan benefits to the extent authorized by and consistent with 29 U.S.C. § 1161 et seq. (commonly known as “COBRA”), subject to payment of premiums by Executive at the active employee’s rate and solely to the extent that such continuation will not subject Employer or its Affiliates to any tax or penalty under Section 105(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “Health Insurance Cost Sharing Benefit”). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(b) or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (A) the Severance Payment and the Health Insurance Cost Sharing Benefit that would otherwise be payable to Executive pursuant to this Section 7(b) shall be reduced by the amount of any severance compensation or health insurance benefits that are due or are otherwise paid to Executive under any separate severance compensation or change in control or similar agreement between Executive, on the one hand, and Employer or Employer's Parent, on the other hand, or any severance pay or stay bonus plan of Employer or Parent (irrespective of when such agreement is entered into or such plan becomes effective); (B) if Executive commences any employment with another employer during the Termination Benefits Period and that other employer offers group health plan or health insurance benefits reasonably comparable
Page 225
7 to those available from Employer, then, the Health Insurance Cost Sharing Benefit provided under paragraph 7(b)(ii) above shall cease to be payable as of the date of commencement of such employment; and (C) nothing in this Section 7(b) shall be construed to affect Executive's right to receive COBRA continuation entirely at Executive's own cost to the extent that Executive may continue to be entitled to COBRA continuation after the Executive's Health Insurance Cost Sharing Benefit under this Section 7(b)(ii) ceases. Executive shall be obligated to give prompt notice of the date of commencement of any employment during the Termination Benefits Period and shall respond promptly to any reasonable inquiries concerning any employment in which Executive may be engaged during the Termination Benefits Period. The Termination Benefits shall be paid by Employer in installments over the Termination Benefits Period in accordance with the customary payroll practices of Employer (net of required deductions and withholdings); provided, that the first payment shall be made on the next regularly scheduled payroll date following the sixtieth (60th) day after the date of termination and shall include payment of any amounts that would otherwise be due prior thereto. (c) Termination Upon Death. In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment due to death, Employer shall pay to Executive’s estate an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s Base Annual Salary at the rate in effect immediately prior to such termination (the "Death Benefit"), less the amount of any life insurance benefits which Executive's estate or any of Executive's beneficiaries receive under any Employer- provided life insurance plan or program in which Executive was participating at the time of his/her death. Any Death Benefit payable pursuant to this Section 7(c) shall be paid in a lump sum payment (net of any tax and any other required withholdings) to the beneficiary designated in writing by Executive, or if no beneficiary was designated, to his/her estate, as soon as is practicable following Executive’s death and in no event later than the last day of the calendar year in which the date of death occurs. (d) Exclusivity of Termination Benefits. Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits due to the expiration or termination of Executive’s employment with Employer other than those benefits that are expressly provided for in this Section 7. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Termination Benefits set forth in Section 7(b), together with any severance benefits that Executive may be entitled to receive under any separate severance compensation or change of control or stay-pay agreement to which Executive may be a party or any separate severance or stay pay plan in which Executive may be a participant, shall constitute the exclusive rights and remedies against Employer and its Affiliates to which Executive shall be entitled by reason of termination or Executive’s employment by Employer without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason or for any damages arising therefrom. 8. Protective Covenants. (a) Certain Definitions. (i) Confidential Information. As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means information belonging to Employer or any of its Affiliates which is of value to Employer or any such Affiliates in the course of conducting any of their respective businesses and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to Employer or any such Affiliates. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, financial information, including financial statements and projections, business and expansion or growth plans, reports, and forecasts; inventions, improvements and other intellectual property; trade secrets; know-how; designs, processes or formulae; software; market or sales information or plans; customer lists and information regarding, or supplied to Employer or any of its Affiliates by, any of their respective existing or prospective customers; supplier lists and information about, or provided to Employer or any of its Affiliates by, any of their respective suppliers, vendors or consultants; information regarding the capabilities, duties or compensation of employees of Employer or of any its Affiliates; and information regarding the business prospects and opportunities of Employer or any of its Affiliates (such as possible acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or facilities).
Page 226
8 Confidential Information also includes information developed by Executive in the course of Executive’s employment by Employer, as well as other information to which the Executive may have access in connection with Executive’s employment, and the confidential information of others with which Employer has a business relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain, unless such information entered the public domain as a result of a breach of any of Executive’s covenants under Section 8(b). Executive acknowledges and agrees that Employer has a legitimate business interest in protecting the Confidential Information. (ii) Competing Business. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competing Business” shall mean a business conducted anywhere within forty (40) miles of any office or facility used by Employer or any of its Affiliates which is competitive with any business which Employer or any of its Affiliates conducts or proposes to conduct at any time during Executive’s employment with Employer or any of its Affiliates, including, without limitation, the commercial banking business and the investment advisory services business. (b) Confidentiality. (i) Executive understands and agrees that Executive’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between Executive and Employer, including with respect to all Confidential Information, whether such Confidential Information exists on the date of this Agreement or is created, developed, or acquired or comes into being at any time during the term of this Agreement. Executive covenants and agrees that, at all times (both during Executive’s employment with Employer and after its expiration or termination for any reason), Executive will keep all Confidential Information in strict confidence and trust and will not disclose any of the Confidential Information to any Person, and Executive covenants and agrees that he/she will not use any of the Confidential Information for Executive’s benefit or the benefit of any Person other than Employer and Parent and their Affiliates. (ii) In the event that Executive is requested or required (including by means of deposition, interrogatories, requests for information or documents in legal proceedings, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process or by a tribunal, court or regulatory agency, (including, but not limited to, the DFPI and the FDIC)) having applicable jurisdiction, to disclose any of the Confidential Information, Executive shall, unless prohibited by law or regulation, provide Employer with prompt written notice of any such request or requirement so that Employer may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 8(b) with respect to such requested or required Confidential Information. If, in the absence of a protective order or other remedy acceptable to Employer or the receipt of a waiver from Employer, Executive is nonetheless legally required to disclose such Confidential Information to any tribunal, court or government agency to avoid being held liable for contempt or suffering other censure or penalty, Executive may, without thereby violating this Section 8(b) or incurring any liability to Employer hereunder, disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information that Executive is legally required to disclose. In any case, Executive shall cooperate with Employer in any efforts it may undertake to preserve the confidentiality of such Confidential Information, including, without limitation, by cooperating with Employer’s efforts to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the Confidential Information. (c) Documents, Records, etc. All documents, records, data, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, including cell phones and computers, and whether or not pertaining to Confidential Information, which are furnished to Executive by Employer or which are produced by Executive in connection with Executive’s employment, will be and remain the sole property of Employer. Executive will return to Employer all such materials and property as and when requested by Employer or if no request
Page 228
9 therefor has theretofore been made, then, immediately upon the expiration or termination of Executive’s employment with Employer for any reason whatsoever. Executive covenants and agrees that he/she will not retain any such materials or property or any copies thereof after any such expiration or termination of his/her employment with Employer. (d) Noncompetition Covenant. During the Term of this Agreement, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer, lender or creditor or otherwise, engage, participate, assist, support or invest in any Competing Business. (e) Non-Solicitation Covenant. Executive covenants and agrees that, during the Term and for a period equal to eighteen (18) months after the Term or the conclusion of Executive’s employment, he/she shall not, either on behalf of himself/herself or any other Person, directly or indirectly, solicit or attempt to employ or hire or recruit or hire any Person who is, or during the prior twelve (12) months had been, an employee or independent contractor of Employer, its Parent or any of their Affiliates or induce or influence any such employee or independent contractor to leave the employ or service of Employer, Parent or any of their respective Affiliates. (f) Non-Interference Covenant. Executive acknowledges that in connection with and in the course of his/her employment with Employer, Executive will have access to trade secrets and other Confidential Information of Employer, Parent and their respective Affiliates, which Confidential Information may include, without limitation, the identities of and information about the banking and other financial service needs and the investment goals and plans of clients and customers of Employer, Parent or any of their respective its Affiliates. As a result of his/her employment with Employer, Executive also will be given, by Employer, Parent or their Affiliates, the opportunity, resources and Confidential Information which Executive will need to establish business relationships with existing and prospective clients and customers of Employer, Parent, or their Affiliates, all for the exclusive benefit of Employer and Parent or their respective Affiliates. Accordingly, Executive covenants and agrees that during the Term of his/her employment with Employer and for a period of eighteen (18) months following the termination, for any reason whatsoever, of his/her employment with Employer (including any voluntary termination or any termination for Good Reason by Executive or any termination by Employer with or without Cause), Executive shall not use any information that constitutes a trade secret or Confidential Information of Employer, Parent or any of their Affiliates to directly or indirectly, personally or through others, (i) solicit for or on behalf of any Person competing against Employer or its Affiliates, any existing or prospective client or customer of Employer, Parent or any of their Affiliates, or (ii) encourage or induce any client, customer, supplier or vendor of or service provider to Employer, Parent or any of their Affiliates to terminate or modify (in a manner adverse to any of them) the business relationship that any such client, customer, supplier, vendor or service provider has with any of them. (g) Exception for Ownership of Shares in Public Companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing covenants, Executive may own up to five percent (5%) of the outstanding capital stock of a publicly traded corporation which constitutes or is affiliated with a Competing Business, provided that Executive is a passive investor in that corporation and does not provide any assistance or support of any kind, financial or other (other than his/her ownership of such capital stock) to or serve in any capacity with, such corporation or any of its Affiliates. (h) Certain Acknowledgements. Executive (i) understands, acknowledges and agrees that each of the covenants and restrictions set forth, respectively, in Subsections 8(b) through 8(f) above are intended to protect the interests of Employer, its Parent and their respective Affiliates in their trade secrets and other Confidential Information and established client, customer, supplier, vendor, employee and consultant relationships and the goodwill established by Employer, Parent or such Affiliates with or among their respective clients, customers, suppliers, vendors, employees and consultants, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that this Section 8 imposes no greater restraint or restriction on Executive than is reasonably necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of Employer,
Page 230
10 Parent and their Affiliates, and such restrictions are reasonable and appropriate for this purpose and will not adversely affect Executive’s ability, following a termination of his/her employment with Employer, to earn a livelihood from his/her chosen profession, and (iii) acknowledges that the consideration received by him/her pursuant to this Agreement is good, valuable and adequate consideration in exchange for his/her covenants and agreements contained in this Section 8. (i) Severability. If any of the definitions contained in Section 8 or any of the covenants or agreements of Executive contained in Subsections 8(b), 8(c), 8(d), 8(e), or 8(f) above or in Subsections 8(j) or 8(k) below (collectively, the “Protective Covenants”) is held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or unreasonable as to time, geographic coverage, or business limitation, Executive and Employer agree that in any such instance that particular definition or that particular Protective Covenant, as the case may be (the “Offending Provision”) shall be reformed to the maximum time, geographic area or business limitation (as the case may be) that will permit it to be enforced under applicable law. The parties further agree that, in any such event, all of the remaining definitions and Protective Covenants shall be severable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall be enforceable independently of each other and a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction that any definition or Protective Covenant is unenforceable or unreasonable to any extent shall not affect or impair the continued validity or enforceability of the other definitions or Protective Covenants contained in this Section 8. (j) Third Party Agreements and Rights. Executive hereby represents and warrants that he/she is not bound by the terms of any contract or other agreement (written or oral) with any previous employer or other Person which restricts in any way Executive’s use or disclosure of information or Executive’s engagement in any business. Executive further represents and warrants to Employer that Executive’s execution and delivery of this Agreement, Executive’s employment with Employer and the performance of Executive’s duties for Employer pursuant to this Agreement will not violate any obligations, contractual or other, that Executive may have to any such previous employer or other Person. In Executive’s work for Employer, Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any contracts or other agreements (written or oral) with or the rights of any such previous employer or other Person, and Executive will not bring to the premises of Employer any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employer or other Person. (k) Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation. During and after the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall cooperate fully with Employer, Parent and their Affiliates in the prosecution or defense of any claims or actions or other proceedings which has been or may be brought on behalf of or against Employer, Parent or any of their Affiliates which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while Executive was employed by Employer. Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but shall not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of Employer, Parent or any of their Affiliates at mutually convenient times. During and after the Term of this Agreement, Executive also shall cooperate fully with Employer, Parent and their Affiliates in connection with any examination, investigation or review by any federal, state or local regulatory authority which covers any period, or relates to events or occurrences that transpired, while Executive was employed by Employer. Executive acknowledges that the performance by him/her of the covenants and duties set forth in this Section 8(k) during the term of this Agreement are part of his/her duties under this Agreement and that he/she shall not be entitled to any compensation therefor that is separate from or in addition to his/her compensation under this Agreement. If Executive performs any of the duties as required by this Section 8(k) after the Term of this Agreement, as Executive’s compensation therefor,
Page 231
11 Employer shall reimburse Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance by Executive of his/her duties under this Section 8(k). (l) Equitable Remedies. Executive acknowledges and agrees that it would be difficult to measure the damages that Employer will sustain as a result of any breach by Executive of any of the Protective Covenants or any of the other agreements of Executive contained in this Section 8 and that monetary damages, in and of themselves, would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach. Accordingly, Executive agrees that if he/she breaches, or threatens to breach, any of the Protective Covenants or any of the other agreements of Executive contained in this Section 8, Employer shall be entitled, in addition to all other rights or remedies that it may have under this Agreement or under applicable law, to bring an equitable proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction and, in any such proceeding, to be awarded (i) temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to require Executive to halt any such breach, or to refrain from committing any threatened breach (as the case may be), of any of such Protective Covenants or other agreements, and (ii) such other appropriate equitable remedies to require Executive to comply with such Protective Covenants and other agreements, without having to show or prove any actual monetary damages to Employer. Employer shall not be required to post a bond or monetary or other security as a condition to the issuance or continuation of any such injunctive relief or the granting or continuance of such other equitable remedies provided for in this Section 8(l). 9. Arbitration of Disputes. Except as otherwise provided in Section 8(i) above and the last sentence of this Section 9 with respect to equitable proceedings and remedies, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the performance or non- performance (actual or alleged) by either party of any of such party's respective obligations hereunder or any actual or alleged breach thereof, or otherwise arising out of the Executive’s employment or the termination of that employment (including, without limitation, any claims of unlawful employment discrimination whether based on age or otherwise) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be resolved exclusively by binding arbitration in any forum and form agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of such an agreement, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in Orange County, California in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, including, but not limited to, the rules and procedures applicable to the selection of arbitrators. In the event that any Person other than Executive or Employer may be a party with regard to any such controversy or claim, such controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration subject to such other Person’s agreement thereto. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator in any such arbitration proceeding may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This Section 9 shall be specifically enforceable. The reasonable fees and disbursements of the prevailing party's legal counsel, accountants and experts incurred in connection with any such arbitration proceeding shall be paid by the non-prevailing party in such arbitration proceeding. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary that may be contained in this Section 9, each party shall be entitled to bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of obtaining a temporary restraining order or a preliminary or permanent injunction or other equitable remedies in circumstances in which such relief is appropriate. 10. Miscellaneous. (a) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect to that subject matter. (b) Assignment; Successors and Assigns, etc. Neither Employer nor Executive may make any assignment, in whole or in part, of this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or otherwise, or delegate any of their respective duties hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, that Employer shall be entitled to assign this Agreement and delegate its duties under this Agreement, without the consent of Executive, in the event that Employer shall consummate a
Page 232
12 reorganization, consolidate or merge with or into any other Person, or sell or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of its assets to any other Person. Subject to the foregoing restrictions on assignment, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on Employer and Executive, and their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns. (c) Enforceability. If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 8(f), and not the provisions of this Section 10(c), shall apply to the covenants and other agreements contained in and the provisions of Section 8 hereof. (d) Waiver. No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any right or obligation under or breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term, right or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any prior or subsequent breach of the same obligation. (e) Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement ("Notices") shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to Executive at the last address Executive has filed in writing with the Employer or, in the case of any Notice to be given to Employer, at its main offices, attention of the Chief Executive Officer, and shall be effective on the date of delivery in person or by courier or three (3) days after the date such Notice is mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested (whether or not the requested receipt is returned). (f) Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Employer. (g) Interpretation and Construction of this Agreement. This Agreement is the result of arms-length bargaining by the parties, each party was represented by legal counsel of such party's choosing in connection with the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed against a party, due to an ambiguity therein or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such provision may have been drafted by counsel for such party. For purposes of this Agreement: (i) the term "Person" shall mean, in addition to any natural person, a corporation, limited liability company, general or limited partnership, joint venture, trust, estate or any other entity; (ii) when used with reference to Employer, the term “Affiliate” shall mean any Person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Employer and shall include Parent and its other subsidiaries; (iii) the term "including" shall mean "including without limitation" or "including but not limited to"; (iv) the term "or" shall not be deemed to be exclusive; and (v) the terms "hereof," "herein," "hereinafter," "hereunder," and "hereto," and any similar terms shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to the particular Section, paragraph or clause in which any such term is used, unless the context in which any such term is used clearly indicates otherwise. (h) Governing Law. This Agreement is being entered into and will be performed in the State of California and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by and enforced under the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such State. (i) Headings. The Section and paragraph headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect, nor shall be considered in connection with, the construction or application of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
Page 233
13 (j) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and each such executed counterpart, and any photocopy or facsimile copy thereof, shall constitute an original of this Agreement; but all such executed counterparts and photocopies and facsimile copies thereof shall, together, constitute one and the same instrument. 11. Section 409A (a) The parties agree that this Agreement shall be interpreted to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “Code Section 409A”), and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Code Section 409A. In no event whatsoever will Employer be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on Executive under Code Section 409A or any damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A. (b) A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Code Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.” If Executive is deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provision of any benefit that is considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service,” such payment or benefit shall be made or provided at the date which is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service” of Executive, and (ii) the date of Executive’s death (the “Delay Period”). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Subsection 11(b) (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed on the first business day following the expiration of the Delay Period to Executive in a lump sum and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein. (c) With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of costs and expenses or in-kind benefits, except as permitted by Code Section 409A, (i) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, to be provided in any other taxable year, and (iii) such payments shall be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense occurred. For purposes of Code Section 409A, Executive’s right to receive any installment payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (e.g., “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of Employer. [signature page follows]
Page 234
14 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by Employer and by Executive as of the Effective Date. EMPLOYER: FIRST FOUNDATION BANK By: /s/ Scott F. Kavanaugh Name: Scott F. Kavanaugh Title: Chief Executive Officer EXECUTIVE /s/ David Mitsuuchi Name: David Mitsuuchi
Page 235
Exhibit 10.19 FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT This FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of December 31, 2024 (the “Effective Date”), by and between First Foundation Bank, a California state chartered commercial bank (“Employer”), and David Mitsuuchi (“Executive”), with reference to the following: RECITALS WHEREAS, Employer and Executive are parties to that certain Employment Agreement dated as of May 8, 2023 (the “Employment Agreement”). WHEREAS, Employer and Executive desire to amend the Employment Agreement in the manner and to the extent set forth hereinafter. AGREEMENT NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and with the intent to be legally bound hereby, Employer and Executive agree as follows: 1. Amendment to Section 4. Section 4 of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows: “4. Term. Unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 6 hereof, the term of Executive’s employment with Employer pursuant to this Agreement commenced on May 8, 2023 (the “Employment Commencement Date”) and shall end on December 31, 2026 (the “Term”).” 2. Amendment to Section 7(b). Section 7(b) of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows: “(b) Termination by the Employer Without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason. In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment by Employer without Cause pursuant to Section 6(b) above, or by Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 6(c) above, then subject to Executive’s execution, delivery and non-revocation within sixty (60) days following the date of termination of an agreement, that is satisfactory in a form and substance to Employer, releasing any and all legal claims (known or unknown) Executive may have against Employer or any or its Affiliates, Employer shall provide to Executive the following termination benefits (“Termination Benefits”): a severance payment (the “Severance Payment”) in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Annual Salary or (y) the aggregate Base Annual Salary that would have been paid to Executive for the remainder of the Term of the Agreement if such remaining Term is shorter than the aforementioned 12-month period, as the case may be (the “Termination Benefits Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(b) or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Severance Payment that would otherwise be payable to Executive pursuant to this Section 7(b) shall be reduced by the amount of any severance compensation that is due or is otherwise paid to Executive under any separate severance compensation or change in control or similar agreement between Executive, on the one hand, and Employer or Parent, on the other hand, or any severance pay or stay bonus plan of Employer or Parent (irrespective of when such agreement is entered into or such plan becomes effective). The Termination Benefits shall be paid by Employer in installments over the Termination Benefits Period in accordance with the customary payroll practices of Employer (net of required deductions
Page 236
-16- and withholdings); provided, that the first payment shall be made on the next regularly scheduled payroll date following the sixtieth (60th) day after the date of termination and shall include payment of any amounts that would otherwise be due prior thereto.” 3. Addition of Section 12. The following is hereby added as a new Section 12 of the Employment Agreement: “12. Restrictions on Payments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary that may be contained elsewhere in this Agreement, the payment of any compensation provided under this Agreement is subject to and conditioned upon compliance with all applicable state and federal laws, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, the following: (a) Clawback and Offset. Any payments made under the Agreement may be subject to forfeiture or repayment (such forfeiture or repayment a “clawback”), in the sole discretion of the Employer’s Board of Directors (or the board of directors of the Employer’s successor-in-interest), if the payment is based on performance metrics that are determined to be materially inaccurate, manipulated or fraudulent in nature, or if Employer or Parent (or their respective successors-in-interest) obtain information indicating the Executive has committed, is substantially responsible for, or has violated, the respective acts or omissions, conditions, or offenses outlined under 12 C.F.R. 359.4(a)(4). The Employer’s Board of Directors (or the board of directors of the Employer’s successor-in-interest) shall have authority to determine the amount of the payment that may be forfeited or subject to repayment and may determine, in its sole discretion, not to implement a clawback, unless the clawback is mandated by applicable laws. Unless otherwise paid back to the Employer by the Executive, the Employer (or its successor-in-interest) shall have the right to offset the amount of the payment that is to be forfeited or repaid under this Section 12(a) against any current amounts due to the Executive, including, but not limited to, salary, incentive compensation, stock awards, severance, deferred compensation or any other funds due to the Executive from the Employer (or its successor-in- interest). (b) Compliance with Banking Laws. Any payments made pursuant to the Agreement shall be subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder. If any payments contemplated to be made by the Employer pursuant to this Agreement may not be made in compliance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder on the effective date of the Executive’s termination of employment, such payments may never be made by the Employer. In addition, any payments contemplated to be made by the Employer pursuant to this Agreement shall not be payable to the extent such payments are barred or prohibited by an action or order issued to the Employer, Parent or any of their subsidiaries by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation or such other applicable banking regulatory agency.” 4. Except as otherwise provided herein, capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the definitions set forth in the Employment Agreement. 5. Except as expressly modified hereby, all terms, conditions and provisions of the Employment Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Signature page follows
Page 237
-17- IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by Employer and by Executive as of the Effective Date. EMPLOYER: FIRST FOUNDATION BANK By: /s/ Scott Kavanaugh Name: Scott Kavanaugh Title: Chief Executive Officer EXECUTIVE: /s/ David Mitsuuchi Name: David Mitsuuchi
Page 238
Exhibit 10.19 SECOND AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT This SECOND AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of November 18, 2025, by and between First Foundation Bank, a California state chartered commercial bank (“Employer”), and David Mitsuuchi (“Executive”), with reference to the following: RECITALS WHEREAS, Employer and Executive are parties to that certain Employment Agreement dated as of May 8, 2023, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 31, 2024 (as amended, the “Employment Agreement”). WHEREAS, Employer and Executive desire to amend the Employment Agreement in the manner and to the extent set forth hereinafter. AGREEMENT NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and with the intent to be legally bound hereby, Employer and Executive agree as follows: 1. Amendment to Section 4. Section 4 of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows: “4. Term. Unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 6 hereof, the term of Executive’s employment with Employer pursuant to this Agreement commenced on May 8, 2023 and shall end on December 31, 2027 (the “Term”).” 2. Except as otherwise provided herein, capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the definitions set forth in the Employment Agreement. 3. Except as expressly modified hereby, all terms, conditions and provisions of the Employment Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Signature page follows
Page 239
-19- IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by Employer and by Executive as of the Effective Date. EMPLOYER: FIRST FOUNDATION BANK By: /s/ Thomas S. Shafer Name: Thomas S. Shafer Title: Chief Executive Officer EXECUTIVE: /s/ David Mitsuuchi Name: David Mitsuuchi
Page 240
Exhibit 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-288564, 333-279965, 333-193658, and 333-207638) and Form S-3 (File No. 333-283610) of First Foundation Inc. of our report dated February 28, 2024, relating to the consolidated financial statements of First Foundation Inc., which appears in this annual report on Form 10-K of First Foundation Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2025. /s/ Eide Bailly LLP Laguna Hills, California March 16, 2026
Page 241
Exhibit 23.2 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-288564, 333- 279965, 333-193658, and 333-207638 on Form S-8 and No. 333-283610 on Form S-3 of First Foundation Inc. of our report dated March 16, 2026, relating to the consolidated financial statements and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting appearing in this annual report on Form 10-K. /s/ Crowe LLP Dallas, Texas March 16, 2026
Page 242
Exhibit 31.1 CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER UNDER SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT I, Thomas C. Shafer, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Foundation Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Dated: March 16, 2026 /s/ THOMAS C. SHAFER Thomas C. Shafer Chief Executive Officer
Page 243
Exhibit 31.2 CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER UNDER SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT I, James Britton, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Foundation Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Dated: March 16, 2026 /s/ JAMES BRITTON James Britton Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Page 244
Exhibit 32.1 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 FIRST FOUNDATION INC. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year ended December 31, 2025 In connection with the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Foundation Inc. (the “Company”), for the year ended December 31, 2025, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as of the date hereof (the “Annual Report”), I, Thomas C. Shafer, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.§ 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge and belief: (1) The Annual Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) The information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: March 16, 2026 /s/ THOMAS C. SHAFER Thomas C. Shafer Chief Executive Officer A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to First Foundation Inc. and will be retained by First Foundation Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) and is not being filed as part of the Annual Report or as a separate disclosure document.
Page 245
Exhibit 32.2 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 FIRST FOUNDATION INC. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year ended December 31, 2025 In connection with the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Foundation Inc. (the “Company”), for the year ended December 31, 2025, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as of the date hereof (the “Annual Report”), I, James Britton, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C.§ 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge and belief: (1) The Annual Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) The information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: March 16, 2026 /s/ JAMES BRITTON James Britton Chief Financial Officer A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to First Foundation Inc. and will be retained by First Foundation Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) and is not being filed as part of the Annual Report or as a separate disclosure statement.